hide results

    FAQ/Walkthrough by Sujokarn

    Version: XS | Updated: 07/08/10 | Printable Version | Search Guide | Bookmark Guide

    
                                    Trauma Team
                          Specialist XS Guide/Walkthrough
      (and everything else you could ever want to know about this damn game)
                               
                                    May 25, 2010
                                   Version RANK XS
                                  By: S.A. Renegade
                         Email: renegade@scathingaccuracy.com
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                              =========================
                              === Table of Contents ===
                              =========================
    
    =======================
    === Version History ===
    =======================
    
    ====================
    === Introduction ===
    ====================
    
    ====================
    === General Tips ===
    ====================
    
    ==========================================
    === Walkthrough: Legitimate Operations ===
    ==========================================
    
    -CR-S01 - Frozen in Time 
    
    -Maria Torres - Foul Mood 
    
    -Hank Freebird - The Big Guy
    
    -Tomoe Tachibana - Insecure Smiles
    
    -CR-S01 - Uninvited Guest
    
    -Maria Torres - Maximum Annoyance
    
    -Hank Freebird - Time For Trouble
    
    -Tomoe Tachibana - Moment of Zen
    
    -CR-S01 - History of Fear
    
    -Maria Torres - Mournful Hero
    
    -Hank Freebird - Love in the Ground
    
    -Tomoe Tachibana - Marionette's Lament
    
    -CR-S01 - Waking From Terror
    
    -Maria Torres - Hesitant Spirit
    
    -Hank Freebird - Broken Heart
    
    -Tomoe Tachibana - The Healing Warrior
    
    -CR-S01 - Blade of Resolve
    
    -Maria Torres - Desperate Rescue
    
    -Hank Freebird - I Want To Believe
    
    -Tomoe Tachibana - Resolution
    
    -CR-S01 - Waking Heart
    
    -Maria Torres - So Begins Death
    
    -CR-S01 - Stolen Memories
    
    -Hank Freebird - Spreading Infection
    
    -Tomoe Tachibana - Chloe's Change
    
    -Hank Freebird - Friends
    
    -Tomoe Tachibana - Despair
    
    -Tomoe Tachibana - Time For Rejoicing
    
    -CR-S01 - Twisted Rosalia
    
    ====================================
    === Walkthrough: Filler Missions ===
    ====================================
    
    -Gabriel Cunningham - Signs of Anguish
    
    -Naomi Kimishima - Locked-Room Mystery
    
    -Gabriel Cunningham - Blazing Darkness
    
    -Naomi Kimishima - Wandering Girl
    
    -Gabriel Cunningham - Moving Heart
    
    -Naomi Kimishima - Behind the Lies
    
    -Gabriel Cunningham - The Simplest Truth
    
    -Naomi Kimishima - Crime of Passion
    
    -Naomi Kimishima - Seeking Atonement
    
    -Gabriel Cunningham - Proud One
    
    -Naomi Kimishima - Demons and Death
    
    -Naomi Kimishima - Blue Carpet of Death
    
    =====================
    === Doctor Medals ===
    =====================
    
    -CR-S01
    
    -Maria Torres
    
    -Hank Freebird
    
    -Tomoe Tachibana
    
    -Gabriel Cunningham
    
    -Naomi Kimishima
    
    ==================
    === Conclusion ===
    ==================
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    Version History
    
    -RANK XS
    The guide is more than complete. All the operations have been XS'd, all
    the filler missions have been covered, all the doctor medals have been
    found. What you'll now find in this guide is everything you could ever
    want to know about Trauma Team.
    
    -1.6
    Mm, only five filler missions left now. Not very many of their medals
    left either.
    
    -1.2
    Ok, started covering the extra filler missions and their respective 
    medals.
    
    -1.1
    Alright, I've covered the doctor medals for all the operations now.
    
    -1.0
    All operations are FINISHED now! XS and everything. But don't think 
    we're done just yet. Oh no... the main part of the guide may be finished,
    but we ain't done just yet. Not quite.
    
    -0.9
    Finished up to Despair. Only 2 operations left now.
    
    -0.8
    Finished up to Stolen Memories. Not very many operations left now.
    
    -0.7
    Finished up to Hank's fifth operation.
    
    -0.5
    Got up to Hesitant Spirit.
    
    -0.3
    Got up to Maria's third mission.
    
    -0.2
    Started the guide. First few missions are up as well as the
    introduction. Still a long ways to go.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                ==================
                                ===Introduction===
                                ==================
    
    What be happening my piggs in tha trough! Welcome to my newest guide!
    This one's for Trauma Team. But you already know that. Like my Second
    Opinion guide, the purpose of this guide is to get XS ranks in all the
    operations. Why? because getting XS rank in every operation is the only 
    way to play the game and truly appreciate it. This guide is written 
    assuming that you're playing on Specialist mode, because this is the 
    only mode where you can get the XS rank. Just so we're all on the same
    page, to unlock Specialist mode you have to beat the game once on
    Resident. Beating it on Intern might work, but who can say for sure? Not
    me 'cause I'm never touching that. Anyway the main purpose of the guide 
    is getting the XS rank in every operation, however, it also tells you 
    what to do in all of them, so you CAN use this guide as a more general 
    walkthrough if you so desire, though a lot of the tips given throughout 
    might be a bit of... overkill for simply passing the operations.
    
    In fact, some of this shit might be TOO detailed. Some people might get
    annoyed at how I drone on and on about things that're obvious. But 
    whatever. Fuck you guys. I'll be whatever I wanna do. You don't like it
    you can get out. So yeah. In this guide you'll find my morbidly detailed 
    instructions of what to do to get that XS. But in addition to the guide 
    and tips present therein, I also offer you videos demonstrating how to 
    get the XS in every operation. You can find these videos and the guide 
    in its entirety on my personal website www.scathingaccuracy.com. 
    Specifically, at http://bit.ly/9yy6sx
    
    As of this writing I haven't done Specialist. This game is a lot of fun, 
    though I am disappointed that they listened to the imbeciles who said
    Trauma Center wasn't "realistic" enough and took out the guilt/stigma
    style operations as those were always the most fun. Still, the
    fundamental aspects are still intact, so it's still an awesome game.
    But like I said, the REAL fun of this game is going for XS ranks. That's
    why this guide focuses on that. Playing the game on Resident? That's just
    the precursor to the real deal!
    
    That's not all you'll find in this guide, however. No, this guide ALSO
    covers the filler missions that require zero skill, as well as all of
    the doctor medal challenges. So, I suppose you could call this guide
    complete, even if its main purpose is to get the XS ranks.
    
    Let me just say that my love for this series can't be understated. In
    fact, in my mind, not only is Trauma Center one of the best things to
    ever happen, it's also the only game that truly gives the Wii a purpose.
    When I say I'm disappointed I say it out of the utmost love. The masses
    who pushed for these changes to remove the most fun operations and the
    healing touch were never true fans. They just don't get it. They're akin
    to people who complain that Ace Attorney isn't how a real court
    functions. Hey, newsflash, morons: real courts are BORING. In that same
    way, the people who asked for all these things to be removed in Trauma 
    Team were basically saying "We want less fun".
    
    But hey, not all is lost. What IS still in there seems sound. Now then, 
    will you join me in this journey? I'm sure it'll be fun! And who knows? 
    Maybe I can help you.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               ==================
                               ===General Tips===
                               ==================
    
    The golden rule when it comes to XSing this game is practice, practice,
    practice. This guide aims to help you in this endeavor, but like most 
    action games, no amount of tips and no amount of knowledge can ever 
    substitute actual experience. So get in there and do stuff. Get 
    comfortable with the tools, with the wiimote, with the nuances of the 
    game. You should be so used to it that you can switch between tools 
    without even thinking.
    
    Generally speaking, I recommend using the B button in favor of the A 
    button. In fact, you should never press the A button unless you're forced
    to, such as when using the forceps or doing Hank's operations.
     
    Do not use the wiimote jacket or any other accessory of that kind. If 
    you're doing something that requires precision, hold the wiimote near 
    the top part rather than the bottom, place your thumb around the area to 
    the left, slightly bottom-left of the d-pad and upper left of the A 
    button and grip firmly with it. In my experience this affords greater 
    control. You should grip with the tip of your thumb so that you're not 
    actually pressing the A button, but if you have to, you can simply bring 
    the rest of it down and easily press it with the joint between the 
    proximal and distal phalanges while still maintaining the grip.
    
    When using tools, sometimes it's a good idea to keep the control stick 
    HELD DOWN in the position you want. This not only makes it so that you 
    switch to that tool instantly as soon as people are done talking/a 
    transition ends, but it also makes it less likely that it slips when 
    moving back to the neutral position. Obviously this shouldn't be done if 
    you're going to use a certain tool for an extended period of time, but 
    it certainly helps when you're quickly switching between different ones.
    
    Do NOT leave the Trauma Team disc inside the Wii after you're done
    playing and turn it off. Eject it and put it back inside the case.
    This is so important and people overlook it because they're lazy. The
    thing is, leaving the disc inside the console might be fine with your
    360 or your PS3, but on the Wii it can cause disc read problems. This
    results in things like longer loading times and slightly reduced
    framerate which can negatively impact the movement of the pointer and
    the timing on certain things, and by correlation your performance,
    possibly without you even noticing. This isn't a problem exclusive to
    Trauma Team since I've seen it happen in at least one other game. If
    you notice that loading times seemed to have gotten longer or that
    music isn't starting immediately like it should, eject the disc and
    then put it back in. This should fix the problem.
    
    For Hank's operations, most of the time you don't have to use the
    nunchuck at all. Furthermore, his operations usually require more
    precision than the others. Sometimes it can be a pretty good idea to
    use both your hands to keep the remote steadier and to achieve better
    control. Especially when it feels like you're starting to tremble a lot.
    
    Keep your elbow free. If you're sitting normally in a chair (not a 
    stool. And if you're sitting on a stool... man why you be so ghetto?), 
    your elbow may be pressed on the back. You might THINK this would
    be good but it's not. It slightly hampers your movement because you're
    restricted to only your forearm. Sit a bit to the side so your elbow can
    freely move back and forth. In this way you can use both your forearm
    and upper arm to move the pointer, which is just natural. Also, try not
    to be too far away from the TV.
    
    For Tomoe's operations, you know how in gears of war leaving the camera 
    sensitivity on default is the equivalent of pasting a post-it note on 
    your back that says "Please shove a shotgun up my ass"? Well, the same 
    thing applies to Endoscopy, so make sure that the camera sensitivity is 
    set to max before you do anything.
    
    One of the beautiful things about this game is that very few things are 
    out of your control. Whereas in more traditional action games there are 
    a lot of things happening, not all of which you might see, such as the 
    classic fireball of doom from offscreen, in Trauma Center everything
    happens onscreen. Obviously when you use the magnification tool to look
    around not everything is onscreen, but even then you know what is
    happening and what will happen. There is very little of what I call the
    random bullshit factor. You are aware of everything. When you fail, try 
    to see what you did wrong. Try to see where it is that you can improve. 
    Look at my videos and try to see what you're doing differently and how 
    this can affect the outcome.
    
    Always try your best to stay calm. This is the most beneficial state in 
    which you can play the game. Getting agigated or angry will only lower 
    your skill. The problem is that adrenaline, or epinephrine, is a fight 
    or flight hormone. Basically it prepares the entire body including the 
    muscles for emergency actions such as running or fighting. But it does 
    not prepare the muscles for precision work of the kind you need to 
    succeed in this game. Quite the opposite. It gives you what I call the 
    jitters. This isn't quite as much of a problem in most games because it's
    not going to affect how you press buttons. But it can be crippling in a
    game where you have to keep your arm steady. 
    
    This is why keeping a calm mind is so important. There are many methods 
    you can use to help calm you. When you feel overwhelmed, take a small 
    break, just a few minutes is fine, stand up, walk around a little, stare 
    out the window. Surf the net, read a little. The benefits of doing this 
    are actually two-fold: not only does it help calm your mind, but also 
    your wrist. It's no secret that prolonged use of the wiimote causes 
    quite a bit of wrist pain. Even more if you suffer from carpal tunnel 
    syndrome. Resting for a few minutes in between retries does wonders to 
    help prepare you for the next operation. In a related  note, it's also 
    possible that your hands can get deathly cold while playing the game, 
    especially if you live in a cold place. This can hamper you a little, so 
    I recommend washing them in hot water every now and then. This might 
    only be a temporary solution but it helps and gives you an excuse to 
    take a quick break.
    
    Sometimes there are some operations that are so long that your wrist can 
    get very tired before they're over. In these situations, pausing the 
    game and resting for a few seconds or minutes isn't a bad idea.
    
    If you are very tired or need sleep, it's probably also a good idea to 
    do so, as it can negatively affect your performance. You want to be 
    calm, but you also want to be alert. You don't want to lean too far to 
    either side.
    
    When you fail, try not to blame outside forces. This is a psychological
    defense mechanism that manifests in a surprising amount of people. It 
    might make you feel better, but it tends to hinder improvement. I can 
    guarantee that everything in this game is fair, balanced, and reasonable.
    In fact, Trauma Team in general is much too lenient in my book. If it
    were up to me it would be way, way harder. So don't blame your failures 
    on the game. Don't say "The hit detection is off," or "It's random," or 
    "The wiimote isn't good enough". Instead say "My hand slipped," 
    "I wasn't fast enough," or "I haven't practiced enough". Only by 
    accepting responsibility can you strive to change what has gone wrong 
    before.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                 ==============
                                 === CR-S01 ===
                                 ==============
    
                             === Frozen in Time ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 0 times
    -Cool > 7 times
    -Operation completed in 90 sec
    -Blood pool formed < 6 times
    
    Aight, you ready for this?! Let's get that XS! This operation isn't too
    hard but it'll still probably take you a few tries since it's the first
    one and we're fresh outta pussy mode so we're in a totally complacent
    attitude, what with how easily we've been coasting through everything
    up till now. Hopefully the rest of the game isn't that easy huh?
    
    So. There are three things you gotta keep in mind for this operation.
    Firstly, the time limit. It's 90 seconds and it's pretty strict, so we're
    gonna have to be fast and shave time in as many places as possible.
    Secondly, you have to get cools in everything. Everything. If you get
    even a single good, you will not get the XS so this is important. Unlike
    previous Trauma Center games, vitals are irrelevant. The fourth special
    bonus is also irrelevant. It's too easy and you're going to get it every
    time, so just ignore it. Finally, of course it goes without saying, but 
    don't get any misses. if you do, it's over. Just retry that noise.
    
    Unlike previous Trauma Centers, you can't hit the skip button before the
    operation has started. The hell is up with that? It's a problem because
    having to press that button all the way down there forces you to change
    the position of your hand on the wiimote, and it costs precious seconds
    to readjust. Fortunately there's a way to avoid this. Don't press skip
    at the start. Let Hank say his first line, and then press A to bring up
    the tutorial screen. THEN press the skip button while the tutorial screen
    is up. Skip will activate, but the tutorial screen will have stopped time
    and it won't go away until you press A, giving you plenty of time to
    readjust the position of your hand.
    
    Now, hold the stick in the position of the stabilizer and keep the
    pointer hovering over the spot where the stabilizer bottle will appear,
    and once you're ready, press A to get that tutorial out of the way and 
    begin. As soon as that happens, fill up the syringe and quickly inject
    all of it into the patient. You don't have to fill it up completely, but
    if you get too little you won't be allowed to proceed, so make sure you
    get a good amount. 1/2 to 3/4s of the syringe should be safe. As soon
    as you've finished pumping in the stabilizer, the dotted line for the
    lobectomy will appear. So what you want to do here is first switch to
    the antibiotic gel and spread it from right to left across the line once,
    then quickly switch to the scalpel and make the incision from left
    (where the pointer should already be) to right. This'll allow us to shave
    a tiny bit more time off. 
    
    Now we're inside the patient's heart. Have the control stick pointed to
    the ultrasound while the screen is moving in, and then start press A
    (or B) on the center of the heart. It'll take a few presses, but
    watch the area while you're doing it and as soon as you see the syringe 
    icon come up, that's your cue to quickly switch to it because the yellow 
    vial has now been made available. Fill the syringe with it and quickly
    inject it into the shadow. If you're too slow the shadow AS WELL AS THE
    VIAL will disappear. In which case just restart. But anyway. It's not
    necessary to fill it all the way but if you don't get enough nothing
    will happen so make sure you pump in a good amount. Once you do that,
    the incision line will appear. No need to use any gel on this one, just
    switch to your scalpel and cut through the dots in one stroke, if
    possible. If you miss a dot it's no biggie, just go back to it quickly,
    but make sure you don't release the button until the incision has been
    made, even if you have to go back.
    
    When that's done, switch to the drain because three blood pools will
    come out. We gotta drain 'em. What you want to do here is drain the 
    whole thing in 2 shots. Because two pools will always be close to one
    another, place the drain in between them so you drain them both at the
    same time and then drain the remaining one. This'll help shave off some
    more time. Make sure you have the A button held down the entire time
    while using the drain. Then, when the last pool has been cleared, don't
    release the A button! Quickly switch to the forceps. If you keep the A
    button held down, you'll be able to use the forceps by only pressing the
    B button, which will allow you must greater precision and control than
    having to press both A and B! That's a hot tip from me to you. Now. 
    You'll have to grab the wound from both sides to close it. I like 
    grabbing the right side first but it's up to you. So grab the right side
    and yank it to the left, then grab the left side and yank that to the
    right. You don't have to be delicate or anything, just do it fast.
    
    When that's done, you'll have to suture it. THIS is the part where you
    can shave the most time off if you can suture fast. BUT, you also have
    to make absolutely sure that you get the cool. Here's a few tips.
    First of all, even though the line is slightly curved to the right,
    this is just a trick. You are not supposed to suture along the wound,
    as one would of course assume. To get that cool, you should suture as if
    both ends of the wound were connected by a STRAIGHT line, and not the
    curved line the game shows you. To get the cool for these wounds you
    should make around 7 passes with the sutures, but don't worry because
    there's a lot of leeway. Generally speaking I like to go with more
    passes than necessary so I usually make around 10. Make sure that you 
    suture VERY fast. Don't count the number of passes, just go with what
    feels right and it should work out if you've practiced enough and have
    gotten a subconscious feel for how many passes are necessary. If you
    haven't, then keep trying until you do! Remember the proper suturing
    technique: Do it by snapping your wrist right to left as you move your 
    arm top to bottom. Also make sure you stay within the imaginary
    straight line connecting the two ends of the wound.
    
    There's a second shadow that we have to take care of. However, now that
    the yellow vial is available, there is no need to use the ultrasound!
    In fact, I order you to not use it. It's just a waste of precious
    seconds. What I recommend doing from here on out is to MEMORIZE where
    the shadows will appear so that you can inject them without having to
    search for them. This next one is on the left side of the heart. Inject
    the yellow juice into the general area where it's supposed to be to
    make the incision line appear. Don't worry, the area is pretty huge so
    there's a lot of leeway for where the game will accept the injection
    without giving you a miss. As usual, if you DO somehow get a miss,
    just restart the operation. 
    
    Anyway, make the incision, drain the blood, close the wound and suture
    it up just like you did the last time. I don't need to repeat myself
    on this right? Just look at the previous paragraphs if you already
    forgot what to do, you god damn amnesiac. Ahem. Anyway. When you're done
    with that, there will be a LOOOOOONG lull during which nothing happens.
    You'll have to wait here. Inject stabilizer on the patient while you're
    waiting and get his vitals all the way to max. You'll still have to wait
    a long time even after doing this so uh. Go make a sandwich or som'n.
    Kidding. You CAN actually switch to the ultrasound and wave it around
    fast to decrease the waiting time. Who knew. Either way, while you're 
    waiting, make sure to have the pointer right above the tools because 
    this is where the next thing you have to use will pop up. It's the HAND! 
    As SOON as it appears press A on it to activate it, then move the cursor 
    over to the center of the heart, slightly to the right. Press A there 
    and hold it down for a second until the yellow vial appears (who was the 
    jackass who took it out?!). When it does, fill the syringe and inject 
    it into the area you were palpating just before. This'll make the 
    incision line appear. You know what to do! Same procedure.
    
    When that's done, there'll still be two more shadows to take care of.
    As I said before, you should memorize their locations so that you can
    inject them WITHOUT palpating. One is on the left side and the other is
    on the top right side. Choose either one and take care of it before
    moving on to the next one. You CAN technically do them both at the same
    time but there's no need for that, plus, an extra blood pool will form
    if you do it this way. So just take 'em one at a time. Same as before.
    As always, make sure you get a cool EVERY single time and make sure
    you don't miss. If you fail in either of these just restart.
    
    That'll be the end of it. But don't relax just yet! We still gotta close
    up the patient. This last suturing job will be horizontal, unlike the
    previous ones, which makes it harder and slower. Why? Because snapping
    your wrist up and down just doesn't feel as natural as left to right.
    So you'll probably do this one slower. But don't worry, if you've done
    everything correctly up till now you should have plenty of time
    remaining! So just take your time. This one requires around 7 passes,
    just like the previous ones. Remember to stay more or less within the
    red area while doing it, as well as within the left and right points of
    the opening. Do it right and make sure to get the cool, then switch to
    the antibiotic gel and spread it multiple times on the incision area.
    Don't keep the button pressed the entire time though! You have to the
    release and press the button again at LEAST once to do it properly. Keep
    that in mind. Keep applying the gel until you get the ok, then grab
    the bandage. This is the last step and you have to do it RIGHT. If you
    don't get the cool here you will have failed so take it slow if you
    have to. The trick to getting said cool here is to make sure the bandage
    covers the whole line BUT don't go any farther than that. That is to say,
    start from the left point where the line begins, and then end it at JUST
    the very end of the line without going too much past it. You can do it
    vice versa if you want but whatever.
    
    And that's it for the first mission! If you did things properly you
    should have gotten all 8 cools and finished with more than 20 seconds 
    to spare. I'm sure you can even get that down to 30 seconds to spare if 
    you try hard enough buuut it's not necessary so whatever. As long as
    you did these things your score should be above 9000 points which will
    give you the XS. If it's below 9000 you will have failed.
    
    If you wanna see my video of how to XS this mission, go to
    http://bit.ly/dBpZsr
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                ====================
                                === Maria Torres ===
                                ====================
    
                                 === Foul Mood ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -No misses
    -No burns worsened
    -Cool > 8 times
    -Gauze not thrown away automatically
    
    Ok, this operation is ultra short so it might SEEM like it'll be easy
    but you have to be speedy gonzales to hit the time limit for the XS
    so it'll probably take a few tries. You'll have to shave time off in as
    many ways as you can and know exactly what to do at every point. If you
    hesitate too much you probably won't make it. But don't worry, if you 
    follow my tips you'll get it no problem.
    
    Like I said before though, this operation is short so it's almost 
    impossible to get tired before it's over. Just like the first CR-S01
    mission, I recommend using the tutorial trick here:
    
    Unlike previous Trauma Centers, you can't hit the skip button before the
    operation has started. The hell is up with that? It's a problem because
    having to press that button all the way down there forces you to change
    the position of your hand on the wiimote, and it costs precious seconds
    to readjust. Fortunately there's a way to avoid this. Don't press skip
    at the start. Let Maria say her first line, and then press A to bring up
    the tutorial screen. THEN press the skip button while the tutorial screen
    is up. Skip will activate, but the tutorial screen will have stopped time
    and it won't go away until you press A, giving you plenty of time to
    readjust the position of your hand.
    
    Before getting rid of the tutorial screen, position the cursor on the
    bottom-right part of the screen where the gauze will appear. This will
    allow you to grab it as soon as possible once you press A. However. Keep
    in mind that it takes a fraction of a second for the gauze to become
    available so don't jump the gun either. Wait about 0.3 seconds and then
    grab it with A.
    
    Now, as you can see there are 3 blood pools on this guy. Keep in mind
    that a single gauze will only absorb two pools of blood. It cannot
    absorb three. That means you will have to use two for these pools. First
    absorb the single pool on the right. Don't bother with the other two.
    When it has been fully absorbed, quickly grab a second gauze from the
    bottom right and then place it between the two pools on the left two
    absorb them at the same time. This'll help you save some time. It's
    important to switch the gauze after dealing with the single pool without
    touching the other two because if you absorb the other ones with the
    same gauze you run the risk of soaking it and losing the fourth special
    bonus.
    
    Once that blood has been dealt with, you'll automatically move to the 
    bottom part of the torso where you'll be able to see two burns. Have
    the control stick pointed up for the antibiotic gel and as soon as you
    regain control, hell, even before, start spreading the gel back and forth
    over both burns. BOTH burns. Not one first and then the other. Both at
    the same time. If you take them both individually you won't make it.
    Also remember not to hold down the button the entire time while applying 
    it. You'll have to release the button and press it again at least 2 times
    before you're given the ok. 
    
    Once you've gotten the ok on both, quickly switch to the forceps and
    grab the synthetic membranes from the tray on the left. Place them one
    right after the other on both burns. Do it fast but make sure you don't
    get a miss. Remember proper forceps technique: Make sure you have the A 
    button held down the entire time when you've finished using the gel. 
    Then, when it comes time to pick up the synthetic membranes, don't
    release the A button! Quickly switch to the forceps. If you keep the A
    button held down, you'll be able to use the forceps by only pressing the
    B button, which will allow you must greater precision and control than
    having to press both A and B! That's a hot tip from me to you.
    
    After placing both membranes, quickly gel over them. This time it'll only
    take a single pass or two to get the ok. When that happens, very quickly
    switch to the tape. We want to tape over these two membranes fast BUT
    it's important that you get cools in every single one or else you won't
    get the XS. It's not too difficult though. The trick to getting cools
    here is to get the tape all the way from one end of the membrane to the
    other without going over TOO much. Just a little. There's some leeway 
    so don't worry, but ideally if you're only going to tape one membrane 
    you want to have 80% of the tape on the membrane and only 20% outside. 
    10% on either end. In this operation, however, what I recommend doing
    is taping BOTH membranes with a single tape. It's not too hard and it
    will help save time. Simply move the tape from the top right corner of
    the top membrane in a straight line all the way to to bottom left corner
    of the bottom membrane. You'll get the cool for both and will only have
    had to apply one tape.
    
    Now the view will automatically shift to the patient's left arm. The game
    won't let you continue until you use a shot of stabilizer so before you
    even regain control have the stick pointed towards the syringe. As soon
    as it appears fill up the syringe 3/4s of the way and then pump it 
    wherever you want. It doesn't even have to be on the patient. Unlike
    previous Trauma Centers you can just use it on thin air and it'll still
    work. Remember to pump ALL of it in. If you don't use enough, the game
    won't let you proceed and you'll have to do it again, losing a lot of
    time in the process.
    
    After you finish the injection, hold the control stick towards the gel
    and begin applying it back and forth over both burns. This'll be just 
    like the two previous burns. You know the drill. Gel, membrane, gel,
    tape. The screen will then switch to the patient's right arm. You'll
    have to secure a blood transfusion. This is probably the most dangerous
    part of the operation so watch it! First gel over the spot. It doesn't
    take much gel at all. Just apply a bit for a fraction of a second and
    then immediately move the cursor to the bottom right where the needle
    will be. Grab it with A then CALM DOWN. Make absolutely sure that you
    jam it in on the green dot. This is the easiest part to fail on if you're
    not careful. That green dot is not lenient at all. You'll need New Blood
    levels of precision to hit it, so don't rush this part. Or, actually,
    go ahead and rush it if you want. I mean this operation is less than
    a minute long. It's not like you'll lose much if you have to start over.
    It's up to you. Either way, once you've put the needle in, grab the
    bandage on the bottom right with A, then quickly press and hold A on the
    circle that appears to the right of the arm. Don't worry here, you can't
    get a miss if you somehow don't hit the circle. When you do, make circles
    with the remote. Just go wild and spin it as fast as you can, you can't 
    get a miss here. My recommendation for doing this is to make the circles
    counterclockwise if you're right handed like me and to make them as
    small as possible so you can complete them faster. It should take you
    less than a second to do it. Alternatively, you can just shake the
    wiimote up and down, though the difference between that and tiny circles
    is blurry.
    
    You'll now move on to the second patient. His vitals will be ridiculously
    low but do not, I repeat, DO NOT use any stabilizer. If you've done
    things correctly up till now you can treat him without wasting time 
    raising vitals at all.
    
    There are three burns here. Spread gel evenly across all 3 of them, then
    quickly place the membranes but be careful not to get any misses. Gel
    over them and then switch to the tape. You'll have to use 2 tapes
    here. Get the top two burns with a single tape from right to left and
    then get the bottom one from top to bottom. That's how I like to do it
    anyway, it's up to you. Once you tape the last burn she'll flatline.
    You'll now start doing chest compressions. Loosen up for this. Begin
    smacking down the wii remote as if you were hammering a nail with it.
    Make the motions big and strong to make sure it registers. Make sure to
    begin doing it as SOON as the hands appear. Hammer down each time the
    hands on the screen come down. You CAN simply hammer rapidly with no 
    regards to anything and still get the cool but that's tiring and there's 
    no reason to do that when doing it in tandem is so easy.
    
    After 5 compressions you'll get the cool. For the last manuever you'll
    be doing an intubation. This is pretty easy and lenient so you can do it
    fast without having to be very precise. Point the cursor on the blue
    circle at the top of the tube and hold down A, then move the pointer
    in a straight line down all the way to the bottom, then release the A
    button, move the pointer again to the blue circle, hold down A and repeat
    it. Keep doing this the 3 or 4 times it takes until the tube is all the
    way in and you're done! 
    
    As long as you get all the special bonuses, which isn't too hard, and
    finish in less than 50 seconds, which you should if you did everything
    I told you, you will get that XS rank. It might seem tough at first but
    I finished in 42 seconds so less than 50 is definitely not unreasonable 
    at all.
    
    For my video of how to XS this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/9eEPll
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =====================
                               === Hank Freebird ===
                               =====================
    
                                === The Big Guy ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 1 times
    -Chain > 2200
    -Operation completed in 150 sec
    -Treatment halted < 2 times
    
    Aight bitches. This operation, like all of Hank's missions, is a lot of
    fun, but it's no longer drop dead easy like it was on Resident 
    difficulty. No, this is serious business now. It's probably going to take
    many tries to XS, but is all good since it's so fun. Plus I just love
    how the music gets steadily better as you build a higher chain. That's
    such win.
    
    First off, let it be known that this operation is going to be very
    precision intensive, so let's go over proper wii remote holding 
    technique again:
    
    If you're doing something that requires precision, hold the wiimote near 
    the top part rather than the bottom, place your thumb around the area to 
    the left, slightly bottom-left of the d-pad and upper left of the A 
    button and grip firmly with it. In my experience this affords greater 
    control. You should grip with the tip of your thumb so that you're not 
    actually pressing the A button, but if you have to, you can simply bring 
    the rest of it down and easily press it with the joint between the 
    proximal and distal phalanges while still maintaining the grip. Grip
    the remote FIRMLY to keep it steady and have your wrist bending slightly
    downward. This will cause carpal tunnel pain after a while, but it keeps
    your hand steadier. 
    
    We need to do this operation VERY fast so start by using the tutorial
    screen trick:
    
    Unlike previous Trauma Centers, you can't hit the skip button before the
    operation has started. The hell is up with that? It's a problem because
    having to press that button all the way down there forces you to change
    the position of your hand on the wiimote, and it costs precious seconds
    to readjust. Fortunately there's a way to avoid this. Don't press skip
    at the start. Let Hank say his first line, and then press A to bring up
    the tutorial screen. THEN press the skip button while the tutorial screen
    is up. Skip will activate, but the tutorial screen will have stopped time
    and it won't go away until you press A, giving you plenty of time to
    readjust the position of your hand.
    
    Memorize where the incision circle will appear and place the pointer
    near that before getting rid of the tutorial screen. Now, make the
    incision. Press and hold the A button on the blue circle at the top and
    make a straight line through the guideline. The B button will not work so
    don't try. Also throughout this entire operation the control stick will 
    be irrelevant.
    
    Now we're inside. This operation will consist of cutting around 5
    adenoma with the scalpel. To do this, press and hold A on the blue circle
    and then follow the blue guideline WITHOUT straying too far from it. If
    you do, you'll get a miss and it'll all be over. In which case you
    should restart. But also, you get more points if you follow the blue
    line closely than if you're a bit off so try to stay within it. Also keep
    an eye on the yellow guideline that is moving in front of you. You're
    supposed to chase after this yellow line BUT don't go too fast because
    if you overtake it you will get a miss.
    
    Now then. Here are a few general tips for this procedure:
    
    Don't blink! And if you must blink, keep it down to a minimum, and
    especially don't blink during the particularly precarious spots. Blink
    several times in between each tumor.
    
    Squint your eyes slightly. This'll help keep you from blinking.
    
    Keep your breaths shallow. A deep breath can cause your hand to move
    too much, and we don't want that. In fact, you might want to just plain
    not breathe at all on the most dangerous parts.
    
    Bite your lower lip. This might sound like a joke but it really does
    increase precision! Don't ask me how. You know how to do this. Just
    make a dat ass expression. For proper dat ass technique, consult Maurice
    Richards, AKA Rich Boy.
    
    This is a questionable technique, but, since the control stick is
    irrelevant during this procedure, you can try to support your right
    hand with your left (vice versa if you're a lefty) to help keep it 
    steady. It sometimes helps BUT I don't fully recommend doing this because
    in my experience using one hand keeps it more loose to move faster, plus
    when using both hands I end up having to move my body rather than just
    my arm, thirdly, it SEEMS that when using both hands sometimes I'll make
    a sudden jerky movement, which I ASSUME is because although both hands
    keep it steadier, it also makes it harder to coordinate slight movements.
    So yeah, try it out and see how it feels but I'll go with single handed.
    
    You should already know this, but once you start cutting DO NOT let
    go of the A button until you're finished.
    
    Memorize where the blue circle will appear on each adenoma so that you
    lose as little time as possible starting. Every little bit helps. 
    
    So ok. Let's cut up these hoes. Something you should be aware of is that
    the first two adenoma are fundamentally different from the last 3 based
    on their size. For the first two, you should excise them VERY fast. You
    will not be able to do it fast for the last 3 so make sure you save as
    much time as possible on these two small ones by being as fast as you
    can. However, don't be TOO fast either because if you overtake the yellow
    guideline that you're supposed to follow, you'll get a miss. Stay as
    close to the speed limit as possible.
    
    After that, you'll have to deal with large ones. As I said earlier,
    these are different because they're so big. The camera will move and 
    follow the yellow guideline, which makes this different. First off,
    know that unlike the 2 small ones, you cannot rush here. The yellow
    guideline will go faster if you stay close to it (so you should), but 
    nowhere near as fast as on the small ones. Secondly, keep in mind that
    the camera will move the cursor for you, which means that in a lot of
    places you should simply "ride" the camera and let it take you forward
    while you simply concentrate on staying within the guideline. Note that
    if you do this, the yellow line will go faster than you and then start
    slowing down until you eventually stop, so you still have to move forward
    yourself a little bit every now and then.
    
    The final adenoma is the tough one. Why? Because there are two places
    where the guideline becomes CRAZY narrow, making it easy to go off.
    You have to be super careful in these parts. More than any other place,
    these narrow spots are where you shouldn't blink and shouldn't breathe
    and should ride the camera so that it moves slower. That's about all the
    advice I can give you, other than that it's just practice until you're
    rock solid!
    
    Once that's done, it'll be time to close the patient up. You'll be using
    the stapler. While the screen is transitioning, grab the remote with
    both hands and turn it sideways clockwise. Press and hold the A button
    so that you can use by only pressing the B button. This will afford
    greater control. Now watch the guideline and make minute changes to the
    angle of your remote until you match it. Position the cursor so that
    your remote overlaps the guideline. There's some leeway, but try to
    have it overlap as perfectly as you can. Remember, don't rush on this
    part! Sure, it's a race against the close for the XS, but if you did
    things correctly before and shaved time off in as many places as you
    could, you should still have some seconds to spare. If you get a miss or
    even a good here it will all have been for nothing so stay crispy. You
    don't have to change the angle of the remote AT ALL for these 5 staples,
    all you have to do is change the position of the cursor (that is to say,
    go down), so once you have the angle right you can do all 5 reasonably
    fast.
    
    And that'll be all! As long as you didn't miss and didn't stop, the only
    thing you have to worry about is doing it fast enough so that you finish
    in less than 2:20. You need more than 9600 score for the XS.
    
    For my video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/dgNej8
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Tomoe Tachibana ===
                               =======================
    
                               === Insecure Smiles ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -No Bads
    -Stomach treated in 60 sec
    -Ran into wall < 2 times
    -Vitals didn't fall below 15
    
    Our first endoscopic operation! ...in hard of course. This one's actually
    not all that tough. It shouldn't take very many tries to get the XS rank.
    Aight, so. First let's talk posture. Endoscopy is quite different from
    the other specialties so we have to change our approach accordingly.
    
    Have your arm pulled all the way back so that your wrist is touching
    the side of your torso. Lean back on your chair. That's the neutral
    position. When moving the endoscope forward, you want to do it as fast 
    as you can and without having to back into neutral position midway if 
    you can help it. From the neutral position, to go forward simply hold
    down A+B and extend your arm out in front of you. You can get a lot of
    distance this way and very fast. Once your arm is completely extended,
    you should begin leaning your entire body forward to get even more
    distance. If you do this, you'll be able to get to a lot of destinations
    without having to waste time retracting your arm, as we'll soon see.
    Just remember that you're supposed to lean towards the sensor bar and
    not the TV. Seems obvious but sometimes we may forget.
    
    Now then, let's begin. Press the skip button while holding the control
    stick in any direction. Why? Because the game forces us to do pointless
    things before proceeding. Keep holding the control stick in any 
    direction to move your view until the game snaps you back into place.
    Next, we're supposed to go forward a bit. This is a part where the things
    I told you before come in handy. If you extend your arm and then lean
    forward with your body you'll be able to clear the entire distance you're
    supposed to in a single go without wasting any time retracting your arm.
    Watch when the blue arrows change and point backwards. That's when you
    stop going forward and start going back. Use the auto retract by pressing
    down on the d-pad if you want to keep it easy or do it manually if you
    want to do it faster.
    
    Anyway, let's proceed. Start going forward for realz this time until
    you get to the first blood pool and the game automatically centers your
    view on it. Not so fast though! You still need to get a tiny bit closer
    to it before the drain becomes available. Do so. Now open up the tools
    by pressing C and switching to the drain. Don't press C again to close
    it, just press Z immediately to begin using the tool. Be careful though,
    it's not all that uncommon to accidentally have the stick slip and choose
    the wrong tool and have to waste time opening up the toolbox again.
    Center the view on the blue circle and drain the blood. After that, keep
    going forward. It's quite a distance so you'll have to retract your arm
    a few times. Plus, there's a curve in the path here and you have to be
    careful not to hit the wall. If you do, restart because you've lost.
    
    When you get to the next part with affected area, first take care of the
    blood pools since you already have the drain out. Then center on the
    hemorrhaging area and switch to the hemostatic forceps. Hold Z to stop
    the bleeding and release it as SOON as it has stopped to get the cool.
    The timing probably takes a bit of practice to get down. What I recommend
    is doing it enough times that you more or less have a "feel" for how
    much time is required before letting go of the button. On top of watching
    of course. Remember that you need to get cools in every place where it's
    possible to get them. If you get a good, just restart because you're not
    getting the XS. If another blood pool has formed, quickly drain it and 
    let's move on.
    
    You can get to the next affected area in one shot by extending your arm
    and then leaning forward! This one requires the syringe, so center the
    camera on the blue circle and choose the needle. To get the cool on these
    you have to hold down the button until the bright light above the blue
    medicine is as close to the yellow guideline as possible without going
    past it. Remember, the one that can't go past the yellow line is the
    brightest part at the top. The duller parts below that can go past it.
    After treating that, another inflammation will appear a bit ahead. Move
    forward and treat it in exactly the same way. Immediately after you do
    that, the game will center your vision on a new blue circle that will
    have appeared. It's a hidden inflammation! Switch to the spray and use
    it here to reveal it, then treat it with the syringe same as always.
    
    When you're done with that, keep going forward. We're almost up to
    the stomach. You'll see the passage opening and closing. We gotta go
    through it quickly while it's open but chill out a bit! The second 
    special bonus dictates that once we're inside the stomach, we have to
    finish in less than 60 seconds. So before we go in, take some time to
    raise vitals. That's because the fourth special bonus dictates that we
    shouldn't let vitals fall below 15. To ensure this, you'll have to inject
    at least two full syringes of stabilizer. Keep an eye on the passage
    while you're doing this. If it opens after you've injected the second
    one, quickly go through it. If it's still closed, then start injecting
    a third one but immediately stop once it opens and go through.
    
    Now we're in the stomach area. As I said earlier, we have to finish up
    in less than 60 seconds so it helps to have the general layout of the
    affected areas memorized. Also keep an eye on the radar because it will
    tell you the locations of stuff as well. As soon as you go in, you'll 
    see a blood pool on the wall to your right. Treat it with the drain. 
    After that, quickly advance to the wall on the back opposite the passage
    you came from. Move to the bottom of this wall where you'll spot an
    area with hemorrhaging as well as blood pools. As a general rule, you
    should treat these hemorrhaging areas before the inflammations because
    they create additional blood pools if you leave them alone, which will
    make you waste time. Drain the blood pools and then use the hemostatic
    forceps. When that's done, look to the right where you'll find a lone
    blood pool. Drain it. Now check the radar. If you're lucky there will
    only be one dot left on the wall opposite to this one. If there are more,
    go and treat those first. Now use the syringe on this inflammation.
    Remember, if you've gotten any goods restart the operation. After
    dealing with this one, a single blood pool will appear on the wall
    behind you. Go drain it. When you do this, another dot will appear behind
    you on the radar. This is the last one, but be careful because it's
    invisable for one day! Watch the radar. Move until the dot is about
    halfway between your own dot and the fringe of the radar, then move the
    camera up or down until the dot turns blue. This indicates that it's
    right in front of you. Switch to the spray to reveal it and then inject
    it with the syringe to end the operation!
    
    This one isn't too tough. As usual, you MUST get all the cools available.
    The vitals must have also been above 15 the entire time, which shouldn't
    be a problem if you raised them before the stomach where I told you to
    and did the stomach fast enough. Finally, to get the XS rank you must
    have finished the entire operation in less than 2 minutes. Shouldn't be
    a problem. This operation can be beaten in like 1:40. Hell, maybe even
    1:30 if you're crazy enough.
    
    To see my XS video of this operation go to
    http://bit.ly/ct6apE
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                 ==============
                                 === CR-S01 ===
                                 ==============
    
                             === Uninvited Guest ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 0 times
    -Vitals didn't fall below 45
    -Mucus treated < 20 times
    -Shadow disappeared < 1 times
    
    Hoooly black jesus this is getting good! This mission is difficult and
    will take quite a few tries to XS. But we wouldn't have it any other way!
    
    Pretty much the only thing to keep in mind during this operation is
    keeping the vitals above 50. Which is harder that it at first might seem
    once shit hits the fan and all those tumors start forming.
    
    As soon as the operation starts there'll be a patch of tumors on the
    patient's chest. Laser them all off without letting go of the button
    until they're all gone, then gel them. Then switch to the ultrasound. 
    There's a shadow underneath the part where the tumors had formed. 
    You'll need to hit that shadow with the ultrasound to make the scalpel 
    available. Once it is, get it and slash a vertical line across the 
    shadow to bring out the big tumor. Switch to the drain and get rid of 
    the mucus, then switch back to the scalpel and excise it. Do it quickly 
    but not so fast that you miss dots. Ideally you want to hit all the dots 
    in one go. But if you miss any, eh, whatever. Just go back to them 
    without letting go of the button. When that's done, you'll be able to 
    pick up the tumor with the forceps. Put it on the tray to the right, 
    then grab the synthetic membrane from the tray on the left and place it 
    CAREFULLY on the wound. If you do this incorrectly it's all over so do 
    it fast but don't get careless either. After that, switch to the gel 
    and apply it all over it. Keep holding down the button and move over to 
    the left side while applying the gel because the incision line will have 
    now appeared. You can disinfect it in the same motion, which is neat. 
    Now, switch to the scalpel and let's go inside!
    
    Oh noes! The intestine is full of inflammations! But don't worry, this
    isn't New Blood where inflammations were a million times more terrifying
    than Cardia. You don't have to inject EXACTLY in the inflammation points,
    you have a bit of leeway. In fact, it might even be more lenient than
    Second Opinion. That's right. So let's go for it! Before we begin, here's
    something to keep in mind: a full syringe gives you enough to treat one
    large spot OR three small ones. Secondly, it's a good idea to use what
    I call the warping strategy to shave a few seconds off your time:
    
    When filling the syringe or injecting with it, you may notice that as 
    long as you have the button pressed, and as long as the syringe hasn't 
    finished filling up/emptying out, you can move the wiimote as much as 
    you want and the cursor won't move. But as soon as the syringe is done 
    filling/emptying, the cursor will appear where you are currently 
    pointing the remote. Using this trick, you can save some time. You 
    can move the remote over to the anti-inflammatory bottle while the 
    syringe is injecting, and when it's done you can immediately fill it up 
    again. It works the same the other way. While it's filling up you can 
    move over to an inflammation and inject it immediately.
    
    Now then, let's treat this muhfugga. There will be 3 small spots and 2
    large ones. Fill up the syringe and quickly take care of the 3 small
    ones without refilling. Then refill again, inject it into a large one,
    refill again, and inject it into the other large one. Once this is done,
    you'll be allowed to move with the magnification tool, also known in
    some circles as the ultrasound. So when that happens, quickly switch to
    that and move the cursor to the left, then press B to move over to
    the left side of the organ from where you are. You'll find two more
    inflammations here. A small and a large one. Take care of them both, then
    move the magnification tool directly up all the way to the top left
    part of the organ. Here you'll find 5 more inflammations, 2 big and 3
    small. Like in the first part, fill up your syringe to full and take care
    of the 3 small ones in one shot without refilling, then individually 
    refill for the two large ones. When you're done with that, the vitals
    should be in the 60s already, so take some time to pump a full syringe of
    stabilizer or two before proceeding.
    
    After that, it'll be time to take care of the 3 big tumors hidden inside
    the organ. What you want to do here is play the mission enough times
    that you can memorize the location of the three tumors. One is on the
    left part of the organ, the other is on the top right side, and the
    other one is on the bottom. Don't waste time using the ultrasound on
    them. Just slash where they are supposed to be to get them out fast.
    
    To treat them, I recommend treating two at the same time, and then the
    third one. Let's take the left one and the bottom one. Position the
    camera in such a way that you have full view of both tumors. Then switch
    to the drain and begin draining the mucus on one, and then the other,
    then switch to the scalpel and go back to the FIRST one you drained.
    Excise it along the dotted line but make sure to do it fast because
    that mucus comes back pretty fast. Once the first one is excised very
    quickly do the same thing for the second one before the mucus reappears.
    When that's done, switch to the forceps and move both tumors one right
    after the other to the tray, then grab two synthetic membranes and place
    them over the wounds, do it fast but be careful not to get a miss here.
    Finally gel over them.
    
    Now move on to the third tumor on the top right side. Treat it the
    same way you did the others. Slash, drain, excise, pick up, place the
    membrane and gel. When you're done with that, move the magnification
    tool to the bottom right of the organ because 3 new inflammations will
    have appeared here. Treat the big one and a small one BUT LEAVE THE LAST
    SMALL ONE ALONE. Vitals should now be dangerously low, around the 50s.
    Remember that you CANNOT let the vitals go below 45 or the operation is
    forfeit. Take this time to pump stabilizer until the vitals are maxed
    out at 90, then treat the remaining inflammation.
    
    Now we move on to the lung! Switch to the laser here, there will be 4
    tumors immediately visible to you. Laser these guys and then gel over
    them. Then move to the bottom to find 3 more. Laser and gel these too.
    Then move all the way over to the top to find 4 more. Do the same for
    these. Once these are done with, it'll be time to deal with the hidden
    shadows.
    
    Again, I recommend playing this mission enough times that you can
    memorize the location of the 4 shadows you have to uncover. This is
    because you want to deal with them as fast as possible without losing
    ANY time at all searching around. Time is not on your side after all.
    The first one is right here in the top part where you're looking. Feel
    free to ascertain where the shadow is by hovering the ultrasound over
    it but don't use it, just slash where the shadow is supposed to be to
    uncover it. Then drain the mucus and gel over the wound.
    
    Three more to go. Quickly move alllll the way over to the bottom of the
    lung. You'll find the second one you have to treat here. It's not ALL
    the way at the bottom, it's a bit above but you know what I mean. Check
    my video if you wanna see exactly where it is. Deal with this guy in
    the same way, drain the mucus and then gel. Once that's done, move to
    the center of the lung. The next shadow will be DEAD center. It's a true
    tumor. You'll treat it the same way you did the last 3. Slash it
    vertically to get it out, drain the mucus, excise along the dotted line,
    then pick up, put on the tray, place the synthetic membrane and gel over
    it. One more shadow to go! This last one is VERY close. Don't even move
    the camera. It's to the right of that last one you just treated. Slash
    it, drain the mucus and then WAIT. Take this time to raise vitals all
    the way to max again because once you finish treating this last one
    this crap'll get serious. When you're ready, gel it.
    
    Now black bruises will engulf the lung, as well as a RETARDED amount of
    shadows. 4 of them are true tumors and you can memorize their locations
    (although the 4th will not appear until you're done with everything
    else) but the tough part is that the shadows that are only mucus will
    be MOVING. That will make it extremely hard to deal with because you
    don't know exactly where they will be. The only way is to find them with
    the ultrasound and then slash them before they get away. If you waste
    too much time searching around for these things the XS will elude you,
    and trust me, sometimes that last mucus is pretty DAMN sneaky.
    
    But don't worry, there's a very important tip I'm going to give you,
    which you should keep in mind when trying to XS this: the mucus form
    small tumors periodically. This isn't just for show. These tumors are
    very important. When one of them forms, it means the mucus that created
    it isn't very far! You MUST use this to your advantage if you want to
    do this fast enough for the XS without getting lucky. The trick is that,
    whenever you see a small tumor appear, use the ultrasound around that
    spot to find a mucus for free without wasting time searching for it!
    
    Anyway back to where I was. Like I said, black bruises will engulf the
    lung. Do NOT move the camera. Leave it where it is and begin a quick
    search around this area for moving shadows with the ultrasound. There
    will be SO MANY that you will find a crapload of them immediately,
    guaranteed. You want to treat as many of them as possible RIGHT NOW
    because if you let such a huge number of them roam free the vitals will
    get annihilated and then you'll lose too much time just pumping the
    lung full of stabilizer and treating the small tumors.
    
    I recommend finding and excising at least 4 of them (more is good if
    you get lucky but don't go out of your way to search for them). It
    should only take you about 5 seconds or less. Treat those 4 the same
    way you've done it up to now, and then inject some stabilizer real
    quick just to stay safe.
    
    Next, move slightly up to where the two stationary large tumors will
    be. As I said before, memorize their locations. Hover the ultrasound
    over them if you have to and then slash them to uncover them. HOWEVER,
    if you happen to see any moving shadows while you're using the ultrasound
    take care of those first. Either way, while you're uncovering those two
    tumors you should begin to see small tumors forming around. Whenever you
    see one appear STOP and destroy the mucus shadow that created it before
    it can get away. You should be able to destroy around 3 more mucus
    shadows (more if you're lucky) here before you even start working on the
    tumors. Take care of the small tumors they create as well. When that's
    done begin treating the large tumors. You know what to do! I ain't gonna
    repeat myself, but I will say treat them both at the same time to save
    time. That is to say, drain one first, then the other, then go back to
    the first one and excise it, then excise the second one before it
    regains its mucus etc etc. Remember to keep a good eye on the vitals!!
    If it drops too close to 50 stop whatever it is you're doing and get it
    back up. If it drops below 45 you will have failed!
    
    Finish dealing with those two tumors. Be careful because they will create
    3 small tumors each when you remove them. It's nothing special but just
    sayin'. Remember that if you see a small tumor form somewhere stop what
    you're doing and bring out the shadow that created it. When you're done,
    move to the bottom part of the organ. A bunch of small tumors will have
    formed here by now so treat them, then excise the large tumor down on
    the bottom right part. Again, if you see any small tumors form, deal
    with the shadow.
    
    After you're done with this tumor comes the worst part. Now you have to
    finish killing off the straggler shadows. There should only be a few
    left by now, which can make things difficult. They're pretty elusive
    bastards sometimes and if you spend too much time searching you'll lose
    the XS. Nevertheless, move back over to the top where a few small tumors
    should have formed by now. Make a very quick cursory search around for
    shadows, if you don't find anything in 1-3 seconds then start treating
    the tumors with the laser. Hopefully while you're doing this some new
    ones will form which will tell you where the shadows are. At this point
    you're pretty much FORCED to search around for the remaining ones.
    I recommend staying more or less near the center of the lung. You can
    go 3/4 of the way up or 3/4 of the way down but don't go all the way.
    Search around with the ultrasound while keeping an eye out for any tumors
    that might form which will indicate to you where a shadow is. This is
    probably the worst part and sometimes you just get plain unlucky and
    aren't able to find the last one fast enough. If this happens don't
    get discouraged, just restart and try again. It doesn't actually happen
    that often.
    
    If it takes you 10 seconds to find the remaining stragglers, that's
    pretty good. Anything more than that and you may want to restart. The
    time limit for this operation is very strict. As soon as you treat the
    last one, the final large tumor will appear on the left side of the
    lung. You'll know because an ultrasound symbol will appear over the
    place where it's supposed to be. Don't worry about vitals at this
    point unless they're dangerously close to 45. Just excise that last 
    tumor and treat it as fast as you can. No small tumors will form because
    the black bruise will have disappeared.
    
    We're almost done, but make SURE you keep your cool because if you get
    a good on either the closing suture or the bandage then you will have
    failed the entire operation. Yeah. No pressure. But no seriously. Be
    CAREFUL here. That bandage is more dangerous than you might think when
    you're under pressure to get the cool. You don't know how many times
    I've failed this part because my god damn hand is shaking like I got
    parkinson's or some bull. Jesus. Anyway if you feel too jittery pause
    the game and take deep breaths. If you get a good here everything you
    did will have been for nothing. Go slow for the suture as well. Like
    the previous CR-S01 operation, this one requires around 7 passes.
    
    Remember to stay more or less within the red area while doing it, as 
    well as within the left and right points of the opening. Do it right 
    and make sure to get the cool, then switch to the antibiotic gel and 
    spread it multiple times on the incision area. Don't keep the button 
    pressed the entire time though! You have to the release and press the 
    button again at LEAST once to do it properly. Keep that in mind. Keep 
    applying the gel until you get the ok, then grab the bandage. This is 
    the last step and you have to do it RIGHT. If you don't get the cool 
    here you will have failed so take it slow if you have to. The trick to 
    getting said cool here is to make sure the bandage covers the whole 
    line BUT don't go any farther than that. That is to say, start from the 
    left point where the line begins, and then end it at JUST the very end 
    of the line without going too much past it. You can do it vice versa if 
    you want but whatever.
    
    And that's it for this awesome operation! The only special bonus to keep
    in mind is keeping vitals above 45. All the others will fall into place
    themselves. As usual, you need to get ALL 21 cools in the entire thing,
    if you get a single good you will not get the XS. And finally, the 
    hardest part of all, time. You need to do this operation very fast. To
    get the XS you need around 12200 score. As long as you finish with
    a clear time of less than 3:40 you will be good for the XS. As you can
    see in my video, I finished in 3:14 and I'm not even that good so it's
    definitely nothing unreasonable.
    
    If you wanna check out said video, head on over to my blog at
    http://bit.ly/9iNtL2
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                ====================
                                === Maria Torres ===
                                ====================
    
                              === Maximum Annoyance ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 1 times
    -All patients transported
    -Cool > 8 times
    -Let go of limb < 2 times
    
    After how ridankalus the previous operation was, this one's pretty 
    light times. It's got a few tricks here and there but nothing too
    serious.
    
    If you press the skip button as soon as possible in this operation it
    takes like a second for the music to start or the patient's arm from 
    becoming movable, which gives you plenty of time to point the cursor at 
    the lower right where the bone icon is and press A on it, then move back
    to the broken arm. After that small lull you'll see the blue circle
    appear on his arm. Your cursor should already be here. Press and hold
    A on it, then move it to the right as far as you can. You'll have to
    release the button and grab it a second time to pull it all the way
    though. Just remember, the second time you grab it you need to press A
    on the hand itself and not in the blue circle. Two times should be
    enough to get the ok, and hell, MUST be enough, because if you try more
    than that, you'll miss the fourth special bonus. And that's NO GOOD.
    The trick with these dislocations is to move the arm FAST. Don't hold
    it for very long or vitals will get pulverized. If you do it right you
    should get it done and have vitals still in the 60s, whereas if you hold
    it for very long it can get to critical in a couple seconds flat. Don't
    worry about being gentle. That's a lie.
    
    As soon as you've done that, and while the game is busy moving the
    screen up, have your cursor pointed at the lower right where the splint
    icon will come up. As soon as it does press A on it, then press and hold
    A on the blue circle that shows up on said splint and ram it all the way
    to the right. Again, don't bother with being gentle. Just do it as fast
    as you can.
    
    Now, after that's done, the screen will shift again. This time downward.
    Afterwards, two more icons will pop up on the right. Talk and bandage.
    Obviously you should have your pointer at talk and press it as soon as
    it appears. Since you have skip activated, nothing will happen. Just
    immediately press on the bandage icon after that. You already know how
    to do this. Same as last time: quickly press and hold A on the white
    circles that appear to the right of the arm. Don't worry here, you can't
    get a miss if you somehow don't hit the circle. When you do, make circles
    with the remote. Just go wild and spin it as fast as you can, you can't 
    get a miss here. My recommendation for doing this is to make the circles
    counterclockwise if you're right handed like me and to make them as
    small as possible so you can complete them faster. It should take you
    less than a second to do it for each. Alternatively you can just shake
    the wiimote up and down, though the difference between that and tiny
    circles is blurry. That'll stabilize this patient.
    
    You'll now switch over to the next patient and-WHAT IS GOING ON HERE.
    He has a god damn beam jammed in his chest or some bull. Not to mention
    some wires or whatever. But since this isn't surgery we can't treat 'em.
    Now, if you did the previous part fast enough, and you should have,
    there will only be 2 blood pools here. Specifically, they will be to the
    left of the beam. If you took too long before, there will be an extra 2
    pools on each wire and that... would not be ideal. So yeah. Make sure
    there's only 2 pools. Grab a gauze from the right and place it between
    both pools to absorb them at the same time. As soon as you're done with
    that, the icon for the hyrdaulic cutter will appear. Quickly press it to
    have our minions begin cutting that beam.
    
    Now this is the tricky part. Immediately after ordering the hydraulic
    cutter, switch to the syringe and pump 3 full needles of stabilizer on
    the patient as fast as you can. By about the time you're done, 2 new
    pools should appear. Ignore them and switch to the other patient. You
    know how to do this right? I don't have to tell you? Oh I do? Damn,
    where would you be without me? Just press A up there on the patient
    icons to the right of the vitals. Geez. 
    
    Anyway this patient's got 3 pieces of glass stuck on his chest. Switch
    to the forceps and begin extracting them. Remember to use proper forceps
    technique: If you keep the A button held down, you'll be able to use the 
    forceps by only pressing the B button, which will allow you must greater 
    precision and control than having to press both A and B! That's a hot 
    tip from me to you. So anyway, the glass. Remember, you have to get every
    cool possible or you won't get the XS, so be swift but also careful. The
    trick with these guys is to grab them and then pull them out making as
    straight a line as possible the entire way. Of course, said line must
    be perpendicular to the cut they're lodged in. Get them all out one
    right after the other, and then gel the 3 wounds all at the same time
    after all the glass has been dealt with. 
    
    Once this is done, the camera will pan out. Point the cursor to the
    bottom right while this is happening, and then press A on the scissors
    icon. This'll make the scissors appear. We gotta cut the patient's
    shirt off now. Move the position of the scissors by turning your wrist
    to the right or to the left. You'll have to cut along the blue lines
    from one dot to the next. To do this correctly you have to align the
    left blade (the one that's glowing yellow) with the line. It's not too
    tough but don't rush so much that you get careless and miss. That would
    mean the operation has failed! Anyway, when you finish cutting all the
    way, two wounds'll be revealed. Well, two wounds and 3 blood pools. Also
    a third patient will arrive. Ignore that byotch though. Let's work on
    these blood pools. Take a gauze and absorb one of the pools. Remember,
    one gauze will only work on 2 pools before having to be replaced, so 
    after absorbing the one on the right, grab a new one before absorbing
    the other two. When that's done, quickly switch to the forceps and
    begin placing the synthetic membranes from the left tray on the
    square indicators. However, only place three membranes and then quickly
    switch back to the first patient. Why? Because the hydraulic cutter has
    just about finished up and now that patients vitals will drop like it's
    HOT. In fact, they should already be critical. But don't worry about 
    that. Do not raise them. Take a gauze and clean up the two pools under
    the two wires but DON'T TOUCH THE GOD DAMN WIRES. Don't place the gauze
    squarely on the center of the blood pool. Place it about halfway below
    that so that we don't get no accidents we won't regret. 
    
    After those two pools are cleaned up, the camera will transition to
    the patient's arm. We'll have to secure a blood transfusion. Vitals are
    pretty low but again, ignore that! You know how to do this part by now
    right? Well I guess I could repeat it if you insist... This is probably 
    the most dangerous part of the operation so watch it! First gel over 
    the spot. It doesn't take much gel at all. Just apply a bit for a 
    fraction of a second and then immediately move the cursor to the bottom 
    right where the needle will be. Grab it with A, then CALM DOWN. Make 
    absolutely sure that you jam it in on the green dot. This is the easiest 
    part to fail on if you're not careful. That green dot is not lenient at 
    all. You'll need New Blood levels of precision to hit it, so don't rush 
    this part or you fail. Either way, once you've put the needle in, grab the
    bandage on the bottom right with A, then quickly press and hold A on the
    circle that appears to the right of the arm. Don't worry here, you can't
    get a miss if you somehow don't hit the circle. When you do, make circles
    with the remote. Just go wild and spin it as fast as you can, you can't 
    get a miss here. My recommendation for doing this is to make the circles
    counterclockwise if you're right handed like me and to make them as
    small as possible so you can complete them faster. It should take you
    less than a second to do it. Alternatively you can just shake
    the wiimote up and down, though the difference between that and tiny
    circles is blurry.
    
    That'll stabilize that patient. Now we move on back to the one we
    abandoned earlier. And turns out he's almost dead! But don't worry. We
    got this under control. Ignore the vitals, don't raise them with
    stabilizer. Just switch to the forceps and apply the rest of the
    synthetic membranes, then switch to the tape. We'll be applying two.
    Each should stretch all the way across 3 membranes. Remember that you
    have to get cools on both of them! To do that, simply move the tape
    in a straight line from the top right corner of the highest membrane on
    the right to the bottom left corner of the lowest membrane. Same deal
    for the other one except this time it's from the bottom right corner
    to the top left corner.
    
    The screen will now transition to the arm, and we'll have to secure
    yet another blood transfusion. This is exactly the same as the last one.
    Again, be careful when jamming that needle. It's dangerous and we're
    almost done. You don't want a miss now right? Yeah. Anyway, that'll
    stabilize this guy. Now we automatically move on to the next one who is
    also almost dead but who cares. All we gotta do here is remove 3 glasses
    just like we did a little bit ago. Remember, straight lines while
    pulling them out.
    
    And that's it. To get the XS here you have to finish the entire operation
    in less than 60 seconds.
    
    For my video of how to XS this operation go to
    http://bit.ly/adXJ32
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =====================
                               === Hank Freebird ===
                               =====================
    
                             === Time For Trouble ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 1 times
    -Cool screws > 12 times
    -Cool drills > 18 times
    -Cool mallets > 5 times
    
    Holy black voodoo monkey jesus, this operation is long AND tough.
    Probably gonna take quite a few tries to XS. Because of that, if your
    wrist starts to hurt or get tired, take a small break because that'll
    negatively affect your performance. Go read some online comics or
    something, I dunno, and be sure to open your hand and leave it in a
    neutral position. Once you feel better you can go back in. Something 
    that's very important is to remember that you cannot get a SINGLE good 
    or you will have failed. That means that if at any point you get 
    something less than a cool, you should probably restart unless you just 
    want to practice the entire thing. So, since we have to be so perfect 
    and the operation is so long, what I recommend here is to take it slow 
    but sure in general, and only go fast in a few key spots that are less 
    dangerous.
    
    Alright, don't hit the skip button yet because that'll screw up our
    grip on the remote. Let Hank and Tomoe say their lines and keep the
    cursor pointed where the blue circle will pop up. Then press and 
    hold the A button on said blue circle at the top and make a straight line 
    through the guideline. The B button will not work so don't try.
    
    Hit the skip button while the screen is transitioning, that'll give you
    plenty of time to reposition your grip. Also keep holding down the A 
    button. We'll have to move the broken bone back into place. Have your 
    cursor pointed at the tail end of the dislocated bone, and when the blue 
    circle appears, press and hold B to grab it. Then just move it up to 
    where the yellow silhouette is. Make sure the bone is overlapping with 
    said silhouette and then let it go. Go ahead and do this part fast 
    because it's easy.
    
    Next we'll be drilling into the bone. Press and hold A on the blue
    circle that appears, then move the cursor away from the drill to start
    moving it in. Try to keep it in more or less a straight line, though
    don't worry too much because it's pretty lenient in this regard. Keep
    in mind that the farther away you pull the faster the drill goes. To get
    the cool here you have to bring the tip of the drill as close to the red
    line at the end without actually touching it. If you do touch it you'll
    get a miss and will have to restart the operation. You'll have to drill
    two holes. I recommend taking it reasonably slow for this. Pull the drill
    a lot at first, but once it gets closer to the end move back a little
    to slow it down. This way you can get the cool without much danger.
    
    Next you'll have to apply the screws. Watch out, these guys are 
    deceptive. To get the cools on these, look at the yellow silhouette.
    You'll be able to see a cross on it. Now look at the screw. See the
    ring the point is attached to? What you have to do is hold down the A
    button and then release it when that ring is overlapping with the 
    horizontal part of the cross on the silhouette. Got it? Keep trying,
    because it's also important to develop your own subconscious sense of
    when to release the button.
    
    Next we'll move on to the leg. There will be 3 bones we have to pick up.
    Memorize where the blue circle of the leftmost bone will appear and have
    your cursor hovering over it while the screen is transitioning. Keep the
    A button held down and grab it by pressing and holding down B, then
    throw it out on the tray to the right. Do the same for the other two
    pieces and do this entire part fast because it's really hard to get
    a miss. I mean the only way is to drop the bone outside the tray but
    how is that EVER going to happen unless you're drunk?
    
    As soon as you drop the third bone, it'll be time to move the dislocated
    bones to their proper places. You can do this part pretty fast too
    because it's not too tough. Just grab the tip of the bone on the right
    (specifically, press B while holding down A on the blue circle), and just
    move it until it overlaps with the yellow silhouette and let it go. It's
    not too tough, do the same for the other two dislocated bones. After
    that, we'll have to place the three bones we took. Now for this part
    I recommend slowing down a little because it's a little bit easier to
    accidentally get goods here. The order the bones will come out in is
    random, so you really don't know what you'll get, but it's not so bad
    because there are only 3 and it's pretty obvious where each one goes. The
    long and thin bone goes on the long and thin silhouette to the right,
    the other two go on the left side, one at the top, the other at the 
    bottom blah blah. Anyway, like I said, take it slow, turn your wrist to
    move the angle of the bone so that it overlaps properly with the
    silhouettes. When in doubt, go a tiny bit more towards the clockwise
    direction than you might think. This seems to be a good rule of thumb
    here.
    
    Turns out a piece of bone is missing! Who was the jackass who left it?
    Oh well. We'll have to cut out a piece of synthetic bone with the lazor.
    Press A on the blue circle to start the laser. You have to go along the
    path and stay as close to the blue guideline as possible at all times.
    If you move out beyond the red lines you'll get a miss, but beyond that,
    simply straying too far from the blue line means you're getting less
    points and that's no good so strive to be on it as much as you can. This
    is similar to the adenoma cuttin in the first Hank operation but not
    nearly as hard because there aren't any crazy curves or ultra narrow
    paths. There are two other things you need to remember. Do NOT let go
    of the A button at any point for any reason. Second, do not go over
    the lit circle or the laser will stop. Always stay within this circle
    and let the camera move the laser forward for you while you concentrate
    on staying within the guideline. It's a good idea though to stay 
    relatively near the fringes of the lit circle because this causes the
    camera to move faster. The closer you go back to the center of the circle
    the slower it'll go until it stops completely. Generally speaking, I
    recommend letting the camera take you forward during the straight
    paths but moving forward yourself during the curves. You'll have to cut
    twice.
    
    Incidentally, I love the way Tomoe says "Perfect! That was amazing!"
    When you reach a 3000 chain. Stephanie Sheh, is it? Mm, not bad.
    
    When that's over with, twist your wrist counterclockwise a bit and hold
    the A button while the screen is transitioning. You'll have to place the
    synthetic bone and if you already have your wrist twisted this way, once
    you grab it you can move it back to neutral position and be able to place
    the synthetic bone more comfortably. We're about halfway through the
    operation, don't relax now!
    
    Next we'll drill 6 holes in the bone. These are slightly different from
    the last ones in that the holes are much smaller and more lenient. What
    this means is that you can pull all the way and make them go as fast as
    you can and still not be in significant danger of getting goods! So do
    all of these drills as fast as you can. After that's done, we'll be
    screwing the plate in. Hang on though! This one is a bit different from
    the previous one. I told you these screws are pretty devious. We're going
    to use a different mental guideline for these. Instead of doing it the
    way we did previously, ignore the crosses on the silhouette and
    concentrate on the cap said cross is on. Now look at the screwdriver.
    See the ring the point is attached to? You have to let go of the button
    when that ring is JUST about to touch the cap. It's slightly different
    from before because you have to let go faster. If you're still not sure
    where it is exactly, go to
    http://bit.ly/bO0KSw
    to see a picture of the moment when you should let go. Keep in mind 
    though that I'm using an LCD HDTV, which is known to have just a bit 
    more input lag than CRTs, so if you're using a stone age TV it could be 
    very slightly different. But then again maybe not. Would it really make 
    a difference here? Anyway, you'll have to screw in 6 times. Again, stay 
    sharp because these assholes are deceptive and can give you a good 
    when you least expect it if you're not on the ball. This is one of, if 
    not the most dangerous part of the operation. Finally, keep one thing in 
    mind: When in doubt, release the button just a tiny bit BEFORE the cue 
    rather than after.
    
    Next you'll drill 7 holes into the other bone. These are longer and less
    lenient than the previous ones, so you might want to go slower here and
    make sure you get those cools. After the 7 holes it'll be time to
    screw in the plates. For these screws you can go back to looking at the
    cross like the first plate OR you can keep looking at the cap and release
    the button just before the ring touches it like the previous plate. It's
    up to you, go with whatever feels more natural to you. After that we'll
    drill 3 more holes into another bone. They are long ones so take it slow
    here if you have to.
    
    After that comes a new thing, and this one can be pretty frustrating at
    first when you're not used to it. We'll have to drive in the nail by
    doing a hammering motion with the remote. Now, I'm going to tell you the
    most reliable way I've found to do this: grab the remote with both hands.
    That's right. You don't have to let go of the nunchuck, just grab the
    remote with your left hand's thumb and index finger. Now like you need
    them for anything. Anyway, in this way you'll be able to achieve greater
    precision than with one hand, not to mention you won't have to put more
    undue stress on your wrist.
    
    Now then. It's important first of all to know what exactly you're aiming
    for. That's simple. See the power bar on the right? It has 5 levels.
    What you're aiming for is to drive the nail in with 2 hits, and to do
    that one of the hits has to be at full power (5), while the other has
    to be at mid power (2-4). You got that? Secondly, the wii remote cursor
    HAS to be onscreen when you do the hammering motion or it won't register,
    so make sure that it's there before you do it. 
    
    So. The trick here is this. The full power (5) hit is EASY. All you have
    to do is make the hammering motion as fast and hard as you can. The hard
    part is getting the mid power (2-4) hit without accidentally being either
    too soft (getting a 1) or too hard (getting a 5). So how do we do this?
    The best way is to try for the mid-power hit first and to tend more 
    towards the higher end of the strength spectrum while doing it. Why?
    Because if you're too soft and get a 1, it's immediately over and you
    have failed, so you absolutely do not EVER want to get a 1. BUT, if you
    accidentally hit too hard and get a 5, that means that you still have
    one more chance to try and get the mid-power hit so not all is lost.
    That's why you should try to stay near the higher end of the strength
    spectrum (3-4) when doing the mid-hit. You got that? Good. Other than
    that, it's simply a matter of practicing it so that you get a sense of
    just how much power to put into your motion. One final tip: When doing
    the mid-power hit, try to do the motion without snapping your wrists
    because this seems to increase the power. Seriously, try it. It's a good
    way to get the mid power hits. Then for the full power hit, go ahead
    and snap your wrists to get it. 
    
    After this you'll have to drill 3 more holes and then drive in 3 more
    nails. Do it in exactly the same way. Again, make the hole slowly and
    use the same technique for the nails.
    
    Once that's over we'll be almost done. If you've gotten all the cools
    up till now then you have a shot at that XS! If you got even one good,
    don't bother. Now stay calm, keep the wiimote held with both your hands.
    Twist your wrist counterclockwise in preparation while the screen is 
    transitioning. This is the end, DON'T SCREW UP HERE. You already know how
    to staple the wound shut: Press and hold the A button
    so that you can use it by only pressing the B button. This will afford
    greater control. Now watch the guideline and make minute changes to the
    angle of your remote until you match it. Position the cursor so that
    your remote overlaps the guideline. There's some leeway, but try to
    have it overlap as perfectly as you can. Remember, don't rush on this
    part! Though I will say one thing. You actually CAN get a single miss
    and STILL get the XS, though ironically, if you get a good you will not
    get an XS. Hmm... seems unintuitive but whatever. Just something to keep
    in mind.
    
    So that'll be it for this extremely hard operation. Remember, your main
    concern is getting all the cools. The time limit is not that strict so
    you should take it slow when you have to and put all your concentration
    into doing that.
    
    You can check out my XS video of this operation over at
    http://bit.ly/bO0KSw
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Tomoe Tachibana ===
                               =======================
    
                               === Moment of Zen ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -No Bads
    -Passed both valves safely
    -Didn't hit small intestinal wall
    -Vitals didn't fall below 20
    
    This operation is a joke. Especially after that last balls Hank
    operation this one's a walk in the park. There's only 13 cools to get and
    there's sooooo much time to get the XS that you can take your sweet
    dang ol' time and concentrate on just doing everything correctly.
    
    So let's do it. As I said, there's so much time that you can basically
    go make a sandwich, come back, and still get the XS. Press the skip
    button whenever you want and start moving forward. Being fast really
    isn't necessary but I guess it can't hurt, so let's go over proper
    posture one more time:
    
    Have your arm pulled all the way back so that your wrist is touching
    the side of your torso. Lean back on your chair. That's the neutral
    position. When moving the endoscope forward, you want to do it as fast 
    as you can and without having to back into neutral position midway if 
    you can help it. From the neutral position, to go forward simply hold
    down A+B and extend your arm out in front of you. You can get a lot of
    distance this way and very fast. Once your arm is completely extended,
    you should begin leaning your entire body forward to get even more
    distance. If you do this, you'll be able to get to a lot of destinations
    without having to waste time retracting your arm, as we'll soon see.
    Just remember that you're supposed to lean towards the sensor bar and
    not the TV. Seems obvious but sometimes we may forget.
    
    This way you can get to the first affected area in one shot. It's a
    busted blood vessel or whatever and a blood pool. You know how to deal
    with these already. Press C and switch to the drain to get rid of the
    blood pool first. That's what you usually want to do since the pools
    can sometimes get in the way of the hemorrhaging area which can prevent
    you from treating it. Anyway switch to the hemostatic forceps and take
    care of it. Remember that you have to get the cool here. Hold Z to stop
    the bleeding and release it as SOON as it has stopped to get the cool.
    The timing probably takes a bit of practice to get down. What I recommend
    is doing it enough times that you more or less have a "feel" for how
    much time is required before letting go of the button. On top of watching
    of course.
    
    Let's move on. You can get to the next area in one shot too. Just sayin'.
    Not that you have to. So whadda we got here? A bag? Nothing special.
    Press C and switch to the forceps. The regular forceps. Remember, the
    forceps are the ones on top-left of the toolbox. The one on the right
    are the hemostatic forceps. They are different okay? If you try using
    the hemostatic ones nothing'll happen. When you've gotten 'em out, center
    the view on the blue circle then press and hold Z. Wait until the forceps
    have pinched and then let go of the button. Easy. Nothin' to it.
    
    Move forward a bit more and you'll spot the passageway towards the 
    stomach. Before we go through though, remember that we can't let vitals
    fall below 20 or we won't get the fourth special bonus. At this point
    vitals probably dipped below the 50s, so take some time off to pump
    the wall full of stabilizer until it's back up to max (80). Keep an eye
    on the passageway, wait until it's open and then quickly go through.
    If you hit it, restart that noise. What's wrong witchoo.
    
    Now we're in the stomach. Immediately you'll spot a hemorrhaging area on
    the wall to your right. Get a bit closer and treat it same as always with
    the hemostatic forceps. There's still 3 more areas you have to treat.
    Take a look at the radar to see their location. Doesn't matter which one
    you go for next, take your pick. There's an easily spotted bag over on
    the wall opposite the passageway you came from. Pick it up with the
    forceps. From there, if you look up on the roof you'll find yet another
    bag. When you pick THIS one up though, turns out there's a hemorrhaging
    blood vessel behind it! Which will also create a blood pool. Switch to
    the drain and get rid of that pool, then treat the hemorrhage with the
    hemostatic forceps. As always, make SURE you get a cool. If you get a 
    good, just restart.
    
    Now look behind you to find the third bag. When you pick it up, you'll
    find there's an inflammation behind it. Switch to the syringe (not the
    stabilizer) and inject some medicine into it. You have to get the cool
    here. You should already know how, but just in case I'll repeat it:
    you have to hold down the button until the bright light above the blue
    medicine is as close to the yellow guideline as possible without going
    past it. Remember, the one that can't go past the yellow line is the
    brightest part at the top. The duller parts below that can go past it.
    
    You think we done yet? We ain't done yet! You'll notice that three more
    dots will appear right after you treat that. Hunt them out. If you look
    to the left you'll easily spot a classic combo of hemorrhaging area and
    blood pool. Take care of it same as always but at this point vitals
    should now be down below the 50s again so you might want to raise them
    again before continuing. Behind you is an inflammation, and then the
    third object is over to the right, down on the floor on the way to the
    next passage. It's invisible though! So you'll have to look at the
    radar to ascertain its location. Move your view until the dot turns blue,
    then move towards the floor and use the spray to reveal it. Once it's
    out just inject it with medicine from the syringe as usual. That'll be
    it for the stomach, keep going just a little bit more forward (some
    convenient arrows will point you in the right way) to find the passageway
    to the small intestine. Wait until it opens up then quickly pass through
    it. Once you're through, you should take the time to bring vitals back up
    to max before proceeding.
    
    Keep going, making sure not to hit any of the walls. This intestine is
    a bit narrower and with crazier curves so be careful. The next affected
    area is 2 polyps and a bag. Let's take care of the polyps first. We'll
    use a new tool for this, the SNARE. Sounds like something you'd use to
    catch an animal. But anyway, center the view on the blue circle, switch
    to the snare and hold Z to bring it out. Move it with the control stick
    and get it to overlap with the yellow ring. You can move the angle of
    the snare by twisting your wrist (the one grabbing the nunchuck of
    course) but truth is you BARELY have to do this. The snare almost always
    comes out at or close to the right angle. Just have it overlap with the
    circle and if nothing happens twist your wrist to either direction just
    a tiny bit. Eventually it'll close around the polyp by itself. When this
    happens, let go of Z, open up the toolbox again and switch to the forceps
    to pick it up, same as a bag. Do the same thing for the second polyp,
    and then grab the bag.
    
    Raise vitals back up to max and dive down the hole. Keep going till you
    get to the next affected area. There's a whole lotta stuff around here, 
    Two bags, a polyp and a pool, and it's only gonna get worse once you
    start removing the bags. That's why vitals should be at max, so you
    can comfortably work without having to worry about raising them till
    you're done. You already know how to treat all of this though, it 
    shouldn't be a problem at all, especially since you have all the time
    in the world to do it. One of the bags will reveal a hemorrhage and the
    other an inflammation. Treat 'em, make sure you get the cools, and then
    raise vitals back up to max.
    
    Dive down and keep going. Keep an eye on the radar during this part 
    because there will be a few blood pools along the way that you don't
    want to miss. Drain them before proceeding. When you get to the end
    (you'll know because there'll be a big red seal telling you you can't
    go farther), you will only find a single bag here. Go ahead and remove
    it. Turns out there's a tumor behind it. Inject medicine the same way
    you'd do to an inflammation, although keep in mind it requires a bit
    more dosage. Then switch to the scalpel. Resist the urge to center the
    view on the ends of the excision line. Just center it on the blue
    circle then hold down Z. Move the scalpel with the control stick. Go up
    till you cut through the dots, then go down again to go through the
    remaining ones. Don't let go of the Z button. A new line will show up.
    Wait just a bit to let it set in. If you move too fast you won't cut the
    first few dots. Wait a second, then begin going up through the dots.
    When you cut them all, a third line will appear. Do the same thing for
    this one, just wait a sec, then go down through them. 
    
    That'll be enough. Next we gotta use the snare to excise it. But WAIT.
    Before you do that, switch to the stabilizer and raise vitals all the
    way to max. Once you use the snare on that thing a bunch of hemorrhages
    will appear, so you wanna be prepared. This'll be the last time we
    raise vitals. Snare that crap and BAM. Like 3 hemorrhages. But chill.
    We got full vitals and we got all the time in the world because this
    mission is so lenient. What could possibly go wrong? Drain all the pools
    while performing hemostasis as usual. Take it easy, make sure you get
    those cools, then pick up the tumor with the forceps and we done!
    
    As long as you got all the cools and finished in under 4 minutes, that
    XS is yours. And frankly that's eaaassy street. You can probably
    finish in like 3:30 if you really want to. But whatevs.
    
    For my video of this operation go to
    http://bit.ly/aSmXSF
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                 ==============
                                 === CR-S01 ===
                                 ==============
    
                             === History of Fear ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 1 times
    -Cool > 20 times
    -Shadow disappeared < 3 times
    -Cardiac arrest < 4 times
    
    Sup. This operation's nice, but I don't think it's as hard as the
    previous CR-S01 mission. Still nice though. It can seem a bit
    overwhelming at first with so much damage goin' on but once you know
    what's going to happen and what to do it's not so bad.
    
    Hit the skip button and as soon as the operation starts the patient
    immediately goes into cardiac arrest. Have both your arms pulled back
    and close to your chest, that way the sensor bar will easily register
    the motion when you thrust them forward. Also, remember to extend them
    towards the sensor bar and not necessarily forward. Also wait for the 
    nunchuck icon to actually show up. Don't jump the gun. Try to revive the
    patient in a single shot by hitting Z and B on the green part of the
    bar. It's pretty easy, after doing it a few times you should be getting
    it every time without much effort. I don't think anything particularly 
    bad happens if you miss the green part, other than wasting time, but 
    it's easy to get it right so why not.
    
    Once that's done we're going to take care of the minor wounds before
    dealing with the big one. Why? Because when you deal with the big one
    shit will hit the fan, and you don't want to have left all those other
    small wounds on top of it. Anyway, switch to the magnification tool
    and move to the left part of the liver where you'll spot two long
    lacerations. It's probably a good idea to suture these first since they
    damage vitals the most. We've already gone over how to do this. For
    these wounds you'll want to make around 8 passes with the sutures. I
    like to go with slightly more than necessary so sometimes I make 9 or
    even 10. Try to keep the width close to the white guidelines. Make sure 
    that you suture VERY fast. Don't count the number of passes, just go 
    with what feels right and it should work out if you've practiced enough 
    and have gotten a subconscious feel for how many passes are necessary. 
    If you haven't, then keep trying until you do! Remember the proper 
    suturing technique: Do it by snapping your wrist right to left as you 
    move your arm top to bottom.
    
    Suture both lacerations first, then switch to the forceps. We'll
    extract the glass shard and wire that're stuck here. First extract the
    glass. It works the same way as the previous Maria operation:
    Remember to use proper forceps technique: If you keep the A button held 
    down, you'll be able to use the forceps by only pressing the B button, 
    which will allow you must greater precision and control than having to 
    press both A and B! That's a hot tip from me to you. So anyway, the 
    glass. The trick with this guy is to grab it and then pull it out making 
    as straight a line as possible the entire way. Of course, said line must 
    be perpendicular to the cut it's lodged in.
    
    Next, go for the wire. Don't use the ultrasound on it. Your aim should
    be to memorize its shape so that you can pull it out without having to
    check. This one is bent to the right, so instead of pulling it out in
    a straight line perpendicular to the cut, pull it straight DOWN. When
    it's out, gel both that wound and the one from the glass shard you took
    out previously. Next move over to the right side of the liver. You'll
    spot another glass here. This one I would say is the most dangerous one
    of all because its weird shape makes it deceptive. Instead of pulling
    it out in a perfect straight line perpendicular to the wound, pull it 
    just an itsy bitsy TINY bit to the left of that. Should work out. Gel
    the wound.
    
    Next, move on to the top-left part. Here you'll find yet ANOTHER glass
    shard and wire. This glass is pretty easy because it has a very thin
    shape BUT remember that it's very long so don't jump the gun and think
    you've finished pulling it out when you've still got a bit more to go.
    Keep pulling it until it's ALL out or you'll get a miss. For the wire,
    this one's bent to the left, but to be honest you can just pull it in
    a straight line perpendicular to the wound and it'll work.
    
    That'll be it for the minor wounds. If you got any goods throughout this
    part, just restart and try again. Anyway, move back to the center where
    the large beam is. By this time vitals should be critical. Switch to the
    stabilizer and raise those vitals all the way to max! Should take
    around 5-6 full syringes. Why so many? Because once you start working on
    that beam, the patient will start fibrillating, so you'll want to raise
    vitals as much as you can now while nothing major is happening.
    
    Once you've done that, switch to the drain and remove all the blood pools
    that have congregated around here. Should be around 4 or 5. When they're
    gone, a small excision line will appear on the beam. Use the scalpel to
    cut those dots. Do it fast, usually there won't be a problem, though if
    you're mildly unlucky a pool will form before you finish. Just drain it
    and cut again, but like I said, usually shouldn't happen. When you finish
    cutting 3 pools will form again. Drain them, and then you'll be able to
    pull the beam. Raise vitals to max once more before trying and then grab
    it with the forceps and just YANK it to the right. Three more pools will
    form, but also now is when the patient will start fibrillating
    periodically. Drain the pools, if two of them appeared close to each
    other, you were lucky because it means you can drain them both at the
    same time and be faster. Either way, right after you drain 2 pools the
    EKG will start going wonky. That means that in about 5 seconds the
    patient will go into cardiac arrest. This will ALWAYS happen, 100% of
    the time, and remember that if you try to do ANYTHING, even use the
    magnification tool while the patient is fibrillating, you'll get a miss.
    
    Anyway, quickly drain the last pool, then cut the dots of the excision
    line that appear down below. This will cause 3 more pools to appear.
    Drain them QUICKLY because cardiac arrest is almost here. Normally if
    you're fast enough you can drain all the pools right before it happens,
    but if you're lucky and 2 pools appear near each other, you'll be able
    to drain them at the same time and then even have enough time to yank
    the beam! Either way, once fibrillation starts happening, pull back your
    arms to the sides in preparation for using the AED. Same deal as last
    time, try to get it on the green part in one shot.
    
    Pull the beam if you didn't, and then drain the pools. Yet another
    excision line will appear. Cut it, drain the pools, yank the beam,
    drain the pools AGAIN, then cut for the last time. After this, I
    recommend pumping in a full syringe of stabilizer just to be safe. Do it
    fast though. Then drain the 3 pools and pull the beam out. Quickly place
    it on the tray to the right. You almost can't see it because the beam is
    obstructing the view, but you already know pretty much where it at.
    
    Drain the 3 pools that have formed, then switch to the forceps. You'll
    see a blue circle pop up on the left. It's time to close this mother of 
    all wounds. Grab on the blue circle and then pull it to the right. This
    will turn it into a more manageable laceration. Though it's still a 
    really damn HUGE one. Time to suture it shut. Since this thing is so
    hueg, to get the cool you'll have to make MANY passes. I recommend doing
    around 15, from the top all the way to the bottom, and try to keep the
    width more or less the same as the white guidelines.
    
    At some point around here the EKG will start spazzing out. That means
    cardiac arrest is coming in 5 seconds... MAYBE. That's right, turns out
    there's a 50% chance that it's just a false alarm and nothing will 
    happen. I recommend playing it safe here. Keep working until the 5
    second time limit is just about up, then stop for a bit and wait. If
    cardiac arrest happens, good. If it doesn't watch the liver and if you
    see that it goes back to beating normally, then just continue with the
    treatment. One thing to keep in mind: if ventricular fibrillation DOES
    happen here, then the next time the EKG spazzes out it will be a false
    alarm almost guaranteed, which means you can keep working without fear! 
    If it doesn't happen here, then the next time will be a real one 
    guaranteed. Good thing to know.
    
    Anyway once this bitch has been sutured you'll still have to apply
    synthetic membranes to it 'cause it's just so damn big. Worse, it's so
    big that the camera can't show all of it, which means you'll have to do
    this in 2 parts. There are 6 membranes to place so I recommend placing
    3 and then 3. Move the view down, then use the forceps to place 3
    membranes on the bottom, then gel them in place. It takes a few passes
    with the gel, so don't jump the gun and stop prematurely. After this,
    move to the top and place the 3 other membranes. Gel them. That's how
    it should happen IDEALLY. But truth is, it will only happen like this if
    you're lucky. Normally, 3 blood pools will form while you're in the
    middle of doing this. If you're even MORE unlucky, the pools will form
    on the membranes you have already gelled, meaning you'll have to drain
    the pools and then reapply whatever membranes they peeled off. If you're
    UNBELIEVABLY unlucky and or slow, pools might even form twice. If this
    happens I suggest you just restart because now when you finish you'll
    only get a good. And despite what the word may say, that's NO GOOD.
    
    Anyway, if all goes well you'll be able to finish gelling the 3 final
    membranes and finish treating the major wound with a cool. Now, as SOON
    as this happens, quickly switch to the syringe and begin pumping 
    stabilizer as fast as you can! Vitals should be critical around the low
    20s, and now new lacerations will pop up. The patient will be damaged
    twice, and each time lost 10 vitals. But if you're injecting stabilizer
    while this is happening he shouldn't die. Inject twice to bring it back
    up to 20, then move the view to the right where you'll spot two
    lacerations. Suture them the same way as you did the very first ones in
    the operation. You'll also spot a big laceration with blood pools
    further to the right. Drain the pools, then switch to the forceps. A blue
    circle will appear. Close the wound and then suture it in exactly the
    same way because now it's just like the other lacerations. Vitals should
    be ridiculously low by now so raise them once, then move over to the left
    side to find another big laceration. Take care of it same as always, then
    raise vitals up to around 50 or so. By around this time the EKG should
    start spazzing out again. Remember what I told you, if the last time
    was a false alarm, expect ventricular fibrillation. If the last time
    was real, then just keep working.
    
    Next, we have to take care of a bunch of shadows all over the liver.
    Use the ultrasound to detect them but don't press A with it, just cut
    them out with the scalpel once you know their location. There are 7
    shadows to take care of, and it helps if you memorize where they are
    so you don't waste too much time looking around. There's one just a tiny
    bit above the laceration you just sutured, and there are also 2 a bit to
    the right of the said laceration, as well as 2 more a bit more to the
    right of that, one around the top-right part of the liver, and one in 
    the extreme top-left. As long as you know where those 7 are, you'll do
    well because they will always be in the same place. Poke them with the
    scalpel, drain the blood, then suture the cut. These cuts are a bit
    smaller than the others and thus, they need less passes from the sutures
    for the cool. You may THINK they need just as many as the others because
    of what the white guidelines tell you but this is a LIE. If you make as
    many passes as the other lacerations you run a high risk of getting a
    good. So for these ones, I recommend you keep the number of passes down
    to around 3 or 4. And above all, make sure that they run the length of
    the entire cut and maybe even a tiny bit more. In fact, a good way to
    get cools on these guys is to just make three very large passes. Got it? 
    Ok. That being said, it IS possible to get a single good and still 
    manage the XS, but it's risky.
    
    Anyway, keep working until you've dealt with all 7 shadows, also remember
    to use gel on the places where there looks like drops of blood are
    spouting.
    
    Finally it'll be time to close up the patient. This suture is pretty
    easy because the wound is completely vertical! Make around 9 passes and
    be sure to cover the entire length of the wound. Afterwards gel and
    apply the bandage to finish. Be CAREFUL on the bandage. Take it slow so
    that you don't accidentally get a good.
    
    Like I said before, you CAN get one good and still manage the XS if you
    are fast enough. On the other hand, if you get all the cools you can
    afford to take it slow because the time limit isn't that strict in this
    operation. You need around 12800 for the XS.
    
    For my XS video of this operation go to
    http://bit.ly/cIOm4X
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                ====================
                                === Maria Torres ===
                                ====================
    
                               === Mournful Hero ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 2 times
    -All patients transported
    -Cool > 16 times
    -Chest struck < 2 times
    
    This operation isn't too hard overall, but you have to be reasonably
    fast by doing things properly, not to mention it has two sticking points
    near the end that you gotta be careful with, one of which is particularly
    strange.
    
    Hit the skip button as soon as the operation starts and the patient
    you're on will undergo cardiac arrest. This guy will do this 3 times
    during regular intervals, and he won't be stabilized until that happens
    so there's nothing we can do other than continually go back and forth
    between him and the other patients. Like I said, he'll do this
    immediately and you'll have to start doing chest compressions. You
    already know how to do this from the first mission: Loosen up for this. 
    Begin smacking down the wii remote as if you were hammering a nail with 
    it. The way I like to do it is to have my palm facing downward so that
    I can snap my wrist more easily.  Make sure to begin doing it as SOON as 
    the hands appear. Hammer down each time the hands on the screen come 
    down. You CAN simply hammer rapidly with no regards to anything and 
    still get the cool but that's tiring and there's no reason to do that 
    when doing it in tandem is so easy. It takes 5 compressions to get the
    cool. Count them so that you're ready to switch patients after the
    fifth one.
    
    Press A on the second patient icon. The one that's got an exclamation
    mark on it. Don't worry, you have plenty of time. In fact, you'll have
    to press A many times before it will let you because there's a couple
    seconds after the chest compressions during which you're not allowed to
    switch. But anyway. There'll be 3 icons to the left. First press the
    Talk icon, obviously. This guy's got a nasty wound on his arm and we're
    gonna have to apply the torniquet before we can begin moppin' up the
    blood. If you try it's just gonna keep on bleeding. Press A on the
    torniquet icon and you'll see a white circle appear on his upper arm.
    Press and hold A on this circle to make a second circle appear on the
    other side of the arm. Just make the pointer touch this circle, then
    go back to the first circle and release A while the pointer is inside
    it. That'll apply the torniquet. Nothing too complicated. The only way
    to muck it up is to release the A prematurely.
    
    Once that's done, grab the gauze on the right side of the screen and
    use it on the mass of blood pools. One gauze won't be enough, so just
    apply it for a fraction of a second until it begins to get soaked and
    then grab another one to finish the job. Next, it's time to place three
    synthetic membranes on the wound, so switch to the forceps. The area
    where you can place them is pretty lenient so you can do this quite
    fast without too much fear of getting misses. Also remember that if you 
    keep the A button held down, you'll be able to use the forceps by only 
    pressing the B button, which will allow you must greater precision, speed
    and control than having to press both A and B! Anyway, when they're all
    placed, gel and tape over them. Make sure you tape over all 3 at the same
    time. Go from the top left down the middle to finish up on the bottom
    right. Don't worry too much though, it's pretty lenient.
    
    This'll stabilize the patient and send you back to the first one.
    However, if you did things fast enough it'll still be a few seconds 
    before this one goes into his second cardiac arrest. So forget him and
    immediately switch to the other patient instead. You'll have to cut
    up his sleeve first, so choose the scissors and do it. You already know
    how to do this right?  Move the position of the scissors by turning your 
    wrist to the right or to the left. You'll have to cut along the blue 
    lines from one dot to the next. To do this correctly you have to align 
    the left blade (the one that's glowing yellow) with the line. It's not 
    too tough, you can do it fast...but not SO fast that you get careless 
    and miss.
    
    There'll be 4 burns on this dude's arm. Spread gel over all of them and
    keep doing it until you get the OKs. Remember that you have to press the
    button, hold it, release it and press it again a few times, don't just 
    hold it the entire time and expect it to work. Next switch to the
    forceps and begin placing the membranes on the 4 burns. You can do this
    pretty fast just like the last one because this one's pretty lenient on
    where you're allowed to place them too. Place all 4 membranes, gel them
    and then switch to the tape. Now, we can't get all 4 of these with a 
    single tape so we'll be taping twice. Again, don't worry too much about
    this because it's pretty lenient on what it will accept. Go from the
    top right in a straight line all the way to the bottom left corner of
    the bottom membrane. Sometimes this will get you the cool on 3 membranes,
    in which case you only have to tape the remaining one (I like to do it
    vertically), but sometimes it will only register on the top and bottom
    one, leaving the two middle ones. In this case tape from the top-left to
    the bottom-right of these. That'll stabilize this patient, and two more
    will appear (unless you didn't talk to that one patient before. But why
    wouldn't you?!).
    
    You'll now automatically switch back to the first patient, who has been
    in cardiac arrest for a while now, but 's all good. Do the chest
    compressions on him now, same as you did the first time, then immediately
    switch to the second patient icon. Don't even bother raising vitals.
    Leave 'em as is.
    
    When you switch to this next patient you'll have a few seconds to relax
    because the screen takes a while to transition. Have the stick held up
    for the antibiotic gel and begin applying it on the excision line even
    before the screen finishes settling in. It barely takes much to get the
    ok. Then grab the cutter over on the right with the A button and make
    the excision. You'll now have to intubate this guy with a fucking PEN.
    That is RAW. You already know how to do this from the previous Maria
    operation: Point the cursor on the blue circle at the top of the tube 
    and hold down A, then move the pointer in a straight line down all the 
    way to the bottom, then release the A button, move the pointer again to 
    the blue circle, hold down A and repeat it. Keep doing this the 3 or 4 
    times it takes until the tube is all the way in. You don't even have to
    be careful or precise or NUTHIN'. This is even easier than the last
    intubation we did. Just ram that thing down his throat!
    
    After this you'll have to strike his chest. This is... slightly harder
    than the chest compressions. You have to hold down the A button while
    doing it, there's no rhythm to it, and it seems to be harder for the
    motion to register. For this I recommend making the motion much stronger
    and bigger than with the chest compressions. Also do them repeatedly
    until you get 2 strikes. Two strikes should be all you need, and
    apparently if you get more than 2 you won't get the fourth special
    bonus. Thing is, I'm not sure how it's even possible to need more than
    2 as it's never happened to me. And if it's never happened to me then
    it shouldn't happen to you. That'll stabilize this patient. You'll
    automatically switch back to the first one, but if you did things 
    fast enough then it should still be a few seconds before he goes into
    his third cardiac arrest. And those are some seconds we don't want to
    waste, so forget this mother and switch to the other patient.
    
    He's got a gaggle of blood pools, so grab the gauze on the right and
    apply it. There's too much blood though so you'll need two. Just apply
    the first one for a second until it starts getting soaked (should happen
    REALLY fast), then go back and grab a second one to finish the job.
    Once you're done with that the screen will pan out and you'll have to
    cut his shirt off with the scissors. Same deal as just a few moments
    before, I'm not gonna repeat myself on how to do this.
    
    When you open up his shirt you'll see two wounds and 2 blood pools. Grab
    a gauze from the right and absorb those pools. Since there are only 2
    of them you will only need a single gauze. After that, switch to the
    forceps and place the membranes on the 2 wounds. No need to gel
    beforehand. You do have to gel AFTER placing them though. But after
    gelling, stop. The first patient has been in cardiac arrest for a while
    now, so switch back to him right now. Do the chest compressions same as
    always for the third and final time. This will cause him to finally
    stabilize. 'bout fricken time. Now it's just us and the last patient.
    Let's end this!
    
    NOT SO FAST THOUGH. Heads up. This part is the most dangerous one in the
    entire operation. I'm talking about these two wounds that you have to
    tape. These are known as the BULLSHIT membranes. Why? Because they're so
    damn deceptive in where they want you to tape. What's that you're
    saying? You just have to tape from one end of the membrane to the other,
    same as always? Hehe, isn't that cute. But it's WRONG! If you try to do
    this you'll only end up with goods, especially with the membrane on the
    right, whose bullshit levels are at 9000. No, no, you have to be very
    careful with these guys. Slow down a little bit. First tape the one on
    the right. The way you should do it to get the cool is to start not on
    the top left corner but 1/3 of the way BELOW that. From there, go on a
    straight line to the bottom-right corner of the membrane but don't stop
    there like logic would tell you. KEEP GOING a good ways past the corner
    and finish almost an entire membrane's length PAST that to get the cool.
    Yeah, I know, makes no god damn sense. But that's what you gotta do. 
    Trying to apply the tape vertically or horizontally will NOT work and
    will almost always net you a good. The membrane on the left is slightly 
    easier, but be careful here too. Apply the tape diagonally from the
    bottom-left to the top-right corner (or vice versa) but also make sure
    to go past the ends of the membrane on both sides slightly more than you
    usually would. Not as much as the membrane on the right but more than
    with standard membranes.
    
    If you managed to get the cools on these two then you're almost home free
    but not quite because there's one more difficult part. The view will
    change. You'll see a small excision line. Gel it, then grab the cutter
    on the right and open up a hole. You'll have to ram a pen in, it's the
    same as the intubation earlier except the other way. You have to grab it
    from below and push it up. Go ahead and do this fast, it's not too
    difficult or dangerous. Once you manage to get it in though, you'll have
    to wait a few seconds. Switch to the stabilizer and begin injecting
    while you wait. Inject three times and then place your cursor near the
    pen in anticipation for when you'll be able to get it. Do NOT switch to
    the forceps yet because if you do, you'll get no cue of when it's time
    to get it out. Stay with the stabilizer, and eventually you'll see a
    forceps icon pop up on the pen. This is your cue. Switch to the forceps
    and grab the pen from the middle (the MIDDLE. NOT the end), pull it down
    and then place it on the tray to the right.
    
    Now CALM DOWN. You have to place a membrane on the hole but you need to
    be VERY careful and precise because this one is like 10 times more
    strict than all the others before it. It is NOT lenient at all, if you're
    off by even a centimeter you'll get a miss. So what I recommend is to
    grab that membrane and then take it slow. Don't just drop it fast like
    you did on the others, keep it hovering over the guideline until you're
    SURE that it's properly placed, and hell, even grab your right hand with
    your left to keep it from shaking if you have to, and only release the
    button once you're sure that it's in the right place.
    
    Once you've done that you've won. For the last thing all you have to do
    is apply tape three times. Once in a straight line from the top-left
    corner of the membrane to the top-right corner, then another from the
    top-left corner to the bottom-left corner, and finally a third one from
    the top-right corner to the bottom-right corner. This is pretty easy to
    do so there's nothing to worry about.
    
    And that'll be it! 4 more patients in ultimate critical
    one-foot-in-the-grave condition will appear but the operation's done. We
    ain't care. Anyway, this operation can be done in like less than 1:20
    but the requirements for the XS are far less than that. That's why you
    can afford to take it slow for those two last difficult parts.
    
    If you wanna check out my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/aAHAnr
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =====================
                               === Hank Freebird ===
                               =====================
    
                             === Love in the Ground ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 1 times
    -Chain > 7000
    -Treatment halted < 2 times
    -Cool > 36 times
    
    Wha...abluh...abuhbuh...just... what is this... I don't even... glarbghl.
    Fucking... cuntass shitting christ on a bobsled... this operation is
    unbelievable. I am not joking this is ridiculous. If you can't even
    imagine how to XS this I don't blame you. This makes the previous Hank
    operation feel like we were on training wheels. In fact, I wouldn't be
    surprised if this is the hardest operation in the entire game. You
    basically have to make a pact with Satan to XS this one. I will tell you
    how to do it. In detail. But ultimately, you will have to try many, many
    times until you can do it (unless you're some kind of legendary surgeon,
    in which case why are you even reading this). Never before have the
    little things you can do to shave time off counted so much as now. You
    have to be so, so fast but also very precise.
    
    First, let's go over the proper way to hold the wiimote: hold it near
    the top part rather than the bottom, place your thumb around the area to 
    the left, slightly bottom-left of the d-pad and upper left of the A 
    button and grip firmly with it. In my experience this affords greater 
    control. You should grip with the tip of your thumb so that you're not 
    actually pressing the A button, but if you have to, you can simply bring 
    the rest of it down and easily press it with the joint between the 
    proximal and distal phalanges while still maintaining the grip.
    
    When the operation starts, don't hit the skip button yet. Let Hank say
    his first line, and while he's doing this, have your cursor hovering
    around the spot where you'll start doing the incision. Memorize where
    that spot is. Press A once to pass the dialogue and then immediately
    make the incision as FAST as you can. And I mean FAST.
    
    Throughout the operation, it's important to keep one thing in mind:
    your chain is irrelevant. As long as you get above 7000 chain for the
    special bonus, having a higher chain won't help you get the XS. The only
    thing that will is the time limit. So, it's true that if you're more
    precise and always stay exactly on the blue line you'll get a bigger
    chain, but NEVER do this at the cost of speed. It's better to get a
    lower chain and be faster than to get a higher chain and be slower. Got
    that? On the other hand, it's better to be slower than to get a miss.
    Because a miss means you've forfeited the entire operation right there.
    
    Hit the skip button while the screen is going inside the patient, and
    then go back to gripping the wiimote near the top part. We're gonna cut
    the vertebral arches with the laser, and you need to do this EXTREMELY
    fast. To do this, you're going to have to memorize the general location
    of where each blue circle is going to appear so that you can have your
    cursor already pointing there BEFORE it appears. When it does, press and
    hold A, then move it down the line. But I think "move" is the wrong word
    to describe how fast you should do it. I think it's basically more like
    you're snapping that thing down. You can do this that fast because the
    line isn't that long, so there isn't as much room to go out of it as
    later on. Keep cutting those guys up, moving your cursor to where
    the next line will appear before it does so you can cut it as fast as
    possible. You have to do it 6 times. After that, you'll have to make a
    big incision along the dura mater. Again, memorize where the blue circle
    will appear so you have your cursor there before it does and can begin
    cutting as soon as possible. Make this incision very fast as usual, but
    perhaps just a tiny bit slower than the previous ones because it's so
    long and thus there are higher chances of getting a miss.
    
    After this happens we'll be cutting the mother of all tumors. Again,
    memorize where the blue circle appears so that you can begin cutting
    almost immediately without wasting time. Don't just memorize the
    location of the first one, memorize the locations of ALL of them.
    You'll be cutting 6 times. First time starts on the upper-right, after
    that you start on the upper-left, then on the lower-right, then on the
    lower-left, then on the upper-left, and finally on the lower-right.
    
    Something that's strange about this tumor is that it causes the pointer
    to move in a slightly jerky fashion while you're cutting. This is
    different from how it moves when you're cutting basically anything else
    or using the laser or whatever so watch out. Overall it's not so bad
    though, after doing it a bunch of time you'll get used to the new
    movement. Also, the camera will be moving throughout this procedure,
    which will also move the location of your pointer, so take that into
    account. Once you've started cutting, do NOT let go of the A button for
    any reason or it will end your chain.
    
    The way you want to do this part is to always be hot on the heels of the
    yellow line but never go past it. The reason is because if you are close
    to this line it will move just a tiny bit faster, whereas if you stray
    too far from it, it'll go slower and eventually stop (and we need every
    little bit of time we can get). On the other hand if you go PAST the
    yellow line you'll get a miss which is the worst thing of all, so you
    don't want to be too fast either. In conclusion, stay close to the
    yellow line. You can save a little bit of time by going extremely fast
    for the first few inches each time you begin cutting because the yellow
    line starts a ways out in front of you, and also by going extremely fast
    at the last few inches because once the trail has ended there's no
    danger of hitting the yellow line.
    
    Once you've dealt with the tumor you'll have to deal with the outbreak
    of hemangioblastoma. You'll be cutting the veins. It works exactly the
    same as you've been doing up to now, except you don't have to worry about
    the jerky movements anymore, plus the camera isn't moving. Which means
    you can cut MUCH faster than before, and you should, because the time
    limit for this operation is ridiculous. On the other hand, the yellow
    guideline still has a speed limit and you'll get a miss if you go past
    it, but the limit is so high that reaching it is only likely in the
    easy, straight paths. Which means this procedure is one in which you can
    save the most time.
    
    Just like the last part, you should memorize where each blue circle will
    appear so you can have your cursor near there before it appears and can
    begin cutting immediately without wasting any time. You can more or less
    tell where you're going to have to cut by looking at the web-like paths
    beside the veins. There are two hemangioblastoma that you have to take
    care of, and you have to cut 4 times on each one. The first one has
    stationary paths, so you should cut them up extremely fast. After you've
    cut the fourth time and the camera pans out, have the cursor hovering
    over the thing and hold down A+B. This way you'll grab it immediately as
    soon as you're able. When this happens quickly drop it on the tray to
    the right.
    
    The second one has paths that move in a wavy pattern, which makes it
    more dangerous. This is probably the easiest place to get a miss, and if
    you do, then the operation is forfeit. Therefore, I recommend taking it
    just a BIT slower than on the previous one, but still pretty fast
    because, like I said, the time limit is uber strict. Note that the parts
    that move the most are the first half. So you should go slightly slower
    here but once you get to the second half of each path you have more
    liberty to go faster. For example, on the third path, once you get to
    the halfway point you can just move to the right in a literal straight
    line. For the fourth path, once you get past the sharp turn it barely 
    moves so you can go really fast here. Either way, just keep an eye on
    the movements of the path so that you don't hit the margins and don't
    make any sudden movements, keep it flowing smoothly.
    
    Once that's done the shadow will go away and it'll be time to place 
    eight screws. These are different from the screws we've done before.
    Be careful with these guys. Stay focused because if you get a SINGLE
    good (and it can happen pretty easily if you're not careful) then you
    will definitely not get the XS. To make sure you get the cools on these
    screws, look at the silhouette. See that there's a line just above where
    the silhouette meets the bone? You need to release the A button when the
    part of the screw that is attached to the spike is just about to overlap
    with that line. Now, if that's not totally clear, then head over to
    http://bit.ly/bkOfmE
    and look at the drawing I've made to show you. That should clear things
    up. That's what you have to do to get the cool. Hold down A and release
    it JUST when those two lines are about to meet. Do this for all 8
    screws. The last 4 are with a different view, but the same rule still
    applies.
    
    After that you'll have to pass two rods. Memorize where the blue circle
    will appear (hint: for the first rod, it's just above the top screw) and
    as SOON as you're able to, hold down the A button there and yank the
    cursor downward to start the rod moving. You can do this because you
    won't get a miss early on if you go outside the path. You'll only get a
    miss if you go out once the rod has been moving for a while. Therefore,
    your top priority at first is just to get that thing moving as fast as
    possible. Then once it's already moving you have plenty of time to
    adjust your cursor. Place it far ahead of the blue arrow that appears
    to keep the rod moving at full speed but keep it steady in between the 
    two red lines that make up the path. It's not too difficult, it's all
    about simply keeping the cursor steady. You shouldn't have problems
    here. Do the same for the second rod.
    
    Once the two rods are in place we'll almost be done. It'll be time to
    staple the patient shut. Now, just like during the hemangioblastoma,
    the stapling part is the other one where you can save the most time.
    The time limit for this operation is SO strict that you have to be
    ULTRA fast in applying those staples. You cannot afford to waste much
    time finding the right angle and aligning the stapler with the
    silhouette. So what can you do? One, twist your wrist counterclockwise
    while the screen is transitioning and memorize more or less the exact
    amount that you have to twist it so that when it comes time to staple,
    the amount that you have to change the angle to correspond with the
    silhouette is minimal. Two, hold your right hand with your left to keep
    it steadier. Three, when practicing the operation, instead of simply
    restarting immediately when you get a miss, take it all the way to the
    end every time so that you can practice this part a lot and it
    becomes more familiar.
    
    The point is that you have to staple as fast as you can. To that end, it
    helps to keep two things in mind: there is no need to change the angle
    of the stapler for the 5 staples, only the location. And note that you
    CAN get a single miss in this part and STILL get the XS. Just one though.
    And NOT a good.
    
    And that'll be it. Like I said, this operation is very hard, so it'll
    probably take many tries but don't get discouraged. I know for a fact
    that it can be done so just hang in there and keep trying! You need to
    complete it in somewhere between 4:10 and 4:05 and get more than
    17450 score for the XS.
    
    For my video showing how to XS this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/bkOfmE
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Tomoe Tachibana ===
                               =======================
    
                             === Marionette's Lament ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Cool > 12 times
    -Never pushed back to beginning
    -Didn't hit small intestinal wall
    -Vitals didn't fall below 20
    
    This operation is pretty easy. Man... this is starting to become a
    trend with Tomoe's operations huh? Oh well. I guess we needed a
    breather after that last unholy Hank operation. So just sit back, relax,
    take it easy. There's no need to rush, as usual, the time limit is
    pretty dang lenient. The only thing about this operation is that it's
    kinda long, but it's still a pretty chill operation. You still have to 
    get all cools though, so if you get a good somewhere, just restart.
    
    Hit the skip button whenever you want and start going forward. You'll
    see a polyp but just keep going forward. Eventually the game will center
    your view on it. When this happens, keep going forward just a tiny bit
    more and then bring out the snare. You already know how to deal with
    these guys. Same way as last operation: center the view on the blue 
    circle, switch to the snare and hold Z to bring it out. Move it with 
    the control stick and get it to overlap with the yellow ring. You can 
    move the angle of the snare by twisting your wrist (the one grabbing 
    the nunchuck of course) but truth is you BARELY have to do this. The 
    snare almost always comes out at or close to the right angle. Just have 
    it overlap with the circle and if nothing happens twist your wrist to 
    either direction just a tiny bit. Eventually it'll close around the 
    polyp by itself. When this happens, let go of Z, open up the toolbox 
    again and switch to the forceps to pick it up.
    
    Keep moving forward and you'll spot an inflammation. Bring out the
    syringe (not the stabilizer) and inject it with medicine. Remember that
    you have to get all the cools or you won't get the XS, so stay alert.
    To get the cool on these you have to hold down the button until the 
    bright light above the blue medicine is as close to the yellow guideline 
    as possible without going past it. Remember, the one that can't go past 
    the yellow line is the brightest part at the top. The duller parts below 
    that can go past it.
    
    Keep going forward and you'll see another polyp. Switch to the snare and
    deal with it in exactly the same way as the last one. Afterwards, it's
    probably a good idea to raise vitals to max. You'll be doing this several
    times throughout the operation. Remember that you can't let them fall
    below 20 or you won't get the XS. Once they're back up, keep going. 
    You'll now be moving through an enormous tunnel and you'll meet with
    two hemorrhaging areas along the way, as well as their respective blood
    pools (plus a rogue blood pool that's there just for kicks). Use the
    drain to get rid of the pools beforehand, since they may interfere, and
    then use the hemostatic forceps to treat the hemorrhages. Make sure you
    get the cools here too. Hold Z to stop the bleeding and release it as 
    SOON as it has stopped to get the cool. If you accidentally release it
    prematurely, don't worry. You can still get the cool, just do it again,
    but since it's likely extremely close to the sweet spot, release the 
    button almost immediately after the hemostasis begins. Vitals have
    probably fallen down to like the 50s after you treat the second
    hemorrhage so raise them back up before proceeding.
    
    The next stretch will have peristaltic movement, which means you have to
    be a bit careful because the walls will be moving. Don't worry too much
    though because the tunnel is pretty wide and the area that is moving is
    short. In fact, you can probably get through it in one shot. Once you're
    past it, you'll come across 3 polyps. Treat the two on the right side
    first, because once you start treating the left one it'll cause a
    hemorrhage. It's probably not a bad idea to raise vitals a bit before
    doing it, just in case. You don't want them falling below 20 while you're
    doing this. Switch to the hemostatic forceps immediately after using the
    snare successfully, usually this'll allow you to treat the hemorrhage
    immediately since it'll appear right where you're looking. Sometimes a
    blood pool will form near it and won't let you, but that's not common.
    Either way, take care of it, drain the pool and then pick up the excised
    polyp. When that's done, there'll be one last thing to take care of
    here. It's an invisible ulcer. Check the radar and you'll see the dot.
    Raise vitals to max and then look at the wall opposite where you came
    from. It's there. Don't get TOO close, but move your view up and down
    until the dot on the radar turns blue, then spray the wall there to
    reveal it. If nothing happens you have to get a bit closer. Once it's
    revealed just inject it with medicine the same as any other inflammation.
    
    Now look towards the right and you'll see a valve we have to go through.
    Wait until it's open (sometimes it fakes you out by opening and then
    closing again immediately. Sneaky bastard) and quickly go through. Raise
    vitals again here if you have to, but you probably don't.
    
    Now this is the small intestine so it's narrower and more treacherous
    than before. You have to be careful not to hit the walls or you
    definitely won't get the XS. The curves are pretty crazy so don't rush
    too much. After all, it's not necessary. Also, keep an eye out for the
    blue arrows that appear on the edges of the screen. They will tell you
    the direction you should be going. You'll go through a very long
    stretch with nothing happening. After a while though you'll come across
    a polyp. Deal with is, same as always, except this time you have to
    inject it with medicine beforehand. Nothing special though. Just, as 
    always, make sure you don't get a good. A hemorrhage will appear after
    you excise it so switch to the hemostatic forceps immediately after.
    It'll appear centered on your view. Sometimes you can't see the 
    hemorrhage very well, this is where practice comes in handy because you
    have sort of a subconscious feel for how long you have to go before 
    releasing the button. But anyway, same deal, same deal. MOVING ON. Raise
    vitals to max here and keep going.
    
    Yet another stretch with peristaltic movement, except now it's in the
    small intestine so it's even more dangerous. What you have to keep in
    mind during these parts is that the walls move forward, therefore you
    move back because your movement is independent of them. Ok, that's not
    really how peristaltic movement works but shut up. That's how we're going
    to look at it. So because of this, when you stop moving for a second or
    two (i.e: when you're retracting your arm to go back into neutral 
    position), you should understand that you've moved back slightly. 
    Therefore, before you continue moving, you should compensate for that
    loss of ground by moving slight forward again before continuing. What
    happens if you don't do that? Well, let's say you stop just before a
    curve. While you're retracting your arm said curve moves forward a bit,
    and if you're expecting it to be in the same place, you may end up
    hitting the wall when you make the turn. And then you're screwed. 'cause
    you gotta restart. Anyway, other than that, I also recommend getting
    used to moving forward while turning at the same time. At first we may
    instinctively stop moving while turning and only move forward in
    straight bursts. But again, stopping isn't a good idea in these
    stretches.
    
    Once it's over you'll get to a part with a lot of affected areas,
    specifically an inflammation, a hemorrhage and like 5 blood pools.
    But it ain't nothing we ain't seen yet so just treat it already and
    move on. Remember to raise vitals first though, they're probably on the
    low side at this point. Now we'll have to go through ANOTHER area with
    peristaltic movement. This one's more dangerous than the last so be
    extra careful, but it's still essentially the same so the same principles
    apply. When you get past it you'll reach the end, where you'll spot
    2 polyps and 2 tumors. Treat the nearest polyp first. It'll cause a
    hemorrhage to appear so treat that as well. When that's taken care of,
    take a moment to raise vitals to max, then inject the tumor on the
    right. Remember to get the cool. Switch to the scalpel and cut along the
    dotted line. This will rape vitals, so that's why it's important that you
    have them at max before you start. Keep cutting (three times) until
    it's done, then use the snare to excise it and then pick it up. Again, 
    raise vitals to max because they will be low again after this, and 
    there's still a tumor left. Inject it and cut it same as the last one 
    but then WAIT. Don't use the snare yet. Raise vitals to max for the
    last time because after you snare this biatch a hemorrhage will appear,
    and we don't want that to happen while the vitals are in the 30s.
    
    Snare it, then perform hemostasis on the hemorrhage and drain the blood
    pool. Pick up the tumor and then there will only be the lone polyp to
    deal with. No need to even raise vitals anymore. Inject it and excise it
    with the snare same as always. Don't get a good now, you're almost done.
    
    And that'll be it for this very easy operation. I don't even know how
    fast you have to be. Who even cares, it seems as long as you get all the
    cools and special bonuses you can take your time.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, even though nobody cares, go to
    http://bit.ly/aboy4a
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                 ==============
                                 === CR-S01 ===
                                 ==============
    
                           === Waking From Terror ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 1 times
    -Operation completed in 390 sec
    -Blood pool formed < 10 times
    -Needle only lost once
    
    This operation is fun. I wouldn't say it's DIFFICULT... in the sense
    that it requires a lot of skill like the last two Hank operations...but
    it can be pretty overwhelming at first if you don't know exactly how you 
    should be doing things.
    
    We'll start by treating tumors in the pituitary gland. Hit the skip
    button whenever and let's go! You can't see the first one 'cause the
    place is inundated with blood pools, so start by draining all them blood.
    After you drain them, the first tumor will appear on the top left
    part. Keep the button held down on top of where it will appear so you
    drain the mucus immediately, then switch to the scalpel and begin
    cutting along the excision line. You need to cut as fast as you can
    because extra blood pools will form if you're too slow. Then you'll
    have to drain them again before proceeding, which has a ridiculous
    amount of negative consequences like wasted time, less chances of
    acquiring the third special bonus, and even the possibility of getting a
    good on the tumor excision. Note, however, that rather than simply doing
    it really fast, which bears the risk of missing dots, it's generally
    better to make sure you get each dot on the first pass. If you don't
    though, it's not too big of a deal as long as it doesn't happen too
    often, just got back to it.
    
    You'll be cutting 3 times. First a half circle around the tumor, then
    another half circle, and finally a full circle. You'll have to drain
    blood pools in between all of these steps though because each time you
    finish an excision line at least one blood pool will form (two if a pool
    was close to forming before you finished the excision). Your goal should
    be to excise fast enough so that you only have to drain in between each
    successful excision and not have to stop in the middle of one. If two
    or three pools appear after you've finished with a line, that's good
    because it means you'll waste less time draining them than if you had
    to stop midway through cutting.
    
    So here's how it should go: drain the mucus, cut a half circle, drain the
    pools, cut another half circle, drain the pools, cut a full circle...now,
    drain the pools by holding down the A button, and as soon as the last
    pool has been cleared, keep holding down the A button, immediately
    switch to the forceps and simply press the B button to pick it up. Do
    this as fast as possible so that you don't give any other blood pool
    a chance to form, and if it does, it'll be too late because you've
    already picked up the tumor. If it forms before you pick it up, that
    could potentially prevent you from getting it, which means wasted time.
    
    After that tumor's done with, 2 more will appear. We'll treat them in
    exactly the same way but keep one thing in mind: treat them ONE AT A
    TIME. Do NOT drain the mucus off the other one until you're completely
    done with the first one because if you do, it will begin creating blood
    pools and you don't want more pools than is absolutely necessary. As
    a corollary to this, when the tumor you're working on creates blood
    pools, if one appears close to the other tumor, keep the drain as far
    away from it as possible while still draining the blood so that you
    don't accidentally drain the mucus as well.
    
    After you treat the first tumor, two more will appear, which means there
    will now be 3 of these guys. Don't sweat it though, just keep working
    on them one at a time in exactly the same way. Don't ever raise vitals
    during this part. If you do things correctly you should be able to
    finish treating all the tumors with the vitals at around 10.
    
    We'll now move on to the pancreas. Before making the incision, take the
    time to raise those vitals all the way back up to max. It's a good
    opportunity to do so because nothing's happened yet. Just keep pumpin'
    that stabilizer until it's back up, then gel the line and cut it.
    
    Now we're in! You'll there are are a bunch of blood pools around here so
    have the control stick held in the direction of the drain and begin
    draining them all from right to left. When you drain the last one, the
    excision line will appear around the damaged area to the left. Cut it,
    and a couple more blood pools will form. Drain them and then close the
    wound with the forceps by grabbing from either side and then yanking it
    to the other side. Suture it shut. It's a pretty standard suturing job,
    needs around 7 passes but you should probably go with a few more just in
    case. 8 or 9 will work. As usual, make sure you make them as wide as
    the white guidelines and around as long as the actual wound. After that,
    switch to the forceps and apply the two synthetic membranes from the tray
    on the left, then gel them in place.
    
    Once you've taken care of that, keep the control stick held towards the
    syringe position because some inflammations will develop. We already know
    how to deal with these guys from two operations past, but just in case,
    I can repeat it: don't worry, this isn't New Blood where inflammations 
    were a million times more terrifying than Cardia. You don't have to 
    inject EXACTLY in the inflammation points, you have a bit of leeway. In 
    fact, it might even be more lenient than Second Opinion. That's right. 
    So let's go for it! Before we begin, here's something to keep in mind: a 
    full syringe gives you enough to treat one large spot OR three small 
    ones. Secondly, it's a good idea to use what I call the warping strategy 
    to shave a few seconds off your time:
    
    When filling the syringe or injecting with it, you may notice that as 
    long as you have the button pressed, and as long as the syringe hasn't 
    finished filling up/emptying out, you can move the wiimote as much as 
    you want and the cursor won't move. But as soon as the syringe is done 
    filling/emptying, the cursor will appear where you are currently 
    pointing the remote. Using this trick, you can save some time. You 
    can move the remote over to the anti-inflammatory bottle while the 
    syringe is injecting, and when it's done you can immediately fill it up 
    again. It works the same the other way. While it's filling up you can 
    move over to an inflammation and inject it immediately.
    
    There'll be 5 inflammations that you can see. Two big ones and three
    little ones. Here's how you want to inject them: First the two big ones.
    Then fill the syringe up to max and start injecting the 3 small ones from
    right to left all in a single go. You want to do it like this because
    once there are only 2 inflammations left, a bunch of tiny tumors will
    appear, and you want to be done with the inflammation fast by then. If
    you leave the two big ones for last, it'll take longer, giving the tumors
    more time to wreck vitals.
    
    Anyway, next, switch to the laser and burn off those 6 tiny tumors. Gel
    'em up, then move with the magnification tool a bit up and to the right.
    You'll spot 4 tiny tumors and 6 inflammations. Laser the tumors, gel
    them, then inject medicine on the inflammations. Now move the view over
    to the top right of the organ where you'll find 2 more tiny tumors and
    2 more inflammations. Treat them all, then take the time to raise vitals
    back up to max before proceeding now that nothing too major is happening.
    
    Once they're back up to 80, check around the center to find a big
    tumor. Don't light it up with the ultrasound, just cut it straight up.
    Drain the mucus, cut the excision line around it and then put it on the
    tray to the right. When that happens, 3 small tumors will form around the
    wound. Place the synthetic membrane, then switch to the laser and burn
    off the tumors, and then gel all the tumor holes and the membrane in one
    go.
    
    Now move back down to the lower part of the organ. You'll find 2 tiny
    tumors and 2 inflammations have formed since you were gone. (the second
    tiny tumor is waaaay down on the bottom-left, in case you were wondering).
    Now, there's a big tumor hiding a bit down and to the left of the first
    small tumor. Cut it up and treat it same as the last one. As soon as you
    have gelled the synthetic membrane, quickly move down to the very
    bottom. A new damaged area will have appeared here. Treat it now quickly
    while no blood pools have formed yet. If you let it fester there it'll 
    build them up and that will cost you the third special bonus.
    While treating it, an inflammation and a small tumor will crop up, so
    take care of those too. Vitals will now be really low but don't raise
    them yet. Move to the left part of the organ to find a single big
    inflammation that appeared here. Treat it, then move to the right of
    it to find the last big tumor. Cut it up, place the membrane, and burn
    off 3 of the tiny tumors that appear (but leave one). Gel them. Now
    that there's only one small tumor left, take the time to raise them
    vitals back up to max. You're going to need it for what comes next, and
    now is the best time since there's nothing happening. When they're at
    80, burn off that last tumor and gel it.
    
    We'll now move on to the stomach. This is the toughest part so look
    lively! You'll spot 3 blood pools so drain 'em, then move to the 
    upper-right. Keep draining the pools you see. The big tumor shadow is
    under the last pool. Cut it out, but before draining the mucus, raise
    vitals back up to max. I know they're almost at max already but DO IT
    fool, don't question me. Drain the pool that forms, cut the exision line,
    then raise them again. Now pick it up, place it on the tray, then place
    the membrane and gel it. A bunch of new pools will form but IGNORE them.
    Quickly move down to the bottom part of the organ where you'll find that
    a damaged area has sprung up. Drain the pools on top of it and treat it
    the same way you did the two previous times. Do it fast. Then drain the
    couple of pools just to the right of that. There's a big tumor hiding
    under here. Shank it with the scalpel and treat it. Again, do it fast.
    When you put it on the tray 3 tiny tumors will form as well as two of 
    those rashes that you have to gel. I dunno what they are man. Shiet.
    Keepin' it real. Burn off the small tumors and then gel all the holes,
    the membrane and the rashes in one go. Next, quickly drain the couple of
    pools you see over on the left. There's another big tumor hiding under
    here. Cut it up and treat it fast, same as the last one.
    
    It bears mentioning that you need to do this part fast. It's important to
    ignore everything else and concentrate on that damaged area and the two
    tumors because if left alone for too long, they'll begin creating blood
    pools like it's going outta style and then you definitely won't get the
    third special bonus. Anyway, like I said, treat that tumor, but before
    picking it up, raise vitals up to around the 50s or 60s. Do it. When
    they're up, you're free to finish treating it, but then immediately
    move to the upper-right part of the organ. Again, ignore the gaggle of
    blood pools you see. You'll find another damaged area up here. Drain the
    pools around it, then cut it and use the forceps to close the wound.
    
    And just when you do that, the needle will fall in. Now this is the
    moment of truth. You'll have to switch to the ultrasound and search 
    around for it. You have to find that needle FAST, because while that
    thing isn't sutured it will begin creating blood pools, and once it does
    that you will only get a good or maybe even a bad once you do suture it.
    The location of the needle is random. You can either get lucky and find
    it quickly, or have a standard amount of luck and find it after looking
    in a couple places, or get extremely unlucky and have to restart. Now,
    you should ignore the blood pools all over the place unless they are
    specifically blocking you from looking somewhere you think the needle
    could be. I recommend looking in five places. First, check just to the
    right of the damaged area. If you find it here, great! You just got
    extremely lucky (although actually, it seems to happen quite often that
    it ends up here. Maybe somewhere around 20% of the time). If it's not
    there, look on the left side of the damaged area near the edge of the
    organ. Next, look around the top border of the organ. Then, check around
    the bottom border, and finally around the bottom-left part where the
    pyloric canal is.
    
    Like I said before, if you find it on the first try, awesome. You'll
    get the cool on the suture. If you find it after looking in a few
    places, you might get a good but don't worry, is all good. You can still
    get the XS even if you got a good. On the other hand, if you can't find
    it after looking around for a while, then you're better off restarting
    and hoping you're not so unlucky the next time. Don't worry, it's not
    that common to have to spend a lot of time looking for it. Note, however,
    that you have to be pretty eagle eyed. The needle looks like a small
    crescent moon and can be easily missed if you're not careful. Either
    way, once you find it, press A with the ultrasound to make it grabbable
    (man... grabbable. Such a weird word), then pick it up with the forceps.
    Suture the wound quickly before more pools form, then place the
    synthetic membranes and gel it. Now you're home free. Raise vitals a
    tiny bit if you have to, then start cleaning up. Drain all the pools
    around the organ and gel all the places that need it.
    
    And we're done. Close up that patient. This one's a pretty easy one to
    suture because of the angle. I recommend somewhere around 12 passes.
    Gel it, and finally apply the bandage, but do it carefully and slowly
    to make sure you get the cool. If you got the cool on the damaged area
    after picking up the needle though, you can still get the XS even if you
    get a good on this bandage. Just sayin'.
    
    And that's pretty much it for this operation. Like I said, it's not
    that difficult if you do it the way I'm telling you. The time limit
    special bonus is for 6:30, but you can finish this thing in less than
    5:00. The less than 10 blood pools bonus is difficult to understand or
    even monitor, considering the extreme number of pools that appear
    throughout the operation, but all you really have to understand is that
    as long as you do things like I've told you, and do them fast, you will
    get this bonus. Finally, the losing the needle only once bonus? HOW
    IS IT EVEN POSSIBLE TO LOSE IT TWICE. I'm pretty sure the only way that
    could happen is if you were deliberately trying to assassinate the
    patient.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/9OXYMs
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                ====================
                                === Maria Torres ===
                                ====================
    
                              === Hesitant Spirit ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 2 times
    -All patients transported
    -No burns worsened
    -Taped > 3 burns together at once
    
    Another fun operation, but, again, not difficult after what we've been
    through with Hank. However, it CAN be an extremely overwhelming operation
    at first, and you can get caught just frantically going back and forth
    injecting stabilizer just to keep everyone from dying. But don't worry,
    that's what I'm here for. I'll tell you the best way to do this. If you
    follow my instructions you'll see that it's really not so bad.
    
    Let's begin! There'll be 4 inital patients to take care of. The first
    one you're on has 3 glass shards stuck on 'im as well as three burns.
    Here's what you should do: First, extract the two glass shards on the
    bottom, but leave the one on the top. Make sure you get the cools when
    extracting those shards! If you get a good, just restart. Remember to 
    use proper forceps technique throughout this operation: If you keep the 
    A button held down, you'll be able to use the forceps by only pressing 
    the B button, which will allow you must greater precision and control 
    than having to press both A and B! Next, apply gel over the two wounds 
    the shards were in as well as the 3 burns. Keep spreading it around, it 
    takes a bit to get the OK. Remember that you can't just hold the button
    down the entire time while spreading the gel, you have to let go and
    press again several times.
    
    Once you get the OKs, switch to the forceps and place the membranes from
    the tray on the left on the burns. I don't have to tell you to avoid
    getting a miss right? Although, to be quite honest, you actually can
    miss twice and still get the XS. This game is funny like that. You can
    get two misses and still be fine, but sometimes getting a good is enough
    to screw you over. But where was I? Oh right. The operation. After 
    placing the three membranes, gel over all of them, then switch to the 
    tape. Now, tape the two burns on the right side in a single shot. Just 
    take the tape from the top-left corner of the top membrane down to the 
    bottom-right corner of the bottom membrane. Don't worry, it's pretty
    lenient. Finally, remove the third glass shard. DON'T DO ANYTHING MORE.
    And definitely don't talk with the patient. If you gel the final shard
    wound or tape the final burn that'll bring in the next patient and we
    don't want that just yet. Leave this muhfugga for now, don't even raise
    his vitals, and switch to the second patient. He'll be fine man, it's
    just an untaped membrane and an ungelled wound.
    
    The second patient is in bad condition. He has FIVE burns and a few
    blood pools. If you did the previous part fast, you'll only have to
    deal with 3 blood pools, if you took a bit longer you'll have 4 pools.
    It really doesn't matter though since a gauze will only absorb 2 pools.
    Grab said gauze from the right side of the screen with the A button and
    absorb them pools. If you place it in between two pools you'll be able to
    absorb two at the same time. Once the pools are gone you'll be able to
    deal with the burns. Spread the gel all over them until you get the five
    OKs, then place the synthetic membranes on them. Same deal as last time,
    don't get misses. Gel over the membranes now switch to the tape. First, 
    tape the top two ones. They're pretty far apart, so take each separately
    just to be safe. Again, these're pretty lenient, so don't worry too much
    about whether or not you'll get the cools. Just tape each one from left
    to right and it'll work out unless you're, like, WAY off. Next, tape the
    bottom three burns ALL in a single shot. Take the tape from the left
    side of the left membrane alllll the way over to the right end of the
    rightmost membrane. It's important that you do this because that's how
    you'll be getting the fourth special bonus. If you don't do it you
    definitely won't get the XS. 
    
    Once this is done, the next patient will be brought it, but it's all
    good, we're ready for that bitch. Don't think we're done with this one
    quite yet though! He'll go into cardiac arrest so you'll have to do
    chest compressions. You remember how to do this from the previous Maria
    operation right? Well just in case, here it is: Loosen up for this. 
    Begin smacking down the wii remote as if you were hammering a nail with 
    it. The way I like to do it is to have my palm facing downward so that
    I can snap my wrist more easily.  Make sure to begin doing it as SOON as 
    the hands appear. Hammer down each time the hands on the screen come 
    down. You CAN simply hammer rapidly with no regards to anything and 
    still get the cool but that's tiring and there's no reason to do that 
    when doing it in tandem is so easy. It takes 5 compressions to get the
    cool.
    
    Finally you'll have to intubate him. Again, we already know how to do
    this. This is pretty easy and lenient so you can do it fast without 
    having to be very precise. Point the cursor on the blue circle at the 
    top of the tube and hold down A, then move the pointer in a straight 
    line down all the way to the bottom, then release the A button, move the 
    pointer again to the blue circle, hold down A and repeat it. Keep doing 
    this the 3 or 4 times it takes until the tube is all the way in and 
    this dude is stabilized! You shouldn't have raised vitals at ALL during
    this entire patient.
    
    You'll automatically switch to the first patient. Tape the last burn on
    this guy that we left alone last time real quick. You can do this now
    because the next patient has already arrived. But LEAVE THE SHARD WOUND
    ALONE. Do not gel it. Now switch to the very last patient. This guy's
    got a beam stuck on him as well as some blood pools. First, clean up
    the pools. Grab the gauze from the icon on the right and absorb them.
    You'll need to grab two because there are four pools. As soon as you
    clean the last pool, the hydraulic cutter icon will pop up, so press it.
    Have the stick held towards the stabilizer while the cutter's coming in,
    and once you can move again, inject two full doses of stabilizer in this
    guy. This'll keep him alive for now while we attend to more pressing
    matters. Switch over to the second patient.
    
    This one'll have a gaggle of blood pools all centered around his arm.
    There are a LOT of them so you'll need to use three gauzes. Also they'll
    get soaked in like a microsecond so get new ones fast. Now the camera
    will pan out. You'll have to cut open his sleeve with the scissors.
    Nothing special. Move the position of the scissors by turning your wrist
    to the right or to the left. You'll have to cut along the blue lines
    from one dot to the next. To do this correctly you have to align the
    left blade (the one that's glowing yellow) with the line. It's not too
    tough but don't rush so much that you get careless and miss.
    
    Now the sleeve will be open. There'll be a lot of blood pools but before
    we can deal with them we'll have to apply a torniquet. Press A on the
    torniquet icon and you'll see a white circle appear on his upper arm.
    Press and hold A on this circle to make a second circle appear on the
    other side of the arm. Just make the pointer touch this circle, then
    go back to the first circle and release A while the pointer is inside
    it. That'll apply the torniquet. Nothing too complicated. The only way
    to muck it up is to release the A prematurely.
    
    Now we can mop up the blood. You'll need to use two gauzes for this.
    Then, place three synthetic membranes along the wound, gel over them
    and tape over all three membranes in a single shot. Not too tough. 
    That'll be it for this guy. You shouldn't have raised vitals at all for
    him.
    
    You'll go back to the first patient, but this isn't where we want to be.
    Switch over to the second one. He'll have 3 burns. Same crap as always,
    do I gotta keep repeating myself? Gel the burns, apply the synthetic
    membranes and then gel again over said membranes. However, after this,
    don't tape them just yet. The hydraulic cutter has been done for a while
    now and the last patient is almost dead, so switch over to him real
    quick. We'll have to secure a quick blood transfusion before he'll
    stop nagging, so gel over the dot, then grab the needle from the bottom
    right icon and shove it in the green circle. Don't rush too much. Or do
    whatever you want. I mean, you can miss twice throughout this whole
    operation and still get the XS so whatever. once you've put the needle 
    in, grab the bandage on the bottom right with A, then quickly press and 
    hold A on the circle that appears to the right of the arm. Don't worry 
    here, you can't get a miss if you somehow don't hit the circle. When you 
    do, make circles with the remote. Just go wild and spin it as fast as 
    you can, you can't get a miss here. My recommendation for doing this is 
    to make the circles counterclockwise if you're right handed like me and 
    to make them as small as possible so you can complete them faster. It 
    should take you less than a second to do it. Alternatively you can just 
    shake the wiimote up and down, though the difference between that and 
    tiny circles is blurry. This'll finally shut this guy up.
    
    You'll automatically get moved back to the second patient. Great! That's
    where we want to be. Begin taping the three membranes you left last time.
    You can tape two of them in a single shot. Either the two bottom ones
    or the two left ones. Take your pick, doesn't really matter. Next we'll
    move on to the arm. Vitals are gonna be critical at this point but just
    ignore them. We can finish before he dies. There'll be two burns and a
    single blood pool. Absorb the pool first, then gel the two burns, place
    the membranes on them, gel again and tape over both of them in a single
    shot. Now we'll move to the other arm. There's a burn and a laceration.
    Here's what you should do. First gel over the burn and place a synthetic
    membrane over it. At this point you might be tempted to go ahead and
    place the rest of the membranes on the laceration as well but don't do
    it. First gel over the burn and tape it. Why? Because the game has a
    tendency of giving you a miss and then a bad when you try to tape this
    burn if the other membranes are placed as well even if you do it
    correctly. Don't ask me why. But better safe than sorry yeah? When the
    burn's taken care of you can place the other two membranes, gel them
    and tape over both in a single shot. That's it for this guy. See? No need
    to ever raise vitals.
    
    Now we'll go back to the very first patient. He'll be almost dead but not
    quite. See, I told you he'd be fine! Press the talk icon, then gel the
    shard wound that we left way back at the start. This'll stabilize him
    and bring in the final patient. This is why we didn't want to talk to
    him until the very end. Because as long as the patient isn't brought in,
    he CAN'T die. And we don't have to waste time worrying about him.
    
    Now it's just us and the final patient with good vitals. So we can take
    this last part chill. No need to raise them at all. First absorb the two
    blood pools with a gauze, then move on to treating the three burns. Same
    deal as always. Tape either the two on the left or the two on the bottom
    in one shot (I didn't in my video 'cause I suck balls).
    
    We're almost done. It's a broken ankle, we'll have to realign the foot.
    Press A on the bone icon on the bottom right. Now press and hold
    A on the foot, then move it to the left as far as you can. You'll have to
    release the button and grab it a second time to pull it all the way
    though. Two times should be enough to get the ok. The trick with these 
    dislocations is to move the foot FAST. Don't hold it for very long or 
    vitals will get pulverized. If you do it right you should get it done 
    and have vitals still in the 50s, whereas if you hold it for very long 
    it can get to critical in a couple seconds flat. Don't worry about being 
    gentle. That's a lie.
    
    Once it's realigned, quickly press the A button the splint icon to the
    right. This'll cause the blue circle on said splint to show up. Press and
    hold the A button on this blue circle and yank it to the right. Don't
    worry about being gentle, just do it fast. When you do, a second splint
    will come up on the other side. No need to press the splint icon again.
    Just grab it from the blue circle and yank it over to the right.
    Finally, press the bandage icon to have two white dots come up. You know
    what to do. Bandage him up in exactly the same way you did for the blood
    transfusion just a few seconds ago and you're done!
    
    See, that wasn't so hard! As long as you get all the cools and did
    everything like I told you, you'll nab that XS. You can finish this
    operation in less than 2:00 but you can be waaay slower than that and
    still get the XS anyway.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/aeFN1A
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =====================
                               === Hank Freebird ===
                               =====================
    
                               === Broken Heart ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 1 times
    -Drill miss < 1 times
    -Mallet swung < 23 times
    -Cool bone chipping > 2 times
    
    This operation is not difficult. It's lenient as hell. In fact, I'd say
    it's TOO lenient. You can take it all super omegalith slow and still get
    the XS. You can miss and still get the XS. You can get several goods and
    still get the XS. In short, you can play like total ass and still get
    the XS. Still, there are a few things you have to be aware of. The
    mallets especially can be confusing at first, but we'll get to that.
    
    Let's start! We'll first make the incision on the leg. You can either
    press the skip button whenever or manually pass through the dialogue so
    you don't have to waste time readjusting your grip on the wiimote and 
    wait till the screen is transitioning to hit skip. It doesn't really 
    matter 'cause like I said, you can take your sweet dang ol' time with 
    this operation.
    
    Once we're in, we'll be manning the saw. Just press and hold the A
    button and do NOT let go of it until the end. To control the saw you
    just have to twist the wiimote to make the turns. You don't even have to
    point it at the screen. Overall it's not tough, it's a pretty chill
    procedure but one thing you have to understand is that twisting the
    remote ONLY makes the saw turn. What I mean by this is that you might be
    inclined to think that when you make a turn, you have to keep the remote
    twisted to continue going in that direction. But that's not true, as long
    as you keep the remote twisted the saw will continue turning indefinitely.
    You have to go back to neutral position after making a turn if you want
    to go straight. Also, the saw might look really big, but the only part
    that matters is that little red arrow on it. That's the part that needs
    to stay inside the path. The rest can go off the margins and it doesn't
    matter. Still, it helps to look at the entire thing to know where you're
    going. A good tactic is to try having the blue guideline in between the
    two sticks. But whatevs. This is probably the easiest part of the whole
    thing.
    
    Next, you'll be cutting out a synthetic bone with the laser. This is old
    stuff so you already know how to do this right? Well just in case...
    Press A on the blue circle to start the laser. You have to go along the
    path and stay as close to the blue guideline as possible at all times.
    If you move out beyond the red lines you'll get a miss, but beyond that,
    simply straying too far from the blue line means you're getting less
    points. Not that it really matters. This procedure is similar to the 
    adenoma cuttinh in the first Hank operation but not nearly as hard 
    because there aren't any crazy curves or ultra narrow paths. Though I
    BELIEVE the paths are narrower than in previous synthetic bone laserin'
    ops. There are two other things you need to remember. Do NOT let go
    of the A button at any point for any reason. Second, do not go over
    the lit circle or the laser will stop. Always stay within this circle
    and let the camera move the laser forward for you while you concentrate
    on staying within the guideline. It's usually a good idea though to stay 
    relatively near the fringes of the lit circle because this causes the
    camera to move faster, but it's definitely not necessary for this
    operation. The closer you go back to the center of the circle the slower 
    it'll go until it stops completely. Generally speaking, I recommend 
    letting the camera take you forward during the straight paths but moving 
    forward yourself during the curves.
    
    There's one new gimmick here though, and that's the machine giving us
    static. If you try to continue along the path while the static is
    present you'll get a miss, so what you have to do is stop moving forward
    once you hear the static. To stop moving, simply slowly move the laser
    back along the path until the lit circle finishes catching up to you.
    You'll stop moving as long as you're right in the middle of the circle.
    Just wait a few seconds for the static to go away, then continue moving
    forward.
    
    There are two areas with static. Like I said before, you will know
    they're coming because you'll hear them. Other than that, I suppose it
    also helps to know where they'll be in advance. The first one will come
    up right after the path starts moving straight downward. After that,
    the second one will come after the path starts moving straight upward
    again. Anyway, after you finish this part, and while the screen is
    transitioning, I recommend holding the remote with both hands. That's
    because you'll have to place the synthetic bone now, and your hand has
    to be steady for this. Also, have the remote twisted a bit
    counterclockwise before you grab the bone so that when you have to turn 
    it clockwise your hand is in a more neutral position. Make sure the
    right side of the bone (the straight part) is properly aligned with the
    silhouette and let it go. This one's not super strict but there's no need
    to rush either.
    
    Next, you'll have to drill a few holes. We've done this before as well.
    Press and hold A on the blue circle that appears, then move the cursor 
    away from the drill to start moving it in. Try to keep it in more or 
    less a straight line, though don't worry too much because it's pretty 
    lenient in this regard. Keep in mind that the farther away you pull the 
    faster the drill goes. To get the cool here you have to bring the tip of 
    the drill as close to the red line at the end without actually touching 
    it. If you do touch it you'll get a miss. I recommend taking it 
    reasonably slow for this. Pull the drill a lot at first, but once it 
    gets closer to the end move back a little to slow it down. This way you 
    can get the cool without much danger. You'll have to drill 3 holes.
    
    Next you'll have to apply the screws. Watch out, these guys are 
    deceptive. And getting the cool on these is different from screws before.
    Here's the deal. Watch the screw. See the ring the point is attached to?
    You have to press and hold the A button and release it when that ring is
    just about to touch the yellow silhouette. Not once it's already touching
    it. Just BEFORE that point. If you're still not sure where you should
    release the button, you can go to
    http://bit.ly/cSL2gy
    and look at the picture I took to illustrate.
    
    Anyway, you gotta put in 3 screws. Stay alert. While it's true that you
    are allowed to get goods, you don't want to get them if you can help it.
    Next, you'll have to pick up 3 broken bone shards. ...yeah. That's right,
    we're doing cleanup duty now. Whatever, put 'em on the tray and forget
    about 'em. After that, it's another saw section. Same stuff as last time,
    the only difference is now the turns are sharper. It's still nothing
    special though. I recommend treating the path like a racetrack and the
    saw like your car. Start turning slight before you get to a hairpin turn
    so that you can clear it more easily. Don't worry about the blue line,
    just stay inside the path and it's all good. Or cool. I meant cool. Good
    means bad in this game.
    
    Now we get to the mallet part. We've done this part before but it can
    still be a little confusing nonetheless so let me now dispel all
    confusion regarding this procedure.
    
    The first thing you have to understand is that the mallet has three
    levels of power, indicated by the power meter on the right. You'll
    notice that there are 5 segments. The number of segments that light up
    indicate the power of a swing. Now, this is important: there are 5
    segments on the meter but in reality there are only THREE levels of
    power. The levels are: strong (or full power), which is indicated by all
    5 segments lighting up. Weak (or minimum power), which is indicated by
    a single segment lighting up. And mid power, which is indicated by either
    two, three, or four segments lighting up.
    
    Each nail requires a different combination of strikes to be driven in in
    as little strikes as possible while not going overboard, which will net
    you a miss. Well. Actually there is a bit of leniency and you can do
    more strikes than is actually necessary if you make them weaker than you
    should, but I'll only tell you what you need to drive it in with as few
    strikes as possible.
    
    Now, you're going to have to make hammering motions with the remote to
    drive the nail in. I recommend changing your grip. Normally you have your
    thumb up on the buttons, but for this it should simply wrap around the
    remote as if you were grabbing the hilt of a sword or a hammer. Before
    making the hammering down motion, I actually recommend having the cursor
    on screen. Not sure why but this seems to help with the motion
    registering. Specifically, if you're going to do a full power swing, have
    the cursor as far to the top of the screen as you can (while still being
    inside the screen), and then swing down so that the cursor moves down
    across the screen as fast as possible. It's not just about the cursor
    moving fast though. The actual motion has to be strong (though contrary
    to what you may think it doesn't actually have to be THAT strong, but
    since you can't go past full power, it doesn't hurt to be a bit stronger
    than necessary). Snap your wrist when doing the motion to give it that
    added oomph.
    
    On the other end of the scale, the minimum power strike. For this one,
    you want to make the weakest motion possible. Do NOT snap your wrist
    at all when doing it. Keep it locked firmly in place and simply shake
    your arm up and then down. The amount that your arm has to move is
    minuscule. I'm talking like barely an inch or something. It's actually
    pretty easy to do and I recommend tending towards making the motion TOO
    slight. Why? Because if the motion is too weak then it simply won't
    register, and all you have to do is try again, making it ever-so-slightly
    stronger. Finally, for the mid power strike, I suggest making a motion
    similar to the weak strike but moving your arm a little higher before
    swinging. Say... 4 inches maybe? Whatever, you know what I mean.
    
    Anyway that's the gist of it. The first nail that we have to drive in
    requires two full power strikes, a mid one, and a weak one. You can do
    them in any order you want, it's up to you. I like to leave the weak
    strike for last because it's the easiest one. I'm not entirely sure
    what's easier between the full power and mid power strikes. Logic would
    tell me the full power one is easier because there's nothing to
    calculate, all you have to do is make the motion as strong as possible.
    But in practice...hmm... it seems different from the last operation
    somehow. Either way, just do it in the order that seems easier to you.
    
    The second nail (it's not actually a nail but you know what they say.
    When you got a hammer everything looks like a nail! Wait... is that
    really how it goes? Shiet, I don't even know what I'm saying anymore).
    The second nail requires the exact same as the first one. Two full power
    strikes, one mid, and one weak.
    
    After that, it's time for a new procedure! We'll be shaving the bone.
    Move the shaver closer to the bone by tilting the control stick. If you
    tilt it all the way it'll go SUPER fast and that's a little dangerous
    because it's pretty easy to get a miss or a good that way. Truth is
    there's no need to rush, so just tilt it partway and make minuscule
    adjustments as you go. You'll probably want to make it go slower as you
    get near the sweet spot. To get the cool you have to stop shaving 
    (that is to say, return the stick to neutral position) when the shaver
    is just about perfectly overlapping with the silhouette. That's all
    there is to it. I recommend looking at line of the half ball and letting
    go when that line is touching the same line of the silhouette.
    
    For the third nail, you need a single full power strike and a weak one.
    I like doing the strong one first and then the weak one. After that
    we're done with this patient and we'll have to close him up with the
    stapler so assume stapling stance while the screen is transitioning.
    You know what I mean. Grab the remote with both hands and twist the
    remote counterclockwise. Press and hold the A button so that you can use 
    the stapler by only pressing the B button. This will afford
    greater control. Now watch the guideline and make minute changes to the
    angle of your remote until you match it. Position the cursor so that
    the stapler overlaps the guideline. There's some leeway, but try to
    have it overlap as perfectly as you can. Finally, remember that you don't
    have to change the angle at all for the 5 staples, only the location!
    Feel free to take it as slow as you want. We've got more than enough
    time.
    
    Once that's done we'll move on to the next patient. We'll have to make
    another incision, same as the start of the operation. Careful not to
    go out of the line! I'm saying because the stapler section might have
    rattled you a bit and you might not be in the right state of mind. That
    always happens to me. I can do the beginning incision smooth and flawless
    but this one? I'm just trembling all over the god damn place. But I
    digress. Let's go inside.
    
    Oh jesus! This guy's leg exploded or something. Grab all the bone
    fragments strewn about and place them all on the tray to the right.
    Doesn't matter in what order you get 'em. When that's done, you'll have
    to reassemble the bone. Ok. Now calm down and take it slow. Believe it
    or not this is the most dangerous part of the operation. It's extremely
    easy to get goods when placing the bones if you're being too fast and
    there's absolutely no need to! Also, at this point I recommend holding
    your right hand with your left to increase stability as well.
    
    First you need to realign both ends of the fibula which are dislocated.
    You'll see the blue circle pop up where you need to grab them. Move
    them over to the left and release them when they're aligned with the
    silhouette. Be extra careful with the bottom one, it's easy to get a bad
    here if you do it too fast. Hold it over the silhouette for a bit if you
    have to and only release it once you're sure it's in the proper place.
    Also make sure your hand doesn't move when you're releasing the button.
    
    Once that's done we'll begin reconstruction by placing the fragments we
    previously picked up. They'll come at you in random order from the tray
    on the left so I can't really tell you where each one goes (though you
    CAN look at my video to see). Rest assured though that you will never
    get a fragment that can't be connected to what's already there. So ALL
    you have to do is check whether the fragment will fit on the top or the
    bottom. Simple! The fibula has two fragments you need to place and the
    tibia has four. Again, take it VERY slow here because this part is
    deceptively dangerous. Watch the straight end of each fragment and make
    sure it's aligned with the straight end of the silhouette before
    releasing it.
    
    After that you'll drill 4 holes in the bone. Same thing as last time.
    Treat it the same way. The holes are a little bit smaller and are thus
    more lenient but they're still not quite small enough that I would
    recommend ramming the drill in as fast as possible. Just do it the same
    way as last time.
    
    Next, it's screwing time! These screws are different from the ones on
    the previous patient. You'll have to use a different cue to know when
    to release the A button on them. Look at the bottom line of the ring the
    screw's tip is attached to. To get the cool you have to release the A
    button when that line touches the top line of the silhouette cap. If
    you're not sure what I mean, look at the picture I took over at
    http://bit.ly/cSL2gy
    that'll show you where you need to release it.
    
    After that we'll drill again, but this particular drill is loooong and
    more similar to the rods that we had to insert on the patient in the
    previous Hank operation than anything else. As such, it's also REALLY
    easy. Hold down the A button on the blue circle and yank the cursor 
    downward to start the drill moving. You can do this because you
    won't get a miss early on if you go outside the path. You'll only get a
    miss if you go out once the drill has been moving for a while. Then once 
    it's already moving you have plenty of time to adjust your cursor. Place 
    it far ahead of the blue arrow that appears to keep the drill moving at 
    full speed but keep it steady in between the two red lines that make up 
    the path. It's not too difficult, it's all about simply keeping the 
    cursor steady. You shouldn't have problems here.
    
    Now it's mallet time again! I already told you the basics about this
    procedure a few paragraphs back. This first nail is a long one. It
    requires THREE full power strikes and a mid power one. The second nail
    (yeah, yeah, it's not a nail) requires a full power strike, a mid, and
    a weak. The third one only one full power and one weak. In between that 
    you'll also have to shave the bone twice. It's the same deal as last 
    time though. Just let the stick go back to neutral position once the
    shaver is completely overlapping with the silhouette.
    
    And we're done! Staple the bitch shut using the same technique you did
    a couple minutes ago. This operation is too long, clanky. But it's easy
    as well. Maybe they were trying to overcompensate after how crazy they
    made the last Hank operation?
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/cSL2gy
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Tomoe Tachibana ===
                               =======================
    
                             === The Healing Warrior ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -No Bads
    -Gates opened < 6 times
    -Operation completed in 200 sec
    -Ran into wall < 2 times
    
    As usual for Tomoe operations, this one isn't very hard. However, it is
    trickier than the others because the lungs make for quite the confusing
    labyrinth. Is all good though. I'll tell you exactly where you have to
    go.
    
    As soon as you start, a big sign telling you there's a time limit will
    pop up. This is a good time to hit that skip button since that big sign
    will stay there for a few seconds and won't let you move. Oh, also it's
    a big lie. 6 minutes? No. The real time limit is 3:20. That might seem
    like it's not much time at first but it really is. In fact that's 30 to
    40 seconds too much. See, Atlus? I'm better than whatever XS requirement
    testers you got around there. I'd even do it for free so start firing
    some motherfuckers.
    
    Ahem, where was I? Oh right. As soon as the sign leaves, start moving
    forward until you get to the fork in the road. Look to the left and
    you'll spot a hemorrhage and a blood pool. I recommend treating the
    hemorrhage first IF the blood pool isn't in the way so that it doesn't
    create any extra pools and you save some time. But treat the pool first
    if it's in the way or you already have the drain out anyway. You already 
    know how to treat these things. Center on the blue circle on the
    hemorrhaging area and switch to the hemostatic forceps. Hold Z to stop
    the bleeding and release it as SOON as it has stopped to get the cool.
    The timing probably takes a bit of practice to get down. What I recommend
    is doing it enough times that you more or less have a "feel" for how
    much time is required before letting go of the button. On top of watching
    of course. If you accidentally let go to soon, it doesn't matter, just
    do it again, but make sure to release it almost immediately as soon as
    the hemostasis starts again because chances are you'll be very close to
    the sweet spot. As always, it's important to try to get those cools but
    you can get a good (maybe more?) and still get the XS.
    
    Let's continue. You'll see three gated paths. One of the paths has a pool
    of blood on it. That's what will indicate to you the path you should
    take. In fact, that's what you should do all the way until you reach the
    ruptured bulla. Just keep following the paths with affected areas. You
    also don't need to ever raise vitals until you reach the bulla.
    
    Anyway drain the pool and go through the gate. There'll be another
    hemorrhage and a pool past it, then a fork in the road. Take the left
    path and you'll see a gate as well as more affected areas. Treat them all
    and go through the gate. That makes 2 gates we've opened! Remember that
    our limit is 6. Treat the pool past the gate, then continue on the path
    that goes upwards. The tunnel here is pretty narrow but at least there's
    no peristaltic movement like the last operation so it should be fine.
    
    Treat the affected areas here and go past the next gate. That makes 3.
    You'll immediately and easily see a blood pool after you go through, so
    drain it and go down that path. There'll be another pool followed by the
    fourth gate. Past it is a single hemorrhage. Perform hemostasis on it
    and then quickly go down the path to the left of it to find the bulla!
    
    The game will tell you to spray it but ignore that. It's a lie. OH GOD
    THE LIES! Haha, no, in reality there'll be severe hemorrhaging that'll
    prevent us from sealing the thing. So really, it's a waste of time to
    even try. However, the game won't let us proceed until we've treated at
    least 4 hemorrhages here. As soon as you get here, the first hemorrhage
    will pop up. Treat it same as always. You can be more bold than usual
    here because these hemorrhages will only give you OKs. It's impossible
    to get a good on them. Anyway, after treating that first one, instead of
    trying to spray the bulla like the game tells you, take the time to
    inject stabilizer and raise vitals. It's pretty much the best time to do
    it since we're stuck here for the time being. Make one full injection
    in between treating each hemorrhage. Make sure to count them.
    
    As soon as you treat the fourth hemorrhage, press down on the d-pad to
    retrace your steps. This is the tough and confusing part so listen up!
    Keep retracing as you go back through the first gate...then the second
    one... from there, once the path begins curving, stop. Do not keep
    retracing past a third gate. Look down from where you are and you'll
    spot a hemorrhage. Treat it and keep going down that path past the gate.
    That makes five that we've opened! Drain the pool past it, then keep
    going until you get to the fork. Take the bottom path and you'll quickly
    find the cause of the severe hemorrhaging. A thrombus? The hell is up
    with this guy's lungs.
    
    Now, before we begin treating it, raise vitals ALL the way to max. Make
    sure they're maxed out, if you don't...well you're going to regret it.
    Then switch to the syringe (the bottom one, not the stabilizer) and
    inject it with medicine. It's going to need two separate injections to
    get enough. I recommend making the first injection small so that the
    second injection needs to be bigger and you have more time to see where
    you should release the button. To get the cool on this you have to hold 
    down the button until the bright light above the blue medicine is as 
    close to the yellow guideline as possible without going past it. 
    Remember, the one that can't go past the yellow line is the brightest 
    part at the top. The duller parts below that can go past it.
    
    Once enough medicine has been injected, switch to the scalpel. You'll
    see excision dots appear on the thrombus. If you don't see them appear,
    it means you're too close! Back. Off. Baby. Switch to the scalpel and 
    cut along the dotted line. You have to make sure to pass along every
    dot. This will rape vitals, so that's why it's important that you
    have them at max before you start. Keep cutting (three times) until
    it's done. Remember that each time a new line appears, you can't start
    cutting immediately! You have to wait a fraction of a second. If you
    don't wait, you'll blow past the first one or two dots without cutting
    them and will have to go back.
    
    When you're done, vitals will be at turbo critical. Switch to the
    stabilizer and do three full injections before proceeding. Then switch
    to the snare to excise the thrombus. Move it with the control stick
    and get it to overlap with the yellow ring. You can move the angle of
    the snare by twisting your wrist (the one grabbing the nunchuck of
    course) but truth is you BARELY have to do this. The snare almost always
    comes out at or close to the right angle. Just have it overlap with the
    circle and if nothing happens twist your wrist to either direction just
    a tiny bit. Eventually it'll close around the thrombus by itself. This'll
    cause a hemorrhage and a pool to appear. Switch to the hemostatic forceps
    and treat it (unless the pool appears on top of it), careful because the
    view is kinda crappy. Drain the pool afterwards and pick up the thrombus
    with the forceps.
    
    We're done here! Time to go back. Listen up so you don't get lost. Hold
    down on the d-pad to retrace your steps. Keep going until you go past
    the gate, then when the path begins curving after said gate, stop and
    look up. You'll see another open gate. That's where we came from. Move
    through that gate and keep going straight through the next gate after
    that. Once you get past it, take the left path to get back to the bulla.
    There'll be a ton of hemorrhages so perform hemostasis on them all.
    Don't be afraid, you can't get cools on these. On the other hand, don't
    go overboard with them either. Once they're all dealt with, switch to
    the spray and use it on the bulla. Keep holding down the button there
    until the operation finishes and that's it!
    
    As long as you took the path I told you you will have opened less than
    6 gates and will have easily finished in less than 3:20. As long as you
    also got all the cools you'll get the XS, and hell, even if you got a
    few goods you still will. Not a tough operation overall.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/dmAgcH
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                 ==============
                                 === CR-S01 ===
                                 ==============
    
                             === Blade of Resolve ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 1 times
    -Vitals didn't fall below 30
    -Burn worsened < 1 times
    -Membrane fell off < 1 times
    
    Fffffffuuuuuuuuck. Shit just got real. This operation is extremely
    difficult. And I mean EXTREMELY. I'd put it right up there with
    Love in the Ground. Hell, maybe even higher than that. Point is, the 
    gloves are off. This is going to take many tries. It's insaaane. To get 
    the XS for this operation you not only have to get all the cools,
    but you also have to complete it in less than 1:20! (actually, you will
    get the XS if you do it in exactly 1:20). That's a ridiculously
    short amount of time and it makes even the smallest things like split
    second hesitations, or your finger slipping on the control stick or
    missing the bottle of stabilizer have profound consequences. You need to 
    be flash gordon, you need to memorize exactly what you have to do and be 
    able to do it without even thinking. In addition to that, there is a
    very important trick to getting the XS. We'll get to that later.
    
    When the operation starts, don't hit the skip button immediately.
    Unfortunately, Unlike previous Trauma Centers, you can't hit the skip 
    button before the operation has started. The hell is up with that? It's 
    a problem because having to press that button all the way down there 
    forces you to change the position of your hand on the wiimote, and it 
    costs precious seconds to readjust. And those seconds matter with an
    operation this difficult! 
    
    The first thing we'll do is drain the 3 blood pools. If you see that 2
    pools appeared touching each other, then guess what, you are one lucky
    bastard because you can place the drain in between them to drain them
    both at the same time and save like a second or two. Oh you think it
    doesn't matter? Hehe... isn't that cute. BUT IT'S WRONG! I'm not saying
    it's NECESSARY, but oh, it matters believe me.
    
    Either way, set your cursor on the topmost blood pool, have the control
    stick pressed toward the bottom-right and begin passing the dialogue 
    with A. When Tomoe says "This'll be a race", press and hold the A button.
    You'll now begin draining the pool you have the cursor on. Memorize just
    how long it takes to drain a pool so that you can quickly move on to the
    next one wasting as little time as possible. Again, the tiniest things
    make a difference. Go from top to bottom draining the 3 pools.
    
    When the last one is drained, keep the A button held down and quickly 
    switch to the forceps. You're going to keep the A button held down so you
    can use the forceps with one button, remember,  if you keep the A
    button held down, you'll be able to use the forceps by only pressing the
    B button, which will allow you must greater precision and control than
    having to press both A and B! This is important because you'll now want
    to place those synthetic membranes on the second degree burn at the
    bottom faster than speedy gonzales. Keep in mind that the area where you 
    can place them is lenient enough that you can do it VERY fast without 
    much fear of missing. Let me reiterate. You need to place membranes VERY 
    fast in this operation. This is one of the places where you can more 
    safely shave off time compared to others.
    
    After you've placed the two membranes, switch to the antibiotic gel and
    spread it over them as well as the two rashes on either side. Do it
    quickly and then switch back to the forceps. If one of the rashes didn't
    go away because you switched back to the forceps too fast, it's fine,
    don't worry. We'll get it later.
    
    Now pull out the glass shard on the right. The trick with the shard is 
    to grab it and then pull it out making as straight a line as possible 
    the entire way. Of course, said line must be perpendicular to the cut 
    the shard is lodged in. If you'll notice, the cut on this one is almost
    vertical but a bit tilted to the left which means we don't want to
    extract it exactly to the right but more or less towards the 2 o' clock
    direction. This should get you the cool, then place it on the tray to
    the right.
    
    Next, and while we've got the forceps in hand, it's time to extract the
    wire. As usual, the wires are not straight. There is literally no time
    to check with the ultrasound so you should memorize their shape so that
    you can extract them without using it. This particular one is only bent
    once, to get it out properly, you should extract it upwards and just a
    little to the left. There is no need to change the direction you're
    pulling it, just pull it more or less towards the 11 o' clock direction
    in a single go. You should be able to do it reasonably fast. Put it on
    the tray and then gel both the wire wound, the shard wound, and any rash
    you might have left before in one go (you'll have to pass a single line
    of dialogue after extracting the wire).
    
    We'll now turn our attention towards the 3 lacerations. These are cunts.
    They're deliberately placed in just the right position to screw us up as
    much as possible. Horizontal lacerations are just really difficult to
    deal with compared to more vertical ones. You just can't be as fast when
    suturing them. Furthermore, it's easier to accidentally get goods on
    them, especially on the last one that you suture for some reason.
    Nevertheless, what I recommend to get cools on these is to make a "w"
    shape with the sutures. And I don't mean the capital W (though this can
    work too), I mean the squiggly lower-case one. Make them relatively big 
    so that they cover the length of the lacerations and you'll get the cool.
    If you get a good in any place you will definitely not get the XS so just
    restart unless you want to practice the rest of the operation.
    
    If you did things correctly and fast enough, the vitals should still be
    just above 30. Remember, you can't let them fall below that or you won't
    get the XS. Take the time to inject just a single syringe of stabilizer
    to get them up to 40, then begin work on the 3rd degree burn. Like
    Tomoe says, you gotta inject the coolant from the blue vial into the
    burn. Note that the amount you have to inject is absolutely TINY, so
    there is no need to waste time filling the syringe. Just get a tiny bit,
    inject it, and it'll work. This'll make the scalpel line appear around
    it. Switch to the scalpel and begin cutting. You have to pass through
    all the dots. It's very important that you do it fast but not so fast
    that you start missing dots and have to go back. Do go back if you miss
    a dot, but generally speaking it's just plain better if you get them all
    in one pass. After you're done, grab the burn with the forceps and place
    it on the tray. Here's something to keep in mind: if you did it fast
    enough, there will only be a single blood pool when you remove the burn.
    If a second blood pool forms, that means you were too slow and you're off
    to a bad start. It doesn't necessarily mean you can't get the XS, I mean,
    you could save time in other places... theoretically.
    
    Anyway, drain that pool, then place 4 membranes on the burn. Remember,
    it's lenient enough that you can place those membranes VERY fast. Once
    all 4 are in place, don't gel them just yet. Now that nothing major is
    happening yet, take the time to inject three full syringes of stabilizer
    and get the vitals close to max. It's important that you do this fast and
    that you don't accidentally miss the bottle when refilling. What's that
    you're saying? "Who cares if I miss the bottle?" Maaaan you don't get it.
    Every tiny seemingly insignificant waste of time makes a difference in
    this operation. Use the warping method too.
    
    When filling the syringe or injecting with it, you may notice that as 
    long as you have the button pressed, and as long as the syringe hasn't 
    finished filling up/emptying out, you can move the wiimote as much as 
    you want and the cursor won't move. But as soon as the syringe is done 
    filling/emptying, the cursor will appear where you are currently 
    pointing the remote. Using this trick, you can save some time. You 
    can move the remote over to the stabilizer bottle while the 
    syringe is injecting, and when it's done the cursor will already be over
    the bottle, which means you can immediately fill it up 
    again. It works the same the other way. While it's filling up you can 
    move away from the bottle and inject immediately.
    
    Now gel over the 4 membranes. Once this is done, we'll have to move over
    to the legs with the magnification tool. At this point you can finally
    hit the skip button, but make sure that you have the control stick
    pointed towards the ultrasound and begin moving to the left with B
    immediately. We'll treat the bottom burn first since it's not so bad and
    if we leave it like that it'll turn into a third degree one. First drain
    the two pools, then switch to the forceps.
    
    We're going to extract the wire first. This one's tough at first. It
    might seem like it has a really weird shape and that you have to extract
    it in a funky way, but in reality we can keep it pretty simple. You just
    have to extract it in two directions. First to the left, and when it's
    halfway out, change the direction you're pulling to the 10-11 o' clock
    direction. Don't be recklessly fast with it. Keep the speed down to the
    limit where you can reliably make the change of direction. Place it on
    the tray to the right and then immediately begin placing the 2 membranes
    on the burn while you have the forceps out. Then gel them both as well
    as the wire wound in one go.
    
    Next we'll move on to the lacerations. These are actually easier than
    the first 3 we sutured before. Maybe because they're slightly more
    vertical? Either way, drain the blood pool on them and suture them.
    Keep the number of passes somewhere between 4 and 7 and you should get
    the cools. Like I said, these seem to be more lenient than the previous
    ones so it shouldn't be much of a problem.
    
    Once that's done, switch to the forceps and extract the glass shard.
    This is a long one so make sure that you pull straight perpendicular
    to the wound and keep pulling until it's ALL out. Don't go jumping the
    gun and stopping prematurely. Just pull it really far up to be safe.
    Then gel the wound and switch to the syringe.
    
    Vitals should now be in the 40s, which is cutting it kinda close, so
    inject a single syringe full of stabilizer to get them up to the 50s.
    Then quickly inject the coolant into the burn on the right. If you've
    done things fast enough, no blood pool should have formed by now on it.
    If a pool did form, it means you're being too slow and you'll get a miss 
    if you try to inject the coolant. The scalpel line will appear around the
    burn. Hey, is it me or does this burn have an African shape? I mean look
    at it. Anyway, furthermore, if you are fast enough, you can cut out this
    burn and then remove it before the pool forms! If you're too slow, the
    pool will form while you're cutting. In that case, just ignore it,
    finish cutting, and drain it after you've removed the burn with the
    forceps. Don't worry, you won't get a miss from removing it if there's
    a blood pool in the way. Once that's done, drain the pool (or pools if
    you were too slow), and then place 3 membranes on it, then gel them.
    
    We'll not move on to the burn on the far left. It'll probably have 
    accumulated 2 pools by now, so drain them both. At this point vitals are
    probably in the 30s, which is, again, cutting it kinda close, so inject
    stabilizer once to get them back up to the 40s, then inject the coolant.
    Remember, the amount of coolant you have to inject is tiny, so don't
    waste time filling up the entire syringe or nuthin'. Cut it out same as
    last time, then remove it. Drain the single pool that'll form and then
    place the 2 membranes. Now, before you gel them, inject 2 full syringes
    of stabilizer so that you get the vitals up to 60. This'll be the last
    time you raise them. Now gel the 2 membranes and immediately move back
    to the right with the magnification tool.
    
    There'll be 2 new burns (HOW?!) as well as a crapload of rashes. When
    moving to the right, adjust the screen so that when you arrive, you're
    able to see the entire area, from the topmost rash down to the one on
    the very bottom.
    
    First, drain the 2 blood pools, then switch to the forceps and place the
    4 membranes one right after the other. 2 on each burn. When that's done,
    start gelling them as well as ALL of the rashes in one go. The way I
    recommend doing this is to first gel the membranes on the top burn but
    spread it wide enough that you also get the 2 rashes on each side, then
    move on to the membranes on the bottom and gel in a circular motion so
    that you get the 4 rashes around it. I also recommend that you memorize
    more or less how long it takes to get the OKs so that you can stop
    immediately without wasting time.
    
    We're almost done, but there are 3 shadows under the skin that we have
    to treat. Two of them are above where the bottom burn used to be, and the
    other one is to the left and a bit below. Again, I suggest that you
    memorize the locations of the shadows so that you can get them out
    immediately. They will always appear in the same spot. Use the scalpel
    to open them. Unlike previous Trauma Centers, judicious use of the 
    scalpel won't cause lacerations, so feel free to keep it active the
    entire time while cutting the shadows. Cut all three of them one after
    the other, then drain the three blood pools, and then suture them in
    the same order that you drained the pools (otherwise a second pool might
    form on the first one). To get the cools on these lacerations you just
    have to make 3 passes. So all you have to do is make an "N" shape. You
    can make more passes if making only 3 is too uncomfortable but it's not 
    necessary.
    
    And we're done, but there's one final thing to do. The patient will go
    into cardiac arrest and we'll have to use the defibrillator. This is
    the important trick to getting the XS that you have to be aware of: you
    do NOT have to revive the patient. You only have to use the defibrillator
    once. That means it's not necessary to stop the gauge in the green part!
    So what I recommend doing is this. As soon as you've sutured the final
    laceration, pull your arms back so that they're close to your torso and
    HOLD DOWN the Z and B buttons! Wait for the nunchuck icon to appear
    (do NOT jump the gun please, god), and then extend your arms forward.
    If you're already pressing Z and B then the defibrillator will activate
    immediately once you extend your arms and the operation will end.
    
    And that'll be it. Again, this operation is real damn hard. If you
    get even one good you've failed. But even if you get all the cools you
    still have to work TURBO fast so that you finish in 1:20. It's going to
    take a huge amount of tries, but don't get discouraged. It's not
    impossible! Hang in there and you'll eventually get it. And the more
    times you do it, the more consistently you'll be able to XS it.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/9IX1qF
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                ====================
                                === Maria Torres ===
                                ====================
    
                              === Desperate Rescue ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 2 times
    -All patients transported
    -Cool > 25 times
    -Defibrillator used < 1 times
    
    Lol. This operation is really easy (or maybe it just looks easy compared
    to the previous operation). Mainly because you can be slower than a
    snail, do everything totally calm and calculated, or get a couple goods,
    hell, even a bad, 2 misses, and STILL get the XS. COME ON guys, kinda
    going overboard with the leniency here? Still, it's got some pretty epic
    music so I'll forgive them...this time.
    
    Hit the skip button as soon as the operation starts and the patient
    you're on will go into cardiac arrest. Like Mournful Hero, this guy will 
    do this 3 times until he can be stabilized. However, unlike Mournful
    Hero, he won't do it during regular intervals. It'll be random, and
    depending on when he decides to go into cardiac arrest (fickle bastard),
    you'll do things a little bit differently. But like I said, he'll do this
    immediately and you'll have to start doing chest compressions. You
    already know how to do this from the first mission: Loosen up for this. 
    Begin smacking down the wii remote as if you were hammering a nail with 
    it. The way I like to do it is to have my palm facing downward so that
    I can snap my wrist more easily.  Make sure to begin doing it as SOON as 
    the hands appear. Hammer down each time the hands on the screen come 
    down. You CAN simply hammer rapidly with no regards to anything and 
    still get the cool but that's tiring and there's no reason to do that 
    when doing it in tandem is so easy. It takes 5 compressions to get the
    cool. Count them so that you're ready to switch patients after the
    fifth one.
    
    After the fifth compression, press A on the second patient icon to switch
    to her. It might take a few presses because the icons don't become
    available after a couple seconds when the chest compressions are done.
    The screen will pan out and the scissor line will appear. Press A on the 
    scissors icon to the right. This'll make the scissors appear. We gotta 
    cut the patient's shirt off now. Move the position of the scissors by 
    turning your wrist to the right or to the left. You'll have to cut along 
    the blue lines from one dot to the next. To do this correctly you have 
    to align the left blade (the one that's glowing yellow) with the line. 
    It's not too tough, really. You can do this part pretty fast. Not that
    you have to. You never have to rush at all throughout this operation.
    
    Once the shirt is off, you'll find 3 wounds. Two of 'em have a blood
    pool so grab a single gauze from the right and absorb both pools with it.
    Now switch to the forceps and begin placing the synthetic membranes. Two
    on each wound. Note that they are smaller and slightly less lenient than 
    on the previous operation, so you should try not to rush. Just place 
    them all calmly so you don't get a miss. Once all 6 are in place, gel
    over them and then switch to the tape. Now. Be careful in this part. We
    are going to apply 3 tapes. The ones on the right are not much of a
    problem, but the one on the left can be a little tricky. So tape that
    one first. To get the cool I recommend going from left to right. Start
    from the left edge, about 1/4 of the way up from the bottom-left corner,
    and finish on the right edge about 1/4 of the way down from the top-right
    corner. Don't go very far past the edge of the membrane or you risk
    getting a good. Not that it would make you fail the operation, but if
    we get all the cools it means we can be even slower so why not. After
    that, tape the other two. Those are more lenient, so you can do it with
    less fear. You should tape diagonally from top to bottom.
    
    Once that's done, the camera will transition to, I dunno, a bit higher
    up on the patient? Whatever. More importantly, once that happens the
    reinforcements will arrive. All patients' vitals will max out and the
    epic music will start! Let's do this thang! Grab a gauze from the lower
    right while this is happening and begin absorbing the blood pools. There
    are only 2 so you only need to use one gauze. Once they're absorbed,
    switch to the forceps and place the two membranes on the wound. This one
    is mildly deceptive so you'll want to take it slow. I recommend going 
    diagonally from left to right. Start on the left edge of the membrane,
    about 1/4 of the way up from the bottom-left corner. When you start, 
    stick closer to being inside it rather than outside the edge. Take the
    tape all the way to the top-right corner exactly and end there. That
    should get you the cool. 
    
    That'll stabilize the patient and we'll move back to the first one. If
    you're lucky, he'll go into his second cardiac arrest here. If he does,
    go ahead and do the 5 chest compressions. If he doesn't, welp, that's
    too bad, we'll just have to move on and come back later. Either way,
    switch to the second patient icon now. Yeah, the one with an exclamation
    mark. That one.
    
    Oh jesus! This one's ugly. He's got 6 wounds and 4 glass shards stuck
    in him. This is actually the hardest part of the operation, so heads up.
    And not because of the glass shards. First, hit the talk icon down there.
    Then switch to the forceps and begin extracting all the shards. The
    trick with these guys is to grab them and then pull them out making as
    straight a line as possible the entire way. Of course, said line must
    be perpendicular to the cut they're lodged in. As long as you keep it
    steady and don't take them out too fast you'll get those cools. Once
    that's done, you'll have to place 8 membranes on the wounds. The two
    big ones require 3 membranes each, while the two small ones only require
    one. The tiny ones just need to be gelled, which you should do along with
    all of the membranes after you have placed them all.
    
    Switch to the tape. Now comes the difficult part. Why difficult? Because
    those two small wounds are cunts and very likely to give you goods.
    They're just not lenient. Fortunately, I'll tell you exactly what you
    have to do to ensure those two cools. Unlike all the previous ones, you
    should not try to tape these diagonally because the risk of getting a
    good is too big like that. Instead, you should apply the tape vertically
    from top to bottom. First of all, take this extremely slow. You want to
    make sure that you start EXACTLY on the top edge of the membrane right 
    in the middle and then end EXACTLY on the bottom edge, again, right in
    the middle. Do not go over the edges even a little bit. Make sure that
    the tape is VERTICAL when you finish placing it. Again, remember to do
    it very slowly!
    
    Once those two are done, you can relax because the worst part's over.
    Tape the other two series of membranes diagonally from the top-left
    corner down to the bottom-right corner. Try not to go too much over the
    edges, but don't worry, these aren't as bad as the other two. That'll
    stabilize this patient.
    
    You'll go back to the first one. If he didn't have his second cardiac
    arrest yet, chances are he'll have it now, so do the 5 chest compressions
    same as last time. If he already had his second cardiac arrest 
    previously, chances are good he won't have the next one right now. A new
    patient will also arrive at this point, and this is the next one we have
    to treat, so press A on the last patient icon. Now, immediately after
    you press it, pull back your arms close to your torso! We're using the
    defibrillator! It's very important that you revive the patient in a 
    single shot by hitting Z and B on the green part of the bar. It's pretty 
    easy, after doing it a few times you should be getting it every time 
    without much effort. If you don't, though, then just restart because
    you're not getting the XS.
    
    After that, you'll do chest compressions. Wha? I thought we just used
    the defibrillator successfully. Why do we need chest compressions.
    Whatever man, I ain't no doctor. Do the 5 compressions same as always.
    Then we'll have to intubate. This is pretty easy and lenient so you can 
    do it fast without having to be very precise. Point the cursor on the 
    blue circle at the top of the tube and hold down A, then move the pointer
    in a straight line down all the way to the bottom, then release the A
    button, move the pointer again to the blue circle, hold down A and repeat
    it. Keep doing this the 3 or 4 times it takes until the tube is all the
    way in and you're done with this patient!
    
    You'll now move to the third patient, and a brand new one will get added
    to the list! If the first patient had his second cardiac arrest at the
    earliest possible, he might be having his third one right now. But, then
    again, maybe not. So forget 'im. He can resist anyway. Switch to the 
    newly arrived patient. The fourth one. Yeah. That one. 
    
    Oh another cardiac arrest? This is starting to get ridiculous. Is that
    the hip thing to do nowadays? Do the 5 chest compressions it takes. 
    Then we'll move on to the right arm. There are two wounds but the left
    one is bleeding. Bleeding bayud. So we gotta apply a torniquet. If you 
    try to mop the pools it's just gonna keep on bleeding. Press A on the
    torniquet icon and you'll see a white circle appear on his upper arm.
    Press and hold A on this circle to make a second circle appear on the
    other side of the arm. Just make the pointer touch this circle, then
    go back to the first circle and release A while the pointer is inside
    it. That'll apply the torniquet. Nothing too complicated. The only way
    to muck it up is to release the A prematurely.
    
    Once that's done, grab the gauze on the right side of the screen and
    use it on the mass of blood pools. One gauze won't be enough, so just
    apply it for a fraction of a second until it begins to get soaked and
    then grab another one to finish the job. Next, it's time to place three
    synthetic membranes on the wound, as well as 2 on the other wound to
    the right, so switch to the forceps and do it, then tape them both
    diagonally. These are pretty lenient so don't worry. Just do it the
    same way you've done the rest. 
    
    Dude isn't stabilized quite yet though, we still have to secure a blood
    transfusion. Gel the white dot, then press A on the needle icon that
    appears on the right and inject it right on the green dot. Remember that
    the dot is small and you have to be very precise or you'll get a miss.
    Not that getting one miss matters here or anything, but come on. Besides,
    he's almost dead anyway, you don't know if poking him with that needle
    will finish him off. So take this part slow and make sure you know where
    you're injecting that thing. Either way, once you've put the needle in, 
    grab the bandage on the bottom right with A, then quickly press and hold 
    A on the circle that appears to the right of the arm. Don't worry here, 
    you can't get a miss if you somehow don't hit the circle. When you do, 
    make circles with the remote. Just go wild and spin it as fast as you 
    can, you can't get a miss here. My recommendation for doing this is to 
    make the circles counterclockwise if you're right handed like me and to 
    make them as small as possible so you can complete them faster. It 
    should take you less than a second to do it. Alternatively, you can just 
    shake the wiimote up and down, or, I dunno, diagonally, or however it
    feels best to you. Doesn't really matter. Point is, the patient will
    now be stable.
    
    We'll now move back to the third patient, but quickly switch to the
    first one because this guy's heart stopped beating like a year ago and
    he's almost dead. You'll now do chest compressions on him for the third
    and final time. After that, you'll have to intubate him. Do it exactly
    the same way as the other patient and we're done with this guy. 'bout
    fricken time.
    
    Only two left. We're almost done. The left one is actually immortal or
    some'n as long as you don't ask him what's wrong, so leave him alone 
    for now and move to the right one. Cut the pant leg off with the
    scissors, same way as last time. 
    
    Nothing special or out of the ordinary here. Just two wounds. Drain the
    single blood pool with a gauze, then place 4 membranes, gel them and
    tape them diagonally. You'll want to go from the middle of the top edge
    down to the middle of the bottom edge with both of them. It's pretty
    lenient though so don't sweat it. Once that's done, we'll have to
    cut the OTHER pant leg. This time there's only one wound but it's a
    pretty big one with 3 blood pools so you'll have to use two gauzes and
    place 4 membranes. Apply the tape diagonally from the top-left corner
    all the way down to the bottom-right corner. We're done here.
    
    Ok! Last patient! Talk to him and we'll find out he has a broken wrist.
    Oh that's it? Walk it off, pussy. I regularly break my wrist playing
    this game.
    
    Anyway, press A on the broken bone icon, and you'll see the blue circle
    appear on his hand. Press and hold A on it, then move it to the right as 
    far as you can. You'll have to release the button and grab it a second 
    time to pull it all the way though. Just remember, the second time you 
    grab it you need to press A on the hand itself and not in the blue 
    circle. The trick with these dislocations is to move the arm FAST. Don't 
    hold it for very long or vitals will get pulverized. If you do it right 
    you should get it done and have vitals still close to 60, whereas if you 
    hold it for very long it can get to critical in a couple seconds flat. 
    Don't worry about being gentle. That's a lie.
    
    Once it's back in place, press A on the splint icon to have the splint
    appear. The blue icon will appear outside of the splint this time. Press
    A on the splint itself and then yank it to the left. This'll cause the
    second splint to show up on the other side of the arm. Grab this one and
    yank it to the right in the same way, then grab the bandage and apply
    two of them on the white dots. You already know how to do this.
    
    We'll not move to the other arm. Oh what, this one's broken too? And
    that ain't all, there's actually one more patient left after this. But
    we've got it under control. Hit the talk icon, then the broken bone icon
    and yank the arm all the way to the right. You can actually get it all
    the way in a single shot! But if you don't, no big deal, do it in two.
    Apply the splint just like you did a few seconds ago and then bandage
    twice to finish with this patient.
    
    The final patient will now arrive. This is the last one for really realz
    this time. There's not much to do here but you have to be careful. He
    has 2 glass shards stuck on him as well as 3 wires. We can't do anything
    about the wires 'cause that's CR-S01's job. Maria's too small-time for
    that. So anyway, all we have to do is extract the shards, BUT, you can't
    hit the wires while you have a shard grabbed. Why? ...good question.
    I guess Maria forgot that she can actually move in 3 dimensions? Who the
    hell knows. Anyway, first extract the bottom shard. Same way as always,
    making as straight a line as possible perpendicular to the wound. Once
    all of it is out, don't just move it to the right like you normally
    would to place it on the tray! You'll hit the wire on the right. Instead,
    move back down the exact opposite direction you extracted it in and go
    below the right wire to place it on the tray. Next, pull out the other
    shard, making sure that you move in between the wires and don't touch
    either of them, then keep moving down, below the right wire and place it
    on the tray. Finally, gel both wounds and we're done! This patient
    normally develops blood pools on the wires that we have to absorb but
    if you leave him for last like this you won't have to deal with that.
    
    And that's that. If you do things like I told you, you won't even have
    to use stabilizer at any point. And if you get all the cools you can do
    it soooo slow and still get the XS, which is what I prefer rather than
    trying to rush and getting goods.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/dac1Fa
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =====================
                               === Hank Freebird ===
                               =====================
    
                             === I Want To Believe ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 1 times
    -Treatment halted < 1 times
    -Cool > 24 times
    -Tore soft tumor < 2 times
    
    Ok, so, this supposedly impossible to extract tumor is actually piss
    easy. The hell is up with those Concordia pussies? The other parts of
    the operation are harder than that. But anyway, overall it's nothing too
    rough, the only thing is that you MUST get every single cool and you
    must be somewhat fast. But not fast enough for it to actually be hard.
    
    We'll start by making the incision as usual. Normally I'd tell you to
    pass the dialogue manually so that you can make it faster, but the intro
    dialogue is kinda long. On the other hand if you skip immediately then
    it'll take you a bit of time to readjust your grip on wiimote. Welp,
    have I got a dirty trick for you! Memorize where the blue circle is going
    to appear and have your cursor there, then press the skip button with
    your left thumb! That way you'll be able to make the incision immediately
    because you don't have to change your grip.
    
    Anyway, that'll get us in. Ew, this guy's got spinal goop comin' out of
    his crushed spine. We'll be cutting it out with the saw. It works the
    same as in the previous Hank operation. Just press and hold the A
    button and do NOT let go of it until the end. To control the saw you
    just have to twist the wiimote to make the turns. You don't even have to
    point it at the screen. Overall it's not tough, it's a pretty chill
    procedure but one thing you have to understand is that twisting the
    remote ONLY makes the saw turn. What I mean by this is that you might be
    inclined to think that when you make a turn, you have to keep the remote
    twisted to continue going in that direction. But that's not true, as long
    as you keep the remote twisted the saw will continue turning indefinitely.
    You have to go back to neutral position after making a turn if you want
    to go straight. Also, the saw might look really big, but the only part
    that matters is that little red arrow on it. That's the part that needs
    to stay inside the path. The rest can go off the margins and it doesn't
    matter. Still, it helps to look at the entire thing to know where you're
    going. A good tactic is to try having the blue guideline in between the
    two sticks. But whatevs. This is probably the easiest part of the whole
    thing. The only thing that you have to keep in mind compared to the
    previous operation is that the saw is upside down. Don't let that
    confuse you when it comes to turning left and right.
    
    Next, we're going to drill the spine to open a hole in it. I would say
    that this is the most important part of the operation because this is
    where you can save (or waste) the most time. You need to drill fast
    but still get cools. Press and hold A on the blue circle that appears.
    Try to more or less memorize where they will appear so you can do it
    immediately as soon as they appear. Then move the cursor away from the 
    drill to start moving it in. Try to keep it in more or less a straight 
    line, though don't worry too much because it's pretty lenient in this 
    regard. Keep in mind that the farther away you pull the faster the drill 
    goes. To get the cool here you have to bring the tip of the drill as 
    close to the red line at the end without actually touching it. If you do 
    touch it you'll get a miss and will have to restart the operation.
    
    Like I said, you need to do this part fast but still get all the cools,
    so the way I recommend doing it is to start moving the drill, then
    quickly move your cursor to only about an inch past the red line (I 
    GUESS the distance may vary based on how big your screen is. Check my
    video if you need to see more or less where you should place it). What
    this accomplishes is that it moves the drill pretty fast, but slows it
    down just a tiny bit near the end to make it easier to get the cool.
    You COULD simply pull it all the way as far as you can and do it faster,
    but it's dangerous because it's easier to accidentally get goods and 
    misses like that and it's just unnecessary to get the XS. Doing it the
    way I tell you will strike a good balance.
    
    After 9 drills you'll open the hole and reveal the...snrk...impossible
    tumor. First you'll have to cut around it with the scalpel. Nothing new,
    just follow the blue line around it. But don't go fast because you're
    not allowed to move past the yellow guideline and it moves pretty dang
    slow. Once that's done you'll be able to pick up the tumor with the
    forceps. Press and hold A+B over it and begin moving it. It's a soft
    tumor so you need to pull it slow or it'll tear. SLOW DAMMIT! Pull it 
    towards the right and keep the movement steady. It's sudden jerks
    (otherwise known as changes in acceleration) that cause it to tear, 
    even small ones, so stay calm and take it out smoothly. Once it's
    removed, quickly throw it on the tray.
    
    We'll now move on to the second tumor. It's the same except bigger. Cut
    around it the same way, not too fast, then pull it to the right with
    the forceps slowly. You can actually pull this one a little faster than
    the previous one. It seems the bigger they are the more lenient they
    get, I suppose? Put it on the tray and then you'll have to get a third,
    even bigger one. It's still exactly the same procedure though. Since
    this one is even bigger you can pull it even faster. 
    
    That's IT? THAT was the impossible tumor? What. A dis. Appointment.
    Anyway, we'll move on to cutting out the synthetic bone to repair the
    broken spine. Press A on the blue circle to start the laser. You have to
    go along the path and stay as close to the blue guideline as possible at 
    all times. If you move out beyond the red lines you'll get a miss. Be
    careful because this time the path is really damn funky compared to
    previous operations. There are two other things you need to remember. 
    Do NOT let go of the A button at any point for any reason. Second, do 
    not go over the lit circle or the laser will stop. Always stay within 
    this circle and let the camera move the laser forward for you while you 
    concentrate on staying within the guideline. It's a good idea though to 
    stay relatively near the fringes of the lit circle because this causes 
    the camera to move faster. The closer you go back to the center of the 
    circle the slower it'll go until it stops completely. I would say that
    the bottom part of the path is the most dangerous one, so here I'd
    recommend letting the camera move the laser forward while you just
    move it up and down to stay within the path.
    
    Also, the old machine's giving us static again. If you try to continue 
    along the path while the static is present you'll get a miss, so what 
    you have to do is stop moving forward once you hear the static. To stop 
    moving, simply slowly move the laser back along the path until the lit 
    circle finishes catching up to you. You'll stop moving as long as you're 
    right in the middle of the circle. Just wait a few seconds for the 
    static to go away, then continue moving forward.
    
    There are three areas with static. Like I said before, you will know
    they're coming because you'll hear them. The camera isn't moving as
    fast as in other operations either so you'll also have fair warning to
    stop. Wait until you hear the static noise twice, then you can continue
    forward.
    
    Once you're done, twist the remote slightly to the right and have the
    cursor pointed on the left side. The synthetic bone will appear on the
    tray here and you'll use it to plug the hole we made earlier. Grab it
    and twist your remote back to neutral position, then place it on the
    hole. Don't worry, this is super lenient. Getting the cool is very easy.
    
    Finally, we'll secure it with two screws. Don't screw up here! Hehe,
    get it? Urp, oh god I think I just vomited in my mouth. But seriously,
    we're almost done and you're not allowed to get any goods. To get the
    cools on these two watch the screw. See the ring the point is attached 
    to? You have to press and hold the A button and release it when that 
    ring is just about to touch the yellow silhouette. Not once it's already 
    touching it. Just BEFORE that point. If you're still not sure where you
    have to release the button, check out the illustration at
    http://bit.ly/aEOHQs
    
    When that's done, all that will be left is to close up the patient.
    Unlike ALL the previous operations, this time the incision was vertical.
    While the screen is transitioning, grab the remote with both hands and
    hold down the A button so that you can use the stapler by only pressing 
    the B button. This will afford greater control. Make sure the remote is 
    completely straight, not twisted to either side. This is the angle you'll
    need for all 5 staples, do not change it. Only move the location of the 
    stapler so that it overlaps with the silhouette.
    
    And that's it for this operation. You don't have to be inhumanly fast to
    get the XS, just reasonably so. The two places that make the most
    difference in time are the drills and the stapling at the very end.
    The rest of the parts can't really be done THAT much faster since you're
    limited by outside forces. Also, you NEED to get every single cool if
    you hope to get the XS. Just one good means you're outta luck.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/aEOHQs
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Tomoe Tachibana ===
                               =======================
    
                                 === Resolution ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Video feed disrupted < 1 times
    -Didn't reach same survivor twice
    -Ran into wall < 2 times
    -Operation completed in 180 sec
    
    The only tough part about this operation is knowing where to go. The
    place is a labyrinth so if you don't know, you'll end up wandering
    around for a while. Once you DO know exactly where you have to go, it's 
    piss easy. It can be completed in like a minute. Not that you even have
    to. The XS is actually really lenient. Something like, I dunno, more
    than 2 minutes maybe? Who cares. 
    
    Anyway we'll have to find 5 victims throughout the operation. Four
    random people we don't give a rat's ass about and Gabriel Cunningham.
    It'll start by flashing us the 10:00:00 time limit. REALLY guys? Ten
    fricken minutes? Try 1 minute. Bitch. Anyway, hit the skip button while
    that time limit sign is out, then wait until it leaves before you start
    moving forward.
    
    From where you start, you'll see that there's a fork in the road. You
    can either go straight or go left. It's worth noting that every time you
    find a patient, you'll automatically return here, and that you have to
    alternate between these two paths each time. Just keep that in mind and
    it'll make it easier to remember.
    
    Go straight first, past the first gate, then the second one, then the
    third one and you'll get to another fork. Take the right path, past the
    next gate, and you'll get to yet another fork. This time take the left
    path, and follow it all the way through to the end to find the first
    person. You'll then be taken back to the entrance.
    
    Like I said, we have to alternate in the first fork, so this time, take
    the path to the left. The place will shake just before you go past the
    gate. This is a good time to reposition your arm back so that you can
    get more distance in the next stretch, which is a long one. Since it's
    so damn long though, there is no way you'll get to your destination
    without having to retract your arm several times. But anyway, go past
    the first and second gates, in the next stretch, be careful with the
    rubble above. You have to pass beneath it so make sure you don't move
    up or you'll have to stop, move back, and try going through again. Which
    is a waste of time. Keep going past the third and fourth gates. After
    the fifth one, you'll get to a fork. You can either go straight, or
    left. Take the left path and follow it all the way to the end to find
    the second victim. You'll then be taken back to the entrance.
    
    This time take the straight path again. The place will shake again. Go 
    through the first, second and third gates to reach the fork in the road.
    We already took the right path when we were looking for the first
    victim, so this time take the left path. 
    
    You'll start to hear the person groaning. This is useful to lead you to
    where they are because every time you get to a fork, you will hear the 
    groan each time you chose the correct path. If you hear no groan, it
    indicates that you chose the wrong path, and you should go back and take
    the other one instead. In reality this is all useless though because I'm
    already telling you exactly where to go.
    
    Anyway, back to where we were. Like I said, take the left path this
    time. This'll be the fourth gate you go through. Keep going past the
    fifth gate (watch out for the rubble!), and you'll get to another fork.
    You can either go down or to the right. Take the path to the right, but 
    take note of the down path because that's where Gabriel is. Go past the
    sixth and seventh gates to get to the next fork. Take the left path and
    keep following it past the 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th and 12th gates. After
    the 12th gate, do not keep going straight. Look up and take that path
    instead. Follow through to reach the third victim.
    
    We're back at the start. Since we took the straight path last victim,
    this time we'll take the left path. Go past the first 5 gates until you
    reach the first fork. We've already gone down the left path, that's
    where the second victim was. Don't go there or you'll fail the second
    special bonus. Go straight past the sixth and seventh gates to reach
    the next fork. Here you can either go straight or down. Go straight. When
    you get to the next fork, take the path to the right and you'll find
    the victim here.
    
    Ok, we're back at the start and we just gotta find Gabriel now! He's the
    hardest one. Go straight (the place will shake again), past the first, 
    second, and third gates to reach a fork. Take the left path past the
    fourth and fifth gates to get to the next fork. Remember that we already
    took the right path for a previous victim. This time go down.
    
    In a related note, is it just me, or do ALL of the victims' groans
    sound retarded except Gabriel's? Also, is it just me, or does Gabriel
    sound an awful lot like Ragna the Bloodedge? Seriously! It's uncanny!
    
    ...where was I? Oh right. I was telling you to go down. Right. Go past
    the 6th, 7th, 8th, and 9th gates to get to the next fork. You can either
    go up or down. Go down. Just before you go past the 10th gate, the
    place will shake again and the light will go out. Is all good though,
    the magical gates will tell us the way. All you have to do is keep
    going through the gates. Anyway, go past the 10th and 11th gates to get
    to the next fork where you can go either left or up. Go left, past the
    12th, 13th and 14th gates and you'll reach another fork. This time
    you can either go down or to the right. Take the right path. You'll see
    many gates stretching out into the distance. Go past the 15th, 16th,
    17th, 18th and 19th gates and you will reach the final fork. The light
    will also return here. Just take the right path and follow it through
    to the end to find Gabriel and finish the mission!
    
    Since Gabriel is tougher to find than the other victims and you have to
    go through a lot of forks, what I recommend doing is just reciting
    "down, left, right, right" and know that these are the paths you should
    take after you get past the first two forks where you KNOW the paths
    you shouldn't take because you already took them previously to find the
    other victims.
    
    For the rest of the victims, it's just a matter of doing it a few times
    until you memorize where you should go. Or you can just, like, pause
    the game and check the directions if that's what you feel like. It's all
    the same. Overall though, as long as you don't get lost this mission is
    really easy. Running into the walls isn't really a problem because the
    tunnels are very wide, and the time limit is way more time than you
    can complete it in. I did it in less than 1:20 and I wasn't even trying!
    
    For my XS video of this mission, go to
    http://bit.ly/cDt1KX
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                 ==============
                                 === CR-S01 ===
                                 ==============
    
                              === Waking Heart ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 2 times
    -Vitals didn't fall below 25
    -Membrane fell off < 4 times
    -Wound reopened < 0 times
    
    Aright, now we got ourselves a real operation! I wouldn't call this one
    difficult, but it's not exactly free either. Generally speaking, as long
    as you get every cool and complete it in somewhere under 5 minutes you'll
    get the XS. Alternatively, you can complete it in closer to 4 minutes,
    get a single good, and still get the XS. So it's not super tough or
    anything. Other than that, it just requires a bit of memorization and
    knowing how and when to do things.
    
    Hit the skip button as soon as you start and you'll pick up where you
    left off last time (using the defibrillator). So make sure you start
    by having both your arms pulled back and close to your chest, that way 
    the sensor bar will easily register the motion when you thrust them 
    forward. Nothing is gayer than getting the defibrillator stuck because
    the motion didn't register. Also wait for the nunchuck icon to actually 
    show up. Don't jump the gun. Try to revive the patient in a single shot 
    by hitting Z and B on the green part of the bar. It's pretty easy, after 
    doing it a few times you should be getting it every time without much 
    effort. I don't think anything particularly bad happens if you miss the 
    green part, other than wasting time, but it's easy to get it right so 
    why not.
    
    Now the view will turn sideways. It's time to go inside the patient.
    But before we do that, quickly inject two full syringes of stabilizer
    to get the vitals close to max. They're close to 50 at this point and
    they should be close to 75 when you're done injecting. Then gel the line
    and make the incision with the scalpel to go inside.
    
    Aw man, the music changed? I like the other one better. Oh well. Anyway,
    there's some pretty serious damage. The entire ribcage basically 
    exploded (weak bones if you ask me) and there're wounds everywhere.
    Now, what you have to keep in mind throughout the entire operation is
    that vitals cannot fall below 25 or you won't get the XS. You'll see
    a hugeass wound immediately. We're not going to treat it right now
    though. It takes too long and there are other easier wounds that are
    also draining vitals, so start by having the control stick pressed 
    towards the ultrasound as the screen is going inside and have the
    cursor pointing upwards with B pressed so that you immediately move
    up once you regain control.
    
    You'll spot two lacerations here. Suture them both quickly. Do around
    4-8 passes. Don't worry, the lacerations in this operation are very
    lenient. Just make sure that you cover most of the length of the cut and
    that the lines stay on it and you should get those cools easy. Once both
    are sutured, move the view over to the bottom-left quadrant. You'll find
    yet another hugeass wound a well as two lacerations beneath it. Suture
    the lacerations first. Depending on you luck, there might be a pool of
    blood from the big wound covering up one of the lacerations and this'll
    prevent you from suturing it. You'll know this because the suture lines
    won't appear on it. If this is the case, first drain the pools from
    the big wound and THEN suture the lacerations.
    
    When those two are treated, it'll be time to work on the big wound.
    Move the view a bit up if you have to to get the entire thing into view.
    Drain all of the pools if you haven't already, then switch to the 
    forceps. First you'll have to close the wounds with the forceps before
    you can suture them. However, you have to take them one at a time. If
    you try to close more than one at a time they'll reopen and you'll fail.
    So first close one shut. You'll see the blue circles pop up. You can
    grab with the forceps here yank it to the other side to close it. Or you
    can also grab from the opposite end and yank towards the blue circle.
    Both ways are good.
    
    When you close it, 4 blood pools will appear. Drain them first, and
    then suture the wound you just closed with the forceps. Sometimes you 
    can suture before draining the pools but often they'll obscure the
    field so let's keep it consistent by always draining first and suturing
    second. Suture the laceration same as any other. It's impossible to get
    this wrong. You can't get a cool, a good or a bad. You'll just get an
    OK. So do it without fear. After suturing, switch to the forceps and
    close one of the other wounds. Drain the pools that form and suture it.
    Then close the other one, drain the pools again and suture it as well.
    Now it'll be time to place the membranes. Grab them from the tray on the
    right and place 5 of them along the guidelines. When that's done, don't
    gel them just yet! Once you do that, some more damage will show up, and
    vitals are starting to get pretty low (in the 30s). So take the time
    to inject three full syringes of stabilizer and get those vitals back
    up to the mid 60s. Once that's accomplished begin gelling the membranes.
    Start with the bottom 3 and then gel the top two diagonally left to
    right. Keep gelling in this fashion even after you get the OKs because
    when that happens 2 rashes will show up here. The gel you're spreading
    here will immediately treat them.
    
    Before moving on, switch to the scalpel and cut just below the bone
    fragment on the right. A shadow appeared here after you treated the big
    wound, and we're already here so might as well take care of it. You can
    use the ultrasound to check its location but just memorize it and cut
    it without looking. Drain the pool and then suture the cut. This cut
    is smaller than the previous lacerations but still lenient. Make around
    5 passes. When that's done, move the view over to the top-right
    quadrant, where you'll see that a large wound has formed for no reason.
    Drain the 3 pools, then grab the end of it with the forceps to close it.
    Make sure not to accidentally grab the bone fragment sitting dangerously
    close above. Suture it just like the other lacerations, and then gel
    the rash above it.
    
    Now we can get to treating the huge wound we saw when we got here. Move
    down to the bottom-right quadrant. By now there'll probably be like 10
    or so blood pools on it. Drain them all. Place the drain over several
    of them at once to drain them at the same time and speed things up. Pools
    will continue forming as long as there are other pools, but once you
    drain the last one, no more will appear. When that's done, cut to the
    right of the huge wound with the scalpel because there's a shadow here.
    Drain the pool that comes out and suture the cut. Then gel the rash
    above and begin treating the huge wound. Do it in exactly the same way
    as the last one. Don't bother raising vitals anymore. Place the 5
    membranes and gel them immediately. 
    
    Finally, we gotta pick up all the bone fragments. It doesn't matter in
    what order you do it as long as you get them all. For the ones that
    are stuck inside the organ, make sure that you pull them out in a
    straight line perpendicular to the wound they're lodged in to get the
    cool. It's pretty lenient to be honest, but getting an accidental good
    isn't totally unheard of either. Move in quadrants. First the
    bottom-right where you already are. There are 2 lodged fragments and a
    a free one. Then on the top-right quadrant there are three lodged ones
    and a free one. On the top-left quadrant there are 4 lodged ones and
    a free one way up on the top left outside of the organ. Finally on the
    last quadrant there are 2 lodged and a free. That makes for 15 fragments.
    Remember to gel all the wounds after extracting the bones. You should
    have finished here with around 8:25 left in the clock. 8:30 if you're
    fast.
    
    Now it'll be time to reconstruct the ribcage with the bones we recovered.
    Have the control stick set on the forceps to make the tray appear and
    begin placing them. There'll be 3 areas where we can place the fragments,
    left, middle and right. You can move between these areas with the
    control stick WHILE having a piece grabbed with the forceps. If you do
    not have a piece grabbed then you will only switch tools if you try
    to move the control stick, so don't forget. 
    
    Now this is the part where you can save (or waste) the most time. Mostly
    because you can waste a lot of time trying to find where each piece is
    supposed to go. They give you the fragments in random order, so the
    order can't help you. Honestly, the best way to do this is to just do
    it so many times that you can memorize where each piece is supposed to
    go and can recognize it even before grabbing it. That being said, there
    are a few tricks you can use to remember where the pieces go.
    
    Firstly, there are two pieces that are easy to identify because they have
    an odd shape. While most of the pieces tend to be much longer than they
    are wide, these two have a closer length to width ratio. The smaller one
    goes in the very bottom-right of the middle area, and the larger one
    goes in the bottom-left of the right area. 
    
    Next, the left area is worth noting because this one is only missing a 
    measly 3 fragments and they are the smallest/thinnest/straightest ones.
    So when you see fragments that looks like this, you'll know to go to the
    left area.
    
    For the right area, when you get a piece that has two points like a
    V-shape, you'll know that it goes on the top-right. When you get a piece
    with a little hook, or pick shape on the left you'll know it goes on
    the bottom. The one above that is also very easy to recognize because
    it's the biggest, longest fragment of all. The one above that can be
    recognized by the fact that it's similar to the top piece that goes on
    the left area, except the one on the left area is straight and smaller,
    while this one is a bit bigger and rounder.
    
    For the rest of the pieces, you'll know to be in the middle area. Of
    those, probably the most easily recognizable is the one that kind of
    looks like the half of a yin-yang symbol (or a mitama, if you're
    demonically inclined). That one goes in the middle left. The rest of
    the pieces also kind of have their quirks that sets them apart, but 
    they don't jump out nearly as much. You can also memorize where they go 
    just from doing it many times until they're familiar to you though.
    
    Before grabbing a piece, make sure that you have identified where it
    goes WHILE IT'S STILL ON THE TRAY. Don't wait until you already picked it
    up to start identifying it. The reason for this is because you should
    first recognize in what direction you will have change the angle of
    the fragment, and twist your wrist in the OPPOSITE direction before you
    pick it up, so that when you change the angle your wrist is closer to
    a neutral, more comfortable position. This way you can place the piece
    more precisely. If you're trying to place it while your wrist is turned
    all the way in some funky way you tend to get pretty shaky.
    
    The angle is actually really lenient, it doesn't have to be close to the
    silhouette to get the cool when you place it, unlike in other operations,
    but don't push your luck either. The (slightly) bigger problem seems to 
    be getting a miss from your hand shaking at the last moment when you're
    releasing it. But as long as you're careful and remember to keep your
    wrist close to a neutral position you should be good.
    
    If you finish placing all the fragments before 7:30 on the timer, then
    you're doing good. It'll now be time to gel them. You shouldn't have 
    bothered using stabilizer at all at this point. Vitals should be close
    to 40. Your goal is to get them up to 45 with the gel while you're
    spreading it on the bones. Don't go any higher than 45 though because
    once you're done gelling all the bones they'll automatically drop to
    45 anyway, meaning anything higher than that is just wasted time.
    
    Anyway, now we're in the last stretch of the operation. There's a lot of
    damage here. There are two huge wounds, two lacerations, and 3 rashes
    (there's also a shadow but forget that). Start by applying gel on the
    rashes. First the two on the left and then the one on the right. However,
    if you're unlucky, the middle rash might be obscured by a blood pool
    from the huge wound. If this is the case you won't be able to gel it.
    You will have to drain the pool closes to it before you can gel it. Do
    so, but make sure to ONLY drain that single pool that's obscuring it.
    Do not drain the rest.
    
    When the rashes are taken care of, move down to suture the 2 lacerations.
    At this point the EKG will warn you that ventricular fibrillation is
    incoming. Remember that you can't be touching the patient when this
    happens or you'll get a miss, so you have to act fast. Gauge how much
    time you have left from the warning to when it happens. Quickly suture
    the two lacerations the same as previous ones, with around 5 or so
    passes. You can do it very quickly because they're in a good vertical
    orientation. Then, immediately switch to the stabilizer and inject a
    quick one. Depending on how fast you did things, you may only have time
    to inject half a syringe, a full one, or maybe even two. Point is,
    gauge how much time you have before Alyssa goes into cardiac arrest and
    stop just before that. Use the defibrillator in the same way you did at
    the very start of the operation. Try to get it on the green bar on the
    first try.
    
    From here on out she'll go into cardiac arrest on regular intervals
    after a warning from the EKG. It may be a real one or it may be a false
    alarm. It doesn't seem to be completely random though. It actually seems
    to be tied to how much you're sucking. If you're doing really well,
    you'll probably have to deal with all of them being real. If you're
    sucking a little bit, one of them may end up being fake. And if you're
    deepthroating a massive one, ALL of them may end up being fake.
    Regardless, stop what you're doing just before it's about to happen, and
    if you see that the organ stops having those crazy spasms, you may
    continue.
    
    Anyway, after that first use of the defibrillator, before continuing,
    take the time to inject four needles of stabilizer. Remember that you
    can't let vitals fall below 25 or you won't get the XS. While you're
    doing this, the shadow above the huge wound on the left will burst.
    That's good. Continue until you've inject stabilizer four times. 
    You should be able to get vitals up to like 60 or 70 depending on how
    much you injected before using the defibrillator. Drain the blood pool
    that formed on the shadow that bursted just now, and suture it shut.
    Then begin draining all of the pools on the huge wound beneath that.
    Start treating it in exactly the same way you did with those same wounds
    during the first part of the operation. The EKG will almost certainly
    start spazzing out before you're done. Gauge how long you have and keep
    working until just before it happens, then use the defibrillator.
    
    Keep working on the wound. Place the membranes, and then check out the
    the vitals. If they're over 40, you're good, gel the membranes and keep
    going. If they're below 40, inject stabilizer until they get to 40
    (should only take a single injection), then gel the membranes. This'll 
    be the last time you raise vitals.
    
    After you finish treating the wound, 2 rashes will appear on either side
    of where it used to be, so just continue spreading gel to treat them
    immediately. Then move the view up to the top-left of the organ where
    a large laceration has appeared for no reason. Drain the 3 pools on it,
    close it with the forceps and suture it just like any laceration.
    Finally, move to the right where the second huge wound is. A single
    rash appeared above it, so gel that first, then begin draining the pools.
    Your goal should be to at LEAST have drained all of the pools before
    the next cardiac arrest happens. If you managed to do even more than
    that, great! Now finish treating the wound before another one comes.
    Place the 5 membranes and quickly gel them, then pull back your arms
    and get ready to use the defibrillator!
    
    You're going to use it three times in a row, but heads up, this time
    it's a little deceptive and it's trying to throw off your timing. The
    first time you use it, the bar will move SLOWER than usual, so take
    this into account. Don't jump the gun when press Z+B and try to get it
    in one shot. After that, pull your arms back again. Wait until you hear
    the beeeeeeeee~ to extend them forward. The second time, the bar will
    move the same speed as usual. Then the third time, it will move FASTER
    than usual, so you have to be quicker.
    
    So that's how it'll move. First slow, then normal, then fast. Try to
    get them all on the first shot, but if you don't, it's no big deal.
    There's no special bonus for it or anything. We're almost done. Time to
    close up the patient. This final suture is very lenient and easy because
    it's vertical. You should have no trouble getting the cool as long as you
    cover most of the length of the opening and make around, I dunno, 8
    passes. Then, gel the area, grab the bandage from the left icon with A,
    and then calm down. The bandage is harder than the suture and your hand
    may be shaky at this point. Hold your right hand with your left to help
    keep it steady if you have to, go from the top of the line to the bottom
    in a straight, steady line before you release it to get the cool. If
    you've been doing very well up to now, you can actually get away with
    getting a good here and still get the XS. But it's better to just take
    it slow and make sure you get the cool.
    
    And we done. To get the XS, your goal should be to get all the cools
    and finish in less than 5 minutes (although you can finish in less than
    4). Other than that, the only thing you have to watch out for is keeping
    vitals above 25 at all times, which you should accomplish if you're doing
    what I tell you. The other special bonuses just fall into place
    themselves as long as you're not doing crazy mistakes.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/dkpEkP
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                ====================
                                === Maria Torres ===
                                ====================
    
                              === So Begins Death ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 2 times
    -Cool > 12 times
    -Convulsions occured < 10 times
    -Vitals didn't fall below 12
    
    Bahaha. This operation is easy street USA. It's really short and has a
    very small number of cools to get. You don't even have to get all
    of them (though you can get away with being quite slow if you do).
    
    Well whatever. There will be five patients, but you should know that you
    only have to work on two of them. We'll start with the first one. Hit
    the skip button as soon as the operation starts and immediately inject
    her once with a full syringe of stabilizer. You'll only be able to get
    one off before she starts convulsing. The stabilizer bottle will
    disappear while this is happening, but keep the cursor exactly where
    it should be and keep the button pressed so that when the convulsions
    stop and the bottle comes back, you'll immediately begin filling the
    syringe. Inject her 3 more times. The goal is to get her vitals up to
    60. You should only need 3 injections to accomplish this. When they
    reach 60, a new patient will arrive. Leave this one here as is and
    switch to the second patient immediately.
    
    While the screen is transitioning, have the control stick pointed towards
    the stabilizer and the cursor pointed where the bottle will appear so
    you can begin injecting immediately. Only inject this guy twice. Again,
    your goal is to make his vitals reach 60. When this happens, the talk
    icon will appear on the right. Press it to have the next 3 patients
    be brought in. Leave this guy as is. We're also going to completely
    ignore the third patient. We will only work on the fourth and fifth ones.
    Switch to the fifth one. We'll take care of that one first because he's
    quicker.
    
    We'll first have to cut off his sleeve, so have the cursor pointed where
    the scissor icon will appear on the bottom-right and press A on it
    when it does appear. Move the position of the scissors by turning your 
    wrist to the right or to the left. You'll have to cut along the blue 
    lines from one dot to the next. To do this correctly you have to align 
    the left blade (the one that's glowing yellow) with the line. It's not 
    too tough but don't rush so much that you get careless and miss.
    
    When the sleeve is off, you'll find 2 innocent cuts. They don't even have
    blood pools or nothing. Switch to the forceps and place 2 membranes on
    each. No need to rush and get a miss. Remember that these aren't quite
    as lenient as CR-S01's membranes. But as long as you're careful they're
    nothing to worry about. Gel them when they're in place and then tape
    them. All of the tapes in this operation are lenient, so you generally 
    shouldn't have problems getting the cools on them. Tape these diagonally
    from right to left. You can (and probably should) go a bit over the
    edges. Tape the top one from the middle of the right edge to the middle
    of the left edge, and for the bottom one, go from the top-right corner
    to past the bottom-left corner.
    
    Now we'll move on to the left arm, which happens to be broken.
    Press A on the bone icon on the bottom right. Now press and hold
    A on the arm, somewhere near the blue circle. Not necessarily on the
    circle but close. Then move it to the left as far as you can. You'll 
    have to release the button and grab it a second time to pull it all the 
    way though. Two times should be enough to get the ok. The trick with 
    these dislocations is to move the arm FAST. Don't hold it for very long 
    or vitals will get pulverized. If you do it right you should get it done 
    without the vitals suffering much, whereas if you hold it for very long
    it can get to critical in a couple seconds flat. Don't worry about being 
    gentle. That's a lie.
    
    Once it's realigned, quickly press the A button the splint icon to the
    right. This'll cause the blue circle on said splint to show up. Press and
    hold the A button on the top end of the splint (not the blue circle) and 
    yank it to the left. Don't worry about being gentle, just do it fast. 
    When that's done, grab the bandage on the bottom right with A, then 
    quickly press and hold A on the circles that appear to the left of the 
    arm. Don't worry here, you can't get a miss if you somehow don't hit the 
    circle. When you do, make circles with the remote. Just go wild and spin
    it as fast as you can, you can't get a miss here. My recommendation for 
    doing this is to make the circles counterclockwise if you're right 
    handed like me and to make them as small as possible so you can complete
    them faster. It should take you less than a second to do it. 
    Alternatively, you can just shake the wiimote up and down, or, I dunno, 
    diagonally, or however it feels best to you. Doesn't really matter.
    
    Next we'll move to the leg, which is also broken. Nothing special here,
    it works exactly the same as the arm. Grab it from the ankle, close to
    the blue circle and yank it to the left until it's realigned. Then
    place the splint and bandage twice, same exact deal. When you've finished
    with both bandages, that'll be it for this patient. It's time to move on
    to the fourth one, but before we do that, make sure to inject two full
    syringes of stabilizer. Otherwise this guy is going to die while we're
    treating the other one.
    
    Anyway, when you get on the fourth patient you'll see that she has 3
    glass shards stuck on her. Switch to the forceps and begin extraction.
    This is actually the most dangerous part of the operation, especially the
    top shard, which is a deceptive cunt and can easily give you a good or a
    bad. Usually the strategy for removing shards is to grab them and then 
    pull them out making as straight a line as possible the entire way 
    perpendicular to the cut they're lodged in. But for the top shard, you'll
    want to move it just a bit lower than you normally would to get the cool.
    The other two can be treated normally. Careful with the one on the left
    though, it's a long one.
    
    Gel the wounds and it'll be time to cut the shirt open. Before you do
    that though, inject stabilizer once. Just once to get vitals up to the
    50s. That's all you'll need to finish. Anyway, open the shirt to reveal
    three wounds and 2 blood pools. Grab a gauze from the icon on the right
    and use it to absorb the two pools, then switch to the forceps and place
    two membranes on each wound. Gel them up and tape them as before. There's
    nothing to worry about, these are extremely lenient. You can even go way
    past the edges.
    
    You'll then move to the right arm. Again, you have to cut it with the
    scissors. There's a wound bleeding profusely here, we're gonna have to 
    apply the torniquet before we can begin moppin' up the blood. If you try 
    it's just gonna keep on bleeding. Press A on the torniquet icon and 
    you'll see a white circle appear on her upper arm. Press and hold A on 
    this circle to make a second circle appear on the other side of the arm. 
    Just make the pointer touch this circle, then go back to the first 
    circle and release A while the pointer is inside it. That'll apply the 
    torniquet. Nothing too complicated. The only way to muck it up is to 
    release the A prematurely, so just don't rush it and make sure the
    pointer is on the white area when you release it.
    
    Now we can mop up the blood. You'll need to use two gauzes for this.
    Then, place three synthetic membranes along the wound, gel over them
    and tape over all three membranes in a single shot. We'll then move to
    the left arm and it's the exact same thing as the other. Exact same
    thing. So just repeat what you already did. Once that's done, the last
    thing you have to do is secure a blood transfusion, so gel over the dot, 
    then grab the needle from the bottom right icon and shove it in the 
    green circle. Don't rush too much, you don't want to get a miss. Make
    sure the pointer is on the dot before pressing the button. Then, just
    bandage it up. The vitals should be at around 15 by this time.
    
    And that's all. Quite an easy operation. Like I said, vitals should be
    at around 15 by the time you're done, which is just above 12 for the
    special bonus. The vitals of all the other patients are irrelevant. Just
    the one you're on matters. You should complete this operation in about
    a minute and a half. Other than that, not much to say.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/9gMzG7
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                 ==============
                                 === CR-S01 ===
                                 ==============
    
                             === Stolen Memories ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 1 times
    -Focus regenerated < 2 times
    -Foreign objects passed < 10 times
    -Collisions < 2
    
    This operation is pretty cool. Not difficult, but cool. Mainly because
    the Rosalia bruises look like a god damn demonic claw is clutching the 
    organ and squeezing it. REALISM. There's not very many cools to get but 
    you basically have to get them all. In addition, you have to finish in
    less than 2 minutes. But in reality you can finish in quite a bit less
    than that.
    
    You start the operation with the patient at half vitals. 47 to be exact.
    Your gut instinct might be to raise them before starting, but don't do
    it. Believe it or not, you can finish the entire operation without ever
    raising vitals and you have a much better chance of clearing the time
    limit if you don't waste time doing so. Start by immediately gelling the
    line and making the incision with the scalpel.
    
    Now we in. We gotsta remove that focus, so have the control stick towards
    the drain and place it over the black ball while holding down the
    button. It'll take a few seconds before it'll start draining, but
    eventually it will. Once you get the ok, switch to the syringe. There'll
    be two vials. The blue one is the vasoconstrictor which is what you have
    to inject first, and the orange one is the sodium hypochlorite which you
    have to inject second. So make sure you remember that! Blue first, orange
    second.
    
    Be careful when injecting, make sure you do it on the focus and not on
    the organ. The focus isn't small or anything, and it's pretty lenient
    so it's not hard, but if you do miss then you'll have to restart. The 
    vasoconstrictor only requires a small amount to be injected (about
    half a syringe), but the sodium hypochlorite requires close to a full 
    syringe to have an effect, so make sure that you fill it up all the way 
    and that you inject the entire thing, don't stop before it's done or 
    you'll have to waste time injecting again.
    
    After you've injected both substances, the excision dots will appear
    around the focus so cut around it with the scalpel. The shape is a bit
    funky but you can pretty much cut in a circular shape and it'll work out
    as long as you touch all the dots. Once it's cut, grab it with the
    forceps and place it on the tray to the right.
    
    This'll cause 2 more foci to appear. It's still the same procedure
    though, so treat them in exactly the same way. You can either treat them
    one at a time or both at the same time, doesn't really matter, just do
    it already!
    
    When the second focus is placed on the tray, foreign objects will begin
    moving through the blood vessels. They will all start coming out from
    the large opening on the bottom right. As soon as you place the focus
    on the tray, switch to the ultrasound and place it over this opening.
    You'll see a single foreign object coming in. To get it out, you have to
    first light it up with the ultrasound by pressing A. Then when it's lit
    up, switch to the scalpel and cut a hole on it to bring it out. Switch
    to the drain and drain the blood pool that appears, but keep draining
    after the pool disappears because you also have to drain the object 
    itself. After that, gel the cut shut and switch back to the ultrasound.
    
    There will be more foreign objects coming in. After that first one
    though, you'll want to start treating them two at a time. Wait until 2
    objects come out. They will be close to each other because they're coming
    out of the same opening. Light them both up with the ultrasound, and
    then cut between them with the scalpel in such a way that you get them
    both out with a single puncture. Then drain both pools and both objects
    at the same time with the drain (because they will be close to each
    other). Switch back to the ultrasound again and wait for the next two.
    The first one will come out like an entire second or two before the
    second object, so don't jump the gun. Wait until they're both out so
    that you can treat them both at the same time.
    
    When you're done with those two, two more foci will appear. In other
    words, it takes until you've treated five foreign objects for the next
    two foci to appear. Now you'll have to remove them. However, the foreign
    objects will continue to move through the blood vessels while you do
    this. Here's the thing though: for the most part, you can IGNORE these
    foreign objects. Absolutely nothing happens if you let them pass through
    the vessels (as long as less than 10 manage to pass through, which is
    easily achieved if you treat the foci fast enough). The only thing you
    shouldn't allow is for an object to collide with a focus. Since you can
    see the objects' shadows even without the ultrasound, what you should do
    is concentrate on removing the foci while ONLY stopping to cut out a
    foreign object if you see that it's on a path towards the focus and you
    will be unable to remove it before it gets there. Note that there's a lot
    of branching paths so wait until you're absolutely sure that it's going
    to collide with the focus. Otherwise leave them alone.
    
    You should first remove the focus on the right, because that's where
    most (if not all) of the first few foreign objects have the highest
    probability of going. If you're fast you can probably remove it without
    having to cut out any objects. Then once that's done, get to removing
    the other one. Hopefully the foreign objects are still moving towards
    where the other focus used to be and you can again remove it without
    having to deal with anything else. But if you do, no biggie.
    
    When the two foci are treated, the demonic claw will appear. It's nothing
    special though. The only thing it does is it changes the direction the
    objects are moving when it squeezes the organ. Shouldn't be a problem.
    Hell, if you're fast it won't even get to do it ONCE. What a pussy.
    Another focus will now appear on the bottom left. Treat it immediately.
    Foreign objects will RARELY ever move towards this area so I doubt you'll
    have to cut any out, and even if they do, you can probably remove it
    fast enough that it doesn't matter.
    
    When that's treated, two more foci will appear in the same place the old
    ones did. Again, I recommend removing the one on the right first because 
    this seems to be where most of the objects go. However, keep an eye on
    the actual situation. If you see that an object is currently moving
    towards the one on the left, maybe you should treat that one first. It
    all depends on what's going on. And if you see that while you're treating
    one, and object is about to collide on the other one or on the one you're
    on before you can finish, make sure to cut it out. If you're fast you
    shouldn't have to deal with very many at all though.
    
    When those two foci are removed, the black claw will disappear. We're
    about done, but before we can finish up we have to take care of the
    remaining foreign objects. Usually there will be three floating around.
    Switch to the ultrasound, light them all up, cut them, drain them and
    then gel the wounds.
    
    The dude's probably got one foot in the grave at this point, but hey,
    as long as he's not dead it doesn't make a bit of difference guys. It's
    not like this is Trauma Center where we had to raise vitals to 99 before
    finishing up. Anyway, suture up the opening. It's a pretty easy, vertical
    lenient one so it shouldn't be a problem. You should have no trouble 
    getting the cool as long as you cover most of the length of the opening 
    and make around, I dunno, 8 passes. Then, gel the area, grab the bandage 
    from the left icon with A, and then calm down. The bandage is harder 
    than the suture so take it a bit slower so that you don't accidentally
    get a good or miss. Hold your right hand with your left to help
    keep it steady if you have to, go from the top of the line to the bottom
    in a straight, steady line before you release it to get the cool.
    
    And that's all. Your goal is to get all the cools and finish in less
    than 2:00:00. Not that difficult. If it had been 1:30, THEN we'd be
    looking at a difficult operation. But as it is, nah. 
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/cbfP5x
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =====================
                               === Hank Freebird ===
                               =====================
    
                            === Spreading Infection ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 2 times
    -Drill miss < 6 times
    -Cool > 90 times
    -Mallet swung < 5 times
    
    Ok. This operation is ENDLESS. Seriously jesus H. christ it just
    goes on forever. But because of that, the requirements for XS rank are 
    incredibly low, so it ends up not being as hard as it should be. In fact,
    I believe that as long as you get all 4 special bonuses you'll get the
    XS, which means that you can miss twice throughout the operation without
    it really mattering. Also, due to how long it is, the time limit is
    pretty much irrelevant. You can take as much time as you need.
    
    There's not much introductory dialogue, only one speech bubble, so
    instead of pressing skip immediately, pass it with A so that you can
    make the incision immediately and then press skip while you're going
    inside the patient.
    
    The first thing we're doing is new! We gotta chip out this bone tumor,
    and to do it, we have to use the mallet and chisel. The mallet is used
    similarly to how it's been used in previous operations, but the chisel
    is new. You have to twist your wrist (the one holding the nunchuck) to
    rotate the chisel around the tumor and align the yellow line on the
    chisel with one of the yellow lines on the tumor before hammering. What
    makes this difficult is that the nunchuck is pretty sensitive, and when
    you make the hammering motion with the remote you may accidentally move
    your other hand a little bit and get a miss.
    
    There are a few things you should understand when it comes to the
    mallet in this procedure. It's not like the mallet in previous operations,
    it's actually much easier to use (probably because they figured if you
    had to keep your other hand steady you wouldn't be able to make the
    strong hammering motion previous operations required). Therefore, it's
    not necessary to use excessive force when doing the motion. Just a
    moderate amount of force will get you the maximum power. The second thing
    you have to understand is that you need to keep the pointer on the
    screen when hammering, otherwise the game has a hard time registering
    the motion. Third, it should also be noted that force is irrelevant when
    chiseling the tumor. It doesn't even matter if you achieve full force on
    every strike or not! You'll get the cool regardless.
    
    With this information, we can use a simple trick to avoid the problem of
    accidentally moving our other hand when doing the hammering motion.
    When you've aligned the chisel line with the tumor line, just make a
    VERY light tap with the remote. This will minimize how much you move and
    will get the chisel in. Once it's already in, slight movements of your
    nunchuck hand will not move the chisel out of the line, which means you
    can hammer as hard and as fast as you can.
    
    So that's what you should do. First strike should be an extremely light
    tap. Once it's in, just go nuts on that bitch. Also, when aligning the
    chisel line with the tumor lines, obviously it's best to get it exactly,
    but when in doubt, I find that it's best to tend more towards the
    counterclockwise direction than the opposite.
    
    There's one last thing you should be aware of. For the lines on the
    left hemisphere, you have to twist your wrist counterclockwise, and
    vice versa for the lines on the right hemisphere. If instead of doing
    this, you twist it the wrong way and simply get there by going the entire
    way around, once you strike the first time, the chisel might SUDDENLY
    slant completely even though you haven't moved at all, and then you'll
    get a miss if you try to strike a second time like this. You'll have
    to change the angle to what should have been the correct one. Be careful
    about this phenomenon.
    
    Here's a pretty cool tip to help keep your nunchuck steady: place your
    thumb to the right of the control stick and press down with it hard.
    Not only will this keep it steadier than if your grip is loose, but also,
    if you notice, the harder you press down with your thumb, the nunchuk
    will move ever so slightly clockwise, and as you release pressure with
    your thumb, it will move slightly counterclockwise. In this way you
    can make more minute changes to the angle while still keeping it pretty
    steady.
    
    When it's all broken off, you'll next have to cut out a synthetic bone
    with the laser to replace what you just broke. Press A on the blue 
    circle to start the laser. You have to go along the path and stay as 
    close to the blue guideline as possible at all times. If you move out 
    beyond the red lines you'll get a miss. There are two other things you 
    need to remember. Do NOT let go of the A button at any point for any 
    reason. Second, do not go over the lit circle or the laser will stop. 
    Always stay within this circle and let the camera move the laser forward 
    for you while you concentrate on staying within the guideline. It's a 
    good idea though to stay relatively near the fringes of the lit circle 
    because this causes the camera to move faster. The closer you go back to 
    the center of the circle the slower it'll go until it stops completely. 
    Generally speaking, I recommend letting the camera take you forward 
    during the straight paths but moving forward yourself during the curves.
    This one ain't anything special, the only part you should be careful
    about is when the path goes down to the bottom and then starts moving
    to the left, because you've got quite a bit of downward momentum at this 
    point and you're going pretty fast, which means you're in danger of
    colliding with the bottom wall, so you need to start moving the laser up
    as you're nearing this part to make sure you don't go off.
    
    Once you've cut it out, twist your wrist a bit to the right, hold down
    the A button and hold your hand with the other one to help keep it 
    steady. It'll be time to place the synthetic bone and believe me, these 
    parts are deceptively hard to get the cool in. You need to place it at
    just the right angle and location on the hole. Grab it by holding down
    B and then twist your wrist a bit back to the left. Now, the part of the
    bone that you should be looking at when placing it is the V-shaped
    crevice on the top. This is VERY important, because if you're looking at,
    say, the bottom part, it won't help you at all and you'll most likely
    get a good. This is because the shape of the synthetic bone is NOT
    actually identical to the shape of the hole and the bottom part will end
    up being completely slanted in relation to the hole. Jeah... told you
    they was trying to throw us off. But anyway, seriously, look at the
    V-shaped part at the top and try to get it to match with the
    corresponding V-shaped part of the hole. That's the only part that 
    matters when it comes to getting the cool. If you place that part right,
    you'll get it.
    
    After that, we'll have to drill some holes in the bone. Press and hold A 
    on the blue circle that appears, then move the cursor away from the 
    drill to start moving it in. Try to keep it in more or less a straight 
    line, though don't worry too much because it's pretty lenient in this 
    regard. Keep in mind that the farther away you pull the faster the drill 
    goes. To get the cool here you have to bring the tip of the drill as 
    close to the red line at the end without actually touching it. If you do 
    touch it you'll get a miss and will have to restart the operation. 
    You'll have to drill four holes. I recommend taking it reasonably slow 
    for this. Pull the drill a lot at first, but once it gets closer to the 
    end move back a little to slow it down. This way you can get the cool 
    without much danger.
    
    Next you'll have to apply the screws. Normally these guys are pretty
    deceptive, but they seem to be just a tiny bit more lenient in this
    operation. Stay alert though, because there will be a lot of them and
    it's still not uncommon to accidentally get a good because you weren't
    concentrating and your thumb stuck to the button too long or something.
    Here's the deal. Watch the screw. See the ring the point is attached to?
    You have to press and hold the A button and release it when that ring is
    just about to touch the yellow silhouette. Not once it's already touching
    it. Just BEFORE that point. This'll be the cue for basically all the
    screws throughout the operation unless stated otherwise.
    
    Once all 4 are screwed, you'll have to realign the next broken bone.
    This part is pretty easy. Just grab each tip where the blue circle is
    and move it to the right, then release it when it's aligned with the
    silhouette. It's pretty lenient so don't worry too much.
    
    Again, you'll be drilling holes in the bone (this time three). These
    are much shorter than the other ones but I still recommend taking it
    reasonably slow. Better safe than sorry. You'll then have to screw the
    plate. Same deal as last time, same place you have to release A. Then
    only thing is that you should be more careful with these and know that
    you'll have to release the A button sooner than the others!
    
    Now we'll have to chisel out another bone tumor. Except this one is
    harder than the last one because it has a funkier shape and with the
    exception of the top longest line, your chisel will be farther away
    and your line will not be touching the tumor lines, making it harder to
    align them. You just have to imagine that your chisel line keeps
    extending past where it actually ends and align that imaginary extension
    with the tumor lines. Other than that it works exactly the same as the
    last time. The only one that you should probably watch out for more than
    the rest is the line that extends to the bottom-left. I dunno, it's just
    deceptive for some reason. When you're about to strike this one, make 
    sure that your chisel is NOT touching the bone on the left. Move it 
    until it's just past this bone before striking and you'll get it in.
    
    After that, it'll be time to laser out another synthetic bone. This
    works the same as last time, except with an all new gimmick! Now tiny
    bone fragments will erupt and fall down the screen, if they touch your
    pointer as they're falling down you'll get a miss, which is extremely
    bad. You have to manuever your cursor in between these pebbles. These
    pebbles are dangerous whores. Not necessarily right now, but later on
    they are dangerous as hell.
    
    You can probably wing it for these and just avoid 'em as you see 'em
    coming, but it's safer to know where you should be ahead of time. The
    first eruption isn't that dangerous and it's tough to get hit by it. As
    long as you're moving forward at a good pace and not, like, touching the
    fringe of the circle, you'll avoid it. For the second one, which is when
    you're going down a straight path, you'll want to be hugging the right
    wall (by wall I mean, of course, the red line that makes the border
    you're not supposed to go past). Seriously. Because a pebble will be
    coming down straight through the left side of your path (unless it
    doesn't, in which case that's even better!)
    
    For the third one, you should remember to hurry! Be as close to the
    fringe of the circle as you can, and you'll avoid them. The next one
    isn't dangerous, just keep going at a normal pace. You're going pretty
    slow anyway and you'll be able to see them coming down. The eruption
    AFTER that one, though, is SUPER dangerous because they will launch up
    higher than the camera can see them! What cunts! Don't worry though, I
    gots your back. There's only one thing you have to remember: Slow down!
    If you're going too fast and you reach the curve, you WILL get hit. So
    what you should do is slow down and make sure that you do NOT reach
    that part until after the pebbles have fallen. Got it? Good. That's the
    last one. Before we move on, I will say one thing, and this is IMPORTANT.
    You MUST move quickly by having the laser relatively close to the edge
    of the lit circle. If you're going slow, the pebbles fall in a totally
    different pattern, which will throw you off and possibly get you a miss.
    So to keep it consistent, you must remember to move at a brisk pace. 
    
    The bone will be cut out after this. Twist your wrist a bit to 
    the left, hold down the A button and hold your hand with the other one 
    to help keep it steady. Grab the bone with B. For this one, that part
    you should be looking at is the finger on top. Man really, look at that
    bone shape, it looks like a fricken arm and a hand that is flipping you
    off! It's totally giving you the finger! FUCKING SERIOUSLY. LOOK AT IT.
    Anyway, yeah. Stay focused on the finger and just make sure that it's
    properly aligned and placed on its respective slot. As long as that part
    is placed properly, you'll get the cool. This is important because if
    you're looking at the bottom part and trying to align THAT, you'll never
    get the cool. The bottom part is TOTALLY off of where it has to be when
    you're aligning it properly. Only the top part matters.
    
    After that, you'll drill 4 holes. Use the same strategy as usual. Then
    you'll screw the plate it. Same strategy as well. Then after that you'll
    chisel off yet ANOTHER bone tumor. It's not any different from the last
    one though, so just do it in exactly the same way.
    
    We'll then laser off another synthetic bone piece. This time around,
    we'll be dealing with static. Which is honestly a LOT less dangerous
    than pebbles. In fact, I would even go as far as saying that it is most
    definitely not, in fact, shit. If you try to continue along the path 
    while the static is present you'll get a miss, so what you have to do is 
    stop moving forward once you hear the static. To stop moving, simply 
    slowly move the laser back along the path until the lit circle finishes 
    catching up to you. You'll stop moving as long as you're right in the 
    middle of the circle. Just wait a few seconds for the static to go away, 
    then continue moving forward. Nothing too special or difficult.
    
    Once it's cut off you'll have to place it. Again, you should concentrate
    on the top part of the piece. Make sure the top protrusion is correctly
    angled and fitted into its corresponding place on the hole. As long as
    that's correctly in place, you'll nab the cool. After that you'll have
    to drill 4 holes and screw the plate it, blah blah we already know how to
    do this. It's the same.
    
    Next, you'll be picking up 3 scattered bone fragments and placing them
    on the tray to the right, then realigning the broken fibula. Simply
    grab each tip where the blue circle is and move it to the right, then 
    release it when it's aligned with the silhouette. It's pretty lenient so 
    don't worry too much. After that, you'll have to reconstruct the tibia
    by placing the 3 fragments you previously picked up. Watch the straight 
    end of each fragment and make sure it's aligned with the straight end of 
    the silhouette before releasing it. They'll come at you in random order 
    from the tray on the left so I can't really tell you where each one goes 
    (though you CAN look at my video to see). Rest assured though that you 
    will never get a fragment that can't be connected to what's already 
    there. So ALL you have to do is check whether the fragment will fit on 
    the top or the bottom. Simple! Plus, they're only 3 fragments so it's 
    even easier. Also, it seems to be more lenient than in other operations. 
    Probably because this op is SO. DAMN. LONG.
    
    You'll drill some more holes next. These are on the fibula so they're
    tiny. Normally I'd tell you to just do them fast because these tiny ones
    are more lenient, but this operation has dragged on for so damn long
    that this point I'll just recommend you keep playing it safe and go slow
    so you don't get a miss. After those two holes are drilled, you'll have
    to screw the plate. Now, the cue is the same as usual, but be CAREFUL.
    The second screw is a trap! You have to release the button much sooner
    than you would think! I mean, like, before the view has even finished
    moving. It's really soon. Sooner than all the other screws.
    
    After that you'll drill even more holes. Christ. This will never end!
    The strategy remains the same, and the screws afterward are the same as
    all the others, although they happen to be even more lenient than
    before (or maybe it's just that it takes longer before you have to 
    release the button), so they're easier to get the cools in.
    
    Oh no you di'n't. ANOTHER bone tumor? It works the same as always.
    Only difference, I guess, is that the shape is even funkier now. For the
    ultra tiny line pointing up-right, I recommend using the top part of the
    tumor (or the hole, if you've already broken the part off) as a guide.
    Keep moving the chisel to the right until it looks like it won't touch
    that part of the tumor, and that's where you need to strike to hit that
    tiny line.
    
    Guess what's next? Oh, we have to laser off a synthetic bone piece? Big
    fucking surprise. This time around, we have to deal with BOTH static
    and pebbles. The static, as always, is not a problem. But the pebbles
    this time are extremely dangerous, so listen up. This is what you have
    to do. For the first ones that erupt, you have to move FAST to avoid 
    them. But not at, like, the fringe of the lit circle the entire time.
    Yeah, yeah, I know that sounds vague. To specify, right after the pebbles
    come out, you'll get to a curve on the path. At this point you should
    not be at the edge of the circle. Keep going, and just before you get
    to the next curve, you'll see a pebble zoom by in front of you. As soon
    as you see this, move at TOP speed to the edge of the circle to avoid
    the pebble that's coming down on top of you. That sounds kind of
    complicated, but it really isn't because it's actually extremely hard to
    be going so fast that the first pebble actually hits you. So in
    practice, all you have to remember is that you have to go fast.
    
    For the second eruption, you must STOP! It erupts just as you get to
    a curve, right? Well, you must NOT go past that curve. Stay right where
    you are until the pebbles fall and you should be fine. What you need to
    remember is that you must be going slow even BEFORE the eruption happens.
    Just say near the middle of the circle and when it erupts, stay where
    you are. This is important because if you're not going slow enough, the
    pebbles will fall in a totally different pattern which will make it
    harder to avoid them. For the third eruption, whatever. Just go at 
    normal speed, this one isn't dangerous. It's easy to avoid. For the 
    fourth eruption, you must again go FAST. As long as you move fast and 
    stay near the edge of the circle you'll avoid them. Finally, for the 
    fifth eruption, you should again go fast, go past the curve when they 
    erupt, and then go BACK to the curve. Stay there and wait for the 
    pebbles to fall, then keep going.
    
    We'll now place the synthetic bone in the hole. As always, hold your
    remote hand with your other one to help keep it steady. The bone's shape 
    is TOTALLY not the exact same as the hole so listen up. To get the cool
    here, this time you should concentrate on the bottom part of the
    fragment. Keep your gaze focused on the two teeth on the bottom, and get
    their angle to coincide with their respective place in the hole. As long
    as you get this part correctly aligned, you will get the cool. Note that
    the top part will look COMPLETELY out of place with the hole. That's how
    much of a trap this is. But it doesn't matter.
    
    Once that's done you'll drill some more holes and screw the plate in.
    Whatever. We've already done this like, I dunno, a jillion times. Do it
    the same. After that, though, we're STILL not done. The hell is up with
    this operation. We'll have to reconstruct another bone. This time
    around there are 5 fragments scattered about. Pick them all up and place
    them on the tray. When they're all recovered, switch your stance. Hold
    your remote hand with your other one to help keep it steadier. Yeah, I
    like to do this when placing bones. I mean, it's still more lenient than
    in other operations, but hey, I'm fricken tired by this point. Don't
    judge me. Watch the straight end of each fragment and make sure it's 
    aligned with the straight end of the silhouette before releasing it. 
    They'll come at you in random order from the tray on the left so I can't 
    really tell you where each one goes (though you CAN look at my video to 
    see). Rest assured though that you will never get a fragment that can't 
    be connected to what's already there. So ALL you have to do is check 
    whether the fragment will fit on the top or the bottom. Nowhere else. 
    Pretty simple.
    
    After that's done, stay in your current stance! Keep both your hands
    together! You'll now be drilling a hole through the entire length of
    the bone. You've done this before, but this time around it's actually
    DANGEROUS, I'm serious. So you REALLY need that extra hand to keep
    you steady. Hold down the A button on the blue circle and yank the cursor 
    downward to start the drill moving. You can do this because you
    won't get a miss early on if you go outside the path. You'll only get a
    miss if you go out once the drill has been moving for a while. Then once 
    it's already moving you have plenty of time to adjust your cursor. Place 
    it far ahead of the blue arrow that appears to keep the drill moving at 
    full speed but keep it steady in between the two red lines that make up 
    the path. This used to be easy but this time it's tough. You REALLY have
    to keep that pointer steady, and even adjust its position WITHIN the
    red lines when the drill is going too far in a direction. Here's a tip:
    you should tend more towards the bottom wall than the top. It seems
    that the way the camera moves causes your pointer to naturally get
    closer to the top margin, so you should compensate by tending towards
    the other side. Don't go overboard though!
    
    After that, we'll be driving a nail through the bone with the mallet.
    This isn't too tough. We've been using the mallet for a while and it's
    not really any different. What IS different, though, is that the power
    of your strikes matters now. You have to use the fewest strikes possible,
    but if you drive the nail too far in you'll get a miss. The first thing 
    you have to understand is that the mallet has three levels of power, 
    indicated by the power meter on the right. You'll notice that there are 
    5 segments. The number of segments that light up indicate the power of a 
    swing. There are 5 segments on the meter but in reality there are only 
    THREE levels of power. The levels are: strong (or full power), which is 
    indicated by all 5 segments lighting up. Weak (or minimum power), which 
    is indicated by a single segment lighting up. And mid power, which is 
    indicated by either two, three, or four segments lighting up.
    
    Now, you're going to have to make hammering motions with the remote to
    drive the nail in. I recommend changing your grip. Normally you have your
    thumb up on the buttons, but for this it should simply wrap around the
    remote as if you were grabbing the hilt of a sword or a hammer. Before
    making the hammering down motion, I actually recommend having the cursor
    on screen. Not sure why but this seems to help with the motion
    registering. Specifically, if you're going to do a full power swing, have
    the cursor as far to the top of the screen as you can (while still being
    inside the screen), and then swing down so that the cursor moves down
    across the screen as fast as possible. It's not just about the cursor
    moving fast though. The actual motion has to be strong (though contrary
    to what you may think it doesn't actually have to be THAT strong, but
    since you can't go past full power, it doesn't hurt to be a bit stronger
    than necessary). Snap your wrist when doing the motion to give it that
    added oomph.
    
    On the other end of the scale, the minimum power strike. For this one,
    you want to make the weakest motion possible. Do NOT snap your wrist
    at all when doing it. Keep it locked firmly in place and simply shake
    your arm up and then down. The amount that your arm has to move is
    minuscule. I'm talking like barely an inch or something. It's actually
    pretty easy to do and I recommend tending towards making the motion TOO
    slight. Why? Because if the motion is too weak then it simply won't
    register, and all you have to do is try again, making it ever-so-slightly
    stronger.
    
    For this nail, you don't need to deal with the mid power strike.
    It requires 3 full power strikes and 1 weak. So, since the weak strike
    is the easiest to do, you should first do the 3 full power ones and
    leave the weak one for last. IF you mess up and accidentally get a mid
    power strike while you're doing the full power ones, though, not all is
    lost. You simply have to change the strikes to 2 full, 2 mid, and one
    weak.
    
    Now stay calm, keep the wiimote held with both your hands. Twist your 
    wrist counterclockwise in preparation while the screen is transitioning. 
    This is the end, DON'T SCREW UP HERE. You already know how to staple the 
    wound shut: Press and hold the A button so that you can use it by only 
    pressing the B button. This will afford greater control. Now watch the 
    guideline and make minute changes to the angle of your remote until you 
    match it. Position the cursor so that your remote overlaps the guideline.
    There's some leeway, but try to have it overlap as perfectly as you can. 
    Remember, don't rush on this part! Though I will say one thing. You 
    actually CAN get two misses and STILL get the XS so if you haven't missed
    up to now you've basically got nothing to worry about. Miss as much as
    you like, it doesn't make a bit of difference guys.
    
    And we're FINALLY done. Jesus. Too long, Clanky. TOOO LOOOOONG. I don't
    approve of such long operations. Not only because of youtube's gay ten
    minute limit, but also because how can a man be expected to operate for
    this long?! What if my hand gets tired? What if I have to scratch my
    nose? What if my eyes get tired and I have to blink a lot? These are
    all actual things that have happened! But anyway. This operation is just
    long. It's not hard. You can get 2 misses at any point and still get the
    XS. You can get a huge number of goods and still get the XS. Probably,
    like, in the ballpark of over 10. And let's face it, no one's going to
    get that many goods.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/brA7XG
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Tomoe Tachibana ===
                               =======================
    
                               === Chloe's Change ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Cool > 15 times
    -Ran into wall < 2 times
    -Blood pool formed < 30 times
    -Stabilizer used < 25 times
    
    Wait, we're operating on a cat now? It's a fricken cat, man. Just let it
    die. No one cares. Bitches swallow crap all the time. We deal with this,
    it's just gonna find something else to choke on.
    
    Ok, no, we gotta do it. First off let's go over technique:
    Have your arm pulled all the way back so that your wrist is touching
    the side of your torso. Lean back on your chair. That's the neutral
    position. When moving the endoscope forward, you want to do it as fast 
    as you can and without having to back into neutral position midway if 
    you can help it. From the neutral position, to go forward simply hold
    down A+B and extend your arm out in front of you. You can get a lot of
    distance this way and very fast. Once your arm is completely extended,
    you should begin leaning your entire body forward to get even more
    distance. If you do this, you'll be able to get to a lot of destinations
    without having to waste time retracting your arm, as we'll soon see, but
    this is also helpful during the parts with peristaltic motion, where it
    can be very dangerous to stop moving long enough to pull your arm back if
    you're in a bad spot. Just remember that you're supposed to lean towards 
    the sensor bar and not the TV. Seems obvious but sometimes we may forget.
    
    Anyway, hit skip as soon as the operation starts and move forward as fast
    as you can without moving the camera. You'll get to the first affected
    area without having to retract your arm midway. It's a hemorrhage and a
    blood pool. Pretty standard stuff. First drain the pool since it may be
    obscuring the hemorrhage. Then center on the hemorrhaging area's blue
    circle and switch to the hemostatic forceps. Hold Z to stop the bleeding 
    and release it as SOON as it has stopped to get the cool. The timing 
    probably takes a bit of practice to get down. What I recommend is doing 
    it enough times that you more or less have a "feel" for how much time is 
    required before letting go of the button. On top of watching of course.
    If you accidentally let go before the hemostasis is complete, don't
    worry, just do it again. You can still get the cool, but you should make
    sure to release the button pretty much immediately after the
    cauterization has started (since chances are good that only a minuscule
    amount more is needed for the cool). It's important to get cools 
    throughout this operation. It's not actually necessary to get ALL of 
    them, but if you get more than 4 you should just restart.
    
    After those two are treated, keep moving forward until you get to an
    inflammation. This one requires the syringe, so center the camera on the 
    blue circle and choose the needle. To get the cool on these you have to 
    hold down the button until the bright light above the blue medicine is 
    as close to the yellow guideline as possible without going past it. 
    Remember, the one that can't go past the yellow line is the brightest 
    part at the top. The duller parts below that can go past it. There's
    going to be a lot of these throughout this operation. Here's my
    suggestion. When in doubt, tend more towards releasing the button
    earlier. This is because if you go past the line even a tiny bit, you'll
    get a good, but before the line there's a bit of leeway where even if
    you're not touching it you'll still get the cool if you're close enough.
    
    Keep going forward a little bit to get to a blood pool. Drain it and
    then keep moving forward until you get to the valve. Careful with this.
    Stop just in front of it and wait until it opens to go through. If it
    closed just as you got there and it looks like you'll end up waiting a
    couple seconds for it to open, you can inject stabilizer once while you
    wait, but go through quickly once it's open.
    
    You'll be able to see the fragment clearly on the opposite wall as 
    you're going in, so keep moving forward without stopping until you get 
    to it. Once you do, inject stabilizer once to get the vitals back up.
    Note that you can only use stabilizer 25 times on this operation. It's
    a large number, but it's not impossible to go over it if you're not
    careful, so whenever you inject, try to empty the entire syringe so as
    to maximize your returns on each use.
    
    Pick up the fragment with the forceps (not the hemostatic ones) to
    reveal the Rosalia colony underneath. The music that starts when you do
    is pretty nice too. Immediately pick at it again with the forceps. When
    you do, it'll burst and blacken the whole area and cause major damage.
    Vitals will drop by 30. While it's bursting there's some time before the 
    affected areas appear, so immediately after picking it, switch to the 
    stabilizer and inject once until the syringe is empty. This'll get vitals
    back up to the 50s and the affected areas will appear by the time you're
    done. We'll have to treat them all. A hemorrhage and a blood pool
    appeared to the left. Treat those first since the hemorrhage is dealt
    with pretty fast and does a lot of damage. Then check the lower right
    to find a polyp. center the view on the blue circle, switch to the snare 
    and hold Z to bring it out. Move it with the control stick and get it to 
    overlap with the yellow ring. You can move the angle of the snare by 
    twisting your wrist (the one grabbing the nunchuck of course) but truth 
    is you BARELY have to do this. The snare almost always comes out at or 
    close to the right angle. Just have it overlap with the circle and if 
    nothing happens twist your wrist to either direction just a tiny bit. 
    Eventually it'll close around the polyp by itself. When this happens, 
    let go of Z, open up the toolbox again and switch to the forceps to pick 
    it up.
    
    Finally, there's a single blood pool above. Before draining it, though,
    take some time off to inject a full syringe of stabilizer to max out
    the vitals. We've still got quite a few areas to treat and it's not
    farfetched to think that they might get dangerously low if we don't max
    'em out now. Once that's done, switch to the drain and take care of the
    pool. The black area will become smaller and more affected areas will
    appear. Specifically, 2 blood pools, a hemorrhage, and an inflammation.
    Since we've already got the drain out, deal with the 2 pools first. When
    those are out, treat the hemorrhage, and then the inflammation with the
    medicine.
    
    The black area will get even smaller and another wave of affected areas
    will appear. Since we've already got the needle out, move the camera to
    the left and treat the inflammation first. Next treat the hemorrhage
    above, then move down to start working on the polyp. This polyp is worse
    than the other one and requires an injection of medicine before we're
    able to excise it with the snare. The reason we didn't treat it after
    the first inflammation is because once you snare it, it'll cause another
    hemorrhage and blood pool to appear. Since the hemorrhage will appear
    exactly where you're pointing the camera, immediately switch to the
    hemostatic forceps and treat it right there. The only exception to this
    is if the blood pool appears right on top of it. In which case you will
    have to drain it first. Drain the remaining pools and pick up the 
    excised polyp. We're done with this colony, but turns out there was
    another one, so we ain't done. You'll automatically get moved to the
    intestine, where you'll immediately see a blood pool on the right, an
    inflammation on the left, and a polyp above. Drain the pool first, then
    the inflammation. You'll have to move forward a tiny bit to get in
    range of it. Then snare the polyp and pick it up.
    
    Vitals will be stupidly low at this point, but if you did things
    correctly you won't have had to raise them yet. Now that we're outta the
    woods (for now), though, take the time to inject two full needles of
    stabilizer and get them back up. When that's done, it'll be time to move
    forward. Now you'll have to start being really careful because the parts
    with peristaltic motion begin here, and it's even MORE dangerous than
    before since this damn cat is so damn small. What you have to keep in
    mind during these parts is that the walls move forward, therefore you
    move back because your movement is independent of them. Ok, that's not
    really how peristaltic movement works but shut up. That's how we're going
    to look at it. So because of this, when you stop moving for a second or
    two (i.e: when you're retracting your arm to go back into neutral 
    position), you should understand that you've moved back slightly. 
    Therefore, before you continue moving, you should compensate for that
    loss of ground by moving slight forward again before continuing. What
    happens if you don't do that? Well, let's say you stop just before a
    curve. While you're retracting your arm said curve moves forward a bit,
    and if you're expecting it to be in the same place, you may end up
    hitting the wall when you make the turn. And then you're screwed. 'cause
    you gotta restart. Anyway, other than that, I also recommend getting
    used to moving forward while turning at the same time. At first we may
    instinctively stop moving while turning and only move forward in
    straight bursts. But again, stopping isn't a good idea in these
    stretches.
    
    But that's not all, like I said, the peristaltic movement is even worse
    in this cat, so unlike before, now it's not just a matter of you hitting
    the wall, but that if you stay still the wall will slam into YOU. So it's
    even more important than ever that you stay moving. Do not stop for more
    than a second at a time. In this one, you can actually get through the
    entire part with peristaltic movement without retracting your arm if you
    use proper technique. Also, for the curves, don't make sharp turns 
    through them. I recommend that you keep going forward for a bit before
    turning. Note that you can actually bump into the walls twice and still
    get the XS. But obviously this isn't recommended.
    
    Once you're past that area keep going and you'll arrive to the next
    affected area. There's a hemorrhage, a blood pool, and an inflammation.
    Pretty standard stuff. Drain the pool first, cauterize the hemorrhage
    and inject medicine on the inflammation, then inject stabilizer once
    before proceeding. You'll have to get through another area with
    peristaltic movement. This one's short and not too bad though. Be careful
    and use the same strategy to get through it. When you're past it, you'll
    reach the next affected area. There's a hemorrhage, an inflammation, and
    a tumor. First drain the pool(s), then perform hemostasis on the
    hemorrhage, then treat the inflammation and leave the tumor for last.
    Before you begin removing the tumor, make sure that vitals are at least
    at 50. If they're not, inject once to get them back up there.
    
    When they're up to 50, it's tumor time. Inject medicine the same way
    you'd do to an inflammation, although keep in mind it requires a bit
    more dosage. Then switch to the scalpel. Resist the urge to center the
    view on the ends of the excision line. Just center it on the blue
    circle then hold down Z. Move the scalpel with the control stick. Go up
    till you cut through the dots, then go down again to go through the
    remaining ones. Don't let go of the Z button. A new line will show up.
    Wait just a bit to let it set in. If you move too fast you won't cut the
    first few dots. Wait a second, then begin going up through the dots.
    When you cut them all, a third line will appear. Do the same thing for
    this one, just wait a sec, then go down through them. This will have
    destroyed vitals, but as long as they're above 50 you can finish the
    procedure. Finally switch to the snare to excise it and pick it up with
    the forceps.
    
    Move a bit down and to the right to find the valve you have to go
    through. Be careful with this one. Position yourself right in front of
    it before you attempt to go through and wait until it's open before
    you move. Once you're through, inject stabilizer once and keep going
    through another stretch with peristaltic movement. It's longer than the
    last one, but the same strategy applies. When you're through, raise
    vitals again and keep going to the next affected area. It's just a
    hemorrhage, some pools and a polyp, although it's one of the worse ones
    that require some medicine before you can snare it. Treat them all, same
    as always, then inject stabilizer once to get the vitals back up.
    
    Keep going forward. You'll get to the last area with peristaltic 
    movement. This is the last and worst one. It's much, much longer than
    the previous ones so you'll have no choice but to retract your arm
    mid-way. Just make sure that you don't do it in a bad spot, and that
    after you have done it, you account for the amount of time you spent
    still by checking that a wall didn't suddenly move in your way.
    
    When you're through, keep going a bit to reach the last area. There's
    an inflammation to the right, so treat that with medicine first, then
    move forward towards the foreign object, and look to the left of it to
    find a hemorrhage and some blood pools. Treat all of those first, then 
    move back to the fragment. You know what to do. This'll be the same as
    when we removed the first one. There'll be a colony under it, and when
    we pick it, it'll burst, blackening the whole area and deal 30 hit
    points of damage. That's right, I just called 'em hit points. 
    
    Anyway, raise vitals, then make it burst. Remember to inject stabilizer
    immediately after it bursts because it takes a second for the affected
    areas to appear. When you've done that, start treating them. Note that
    at this point, all of the hemorrhages, inflammations etc that you treat
    will only give OKs, meaning it's impossible to get goods. So if you've
    reached this point and have gotten all the cools, then you're pretty
    much homefree unless you do something really stupid. Point is, there is
    no longer anything to worry about. Perform hemostasis on the hemorrhage
    below, then excise the polyp on the top left. Note that once you do,
    it'll create another hemorrhage, so immediately switch to the hemostatic
    forceps and treat it before picking up the excised polyp. There's a
    lone blood pool up above. You might have to back up a bit to see it.
    Before you drain it, take some time off to raise vitals to max. When you
    do, the black area will decrease and the next wave of affected areas will
    appear.
    
    There'll be two inflammations and a hemorrhage. Just treat them quickly,
    same as always, it's impossible to get goods so no need to be afraid.
    It'll become even smaller. Another inflammation and a blood pool will
    appear as well as a tumor. Leave the tumor for last. Treat the two other
    things first. At this point vitals are most likely below 50. You can't
    treat the tumor unless they're above 50, so inject stabilizer to get
    them up (ideally to 60). Inject medicine on the tumor and begin removal
    the same way you did previously. When you're done cutting with the
    scalpel vitals will be red again, but don't worry, we're almost done.
    Use the snare on it, and get ready because once you do that, a
    hemorrhage and a blood pool will appear. Since the hemorrhage will appear
    exactly where you're pointing the camera, immediately switch to the
    hemostatic forceps and treat it right there. The only exception to this
    is if the blood pool appears right on top of it. In which case you will
    have to drain it first. Once those are dealt with, simply pick up the
    tumor with the forceps to end the operation.
    
    And that's it. Decent operation, although not very difficult. The only
    thing you have to be careful about is that you don't run into the walls
    (and even then you can do so once), and that you don't abuse the
    stabilizer. You don't have to be super fast or anything either. Try to
    finish in less than 7 minutes and the XS is easily yours.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/9tDfdG
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                ====================
                                === Maria Torres ===
                                ====================
    
                                === Missing Girl ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 3 times
    -All patients transported
    -No mistakes with antiviral drug
    -Convulsions occured < 5 times
    
    This operation is cool. Awesome music, lots of patients, and it can seem
    pretty tough to keep them all alive at first.
    
    Throughout the operation, we'll be injecting antiviral drugs into the
    rosalia bruises to suppress them. There are three vials; red, blue and 
    yellow. Each patient with a bruise requires a specific color to be
    injected into them, and if you inject the wrong one they'll die. The
    white vial is the immunoglobulin reagent which tells us which drug to
    use once we inject it, but it's irrelevant because the trick to XSing
    this operation is first and foremost to memorize which drug to inject on
    which patient. There's no time to waste using the reagent and waiting
    ages for it to work. Fortunately the type of drug required for each
    patient isn't random so if you know what to inject, you don't need it.
    
    Hit skip whenever you want. The patient you start with has a rosalia
    bruise on the neck, and that's it. She requires 3 shots from the red
    vial to be stabilized, but the next patients coming in depend on you
    finishing with the current ones, so let's not stabilize her immediately.
    Inject her with the red drug just once, then immediately switch to the
    last patient. From here we'll begin stabilizing each patient one by one
    in backwards order (the game will automatically take you in this order
    so no need to manually switch).
    
    This guy isn't infected, he only has a broken arm and that's easily
    taken care of. You already know how to do this. Press A on the bone icon 
    on the bottom right. Now press and hold A on the hand, somewhere near 
    the blue circle. Not necessarily on the circle but close. Then move it to
    the left as far as you can. You'll have to release the button and grab 
    it a second time to pull it all the way though. Two times should be 
    enough to get the ok. The trick with these dislocations is to move the 
    arm FAST. Don't hold it for very long or vitals will get pulverized. If 
    you do it right you should get it done without the vitals suffering much,
    whereas if you hold it for very long it can get to critical in a couple 
    seconds flat. Don't worry about being gentle. That's a lie.
    
    Once it's realigned, quickly press the A button the splint icon to the
    right. This'll cause the blue circle on said splint to show up. Press and
    hold the A button on the blue circle (yes, right inside the circle) and 
    yank it to the left. Don't worry about being gentle, just do it fast.
    This'll cause a second splint to show up. Do the same thing with this
    one, except this time you're yanking it to the right. When that's done, 
    grab the bandage on the bottom right with A, then  quickly press and 
    hold A on the circles that appear to the left of the arm. Don't worry 
    here, you can't get a miss if you somehow don't hit the circle. When you 
    do, make circles with the remote. Just go wild and spin it as fast as 
    you can, you can't get a miss here. My recommendation for doing this is 
    to make the circles counterclockwise if you're right handed like me and 
    to make them as small as possible so you can complete them faster. It 
    should take you less than a second to do it. Alternatively, you can just 
    shake the wiimote up and down, or, I dunno, diagonally, or however it 
    feels best to you. Doesn't really matter. This'll stabilize the patient
    and automatically send us to the fourth one. Have the control stick
    held towards the syringe and the pointer close to the vials.
    
    This one is infected on the arm. He requires the same drug as the first
    lady. The red one. Inject it first, then grab a gauze from the icon on
    the right to begin treating the blood pools. If you've worked fast up to
    now, he should only have 2 pools on the right and 1 or 2 on the arm.
    Drain the 2 pools on the right by placing the gauze between them and
    holding A, then get a fresh one and drain the ones on the arm. There's
    a small wound there, so switch to the forceps and place a synthetic
    membrane over it, gel it and then tape over it. To get the cool on this
    you'll want to tape from the edge of the top-right corner to the edge of
    the bottom-left corner. That'll stabilize this patient and we'll move on
    to the next one. Have the control stick held towards the syringe and the 
    pointer close to the vials.
    
    Before you can do anything, 2 new patients will get wheeled in. But don't
    worry about 'em for now. This guy we're on is also infected in the arm. 
    As soon as you regain control inject some of the yellow drug on him, then
    switch to the forceps and begin extracting the glass shards on his
    torso. At this point he'll begin convulsing and his vitals will drop,
    but don't worry about that. You can extract the shards while he's shaking
    and still get the cools (or you can wait a second for the shaking to
    stop if you don't feel confident about it). As always, the trick with 
    these guys is to grab them and then pull them out making as straight a 
    line as possible the entire way. Of course, said line must be 
    perpendicular to the cut they're lodged in. As long as you keep it steady
    and don't take them out too fast you'll get those cools. Gel the wounds
    after all three are extracted and that'll stabilize this one. We'll
    automatically move on to the next patient we gotta treat, who happens to
    be almost dead, but is all good. Also another one will arrive.
    
    This guy isn't infected, he's only got two wounds, one of which has 4
    blood pools on it. His vitals will be critical, but there's no need to
    raise them, we can stabilize him before he dies. Grab a gauze from the
    icon on the lower right and absorb the blood pools first. You'll need
    to use two gauzes so grab a fresh one after the first one gets soaked.
    When the pools are gone, switch to the forceps and place 3 membranes on
    the left wound and 2 on the right. Gel and tape them. To get the cools on
    the tapes for these, for the left wound you'll want to take the tape from
    the middle of the top edge down to the middle of the bottom edge, without
    going over too much. For the right wound you'll want to take it from the
    top-left corner over to the bottom-right corner, again without going over
    the edges too much. When you finish doing this, the patient will go into
    cardiac arrest and you'll have to use the defibrillator. So make sure 
    you start by having both your arms pulled back and close to your chest, 
    that way the sensor bar will easily register the motion when you thrust 
    them forward. Nothing is gayer than getting the defibrillator stuck 
    because the motion didn't register. Also wait for the nunchuck icon to 
    actually show up. Don't jump the gun. Try to revive the patient in a 
    single shot by hitting Z and B on the green part of the bar. It's pretty 
    easy, after doing it a few times you should be getting it every time 
    without much effort. Besides, he'll be so close to death by this point
    that you don't want to waste more time than you have to.
    
    Before he'll be stabilized though, you have to secure an airway. This is 
    pretty easy and lenient so you can do it fast without having to be very 
    precise. Point the cursor on the blue circle at the top of the tube and 
    hold down A, then move the pointer in a straight line down all the way 
    to the bottom, then release the A button, move the pointer again to the 
    blue circle, hold down A and repeat it. Keep doing this the 3 or 4 times 
    it takes until the tube is all the way in and you're done with this one!
    
    Now we automatically move back to the original patient. She's almost dead
    but still holding it down. We can go ahead and stabilize her now. Inject
    two full syringes of the red vial on her bruise and she's done.
    
    Alright, we've finished treating the first wave of patients. We're far
    from done yet, but as I said, the key to this operation is simply
    memorizing which drugs to use. For this first wave, it's pretty easy to
    remember. Just repeat in your head "Red, red, yellow". That's all.
    Simple.
    
    Anyway, now we move on to the next wave. When you've stabilized the
    original patient, you'll automatically move on to a guy with a bruise on
    the neck and nothing else. Forget this guy though, he can resist for now.
    Switch to the second patient, who is the one most likely to die right
    now. She has a rosalia bruise on the neck moving up on to her face.
    First of all, you'll see a talk icon on the lower right so hit that
    immediately, then switch to the syringe and inject a shot of the blue
    vial on her neck. She also has two small wounds on the chest so place
    membranes over them and gel them. Be careful with the tape though! These
    are deceptive and it's easy to get goods on them accidentally. To make
    sure that you get the cools, do NOT tape them diagonally like the arrows
    would have you believe. Also, it might LOOK like they're in a good
    position to be taped both in one diagonal shot, but don't do it. It's not
    a good idea. Take them individually. For the one on the right, take the 
    tape from the middle of the top edge to the middle of the bottom edge. 
    Make sure that the tape stays as vertical as possible (not diagonal), 
    and do NOT go over the edges of the membrane. Keep the length of the
    tape the same as the membrane. For the one on the left, do it the same
    way but HORIZONTALLY. Go from the middle of the left edge to the middle
    of the right edge. Again, do not go over the edges. Keep the length of
    the tape the same as the membrane. That'll stabilize this one and a new
    patient will arrive.
    
    You'll go back to the guy with no wounds but he's still doing good so
    forget 'im. Two more patients will arrive now. Switch to the third one.
    We'll treat this one first because she's a bit of a cunt in that after
    we treat her wounds she can spend a long time crying wolf with the EKG
    and making us waste time. This means if we leave her for later we may
    end up wasting a lot of time just waiting for her to hurry the hell up
    and fibrillate already. So towards that end, first gel her three burns
    until you get the OKs. It'll take quite a bit of spreading. Then place
    the membranes on them and gel again. Getting the cool on these tapes is
    very easy, so you have nothing to worry about. Just tape them all
    diagonally and it'll work out. Now stop wasting time here. We'll come
    back later when she makes up her damn mind about whether or not to go
    into cardiac arrest. Switch to the fourth patient. I think this one's
    pregnant or some'n. Anyway it's easy and fast, only two burns and 
    that's it. Gel over them, place the membranes, gel again, and then
    tape over both of them in a single shot diagonally to get the cools.
    
    You'll now switch back to the previous patient. She might have finally
    gone into cardiac arrest by now, if so use the defibrillator, same as
    the last time to stabilize her. If not, just switch to the second
    patient and come back later. This second guy has three glass shards
    stuck on him. Extract them with the forceps the same way you did last
    time, then gel over the wounds. This'll cause scissor lines to come up.
    We'll have to cut open his shirt. Move the position of the scissors by 
    turning your wrist to the right or to the left. You'll have to cut along 
    the blue lines from one dot to the next. To do this correctly you have 
    to align the left blade (the one that's glowing yellow) with the line. 
    It's not too tough but don't rush so much that you get careless and miss.
    
    Turns out this guy is infected too! Switch to the syringe and put a shot
    of the yella paint into his bruise, then grab a gauze from the lower
    right and absorb the blood pools. Place the membranes on the wounds,
    gel and then tape them. To get the cools on these, for the top wound
    just tape from the middle of the left edge to the middle of the right
    edge. For the bottom wound take it from the top-left corner to the
    bottom-right corner. That'll stabilize this guy and we'll move back to
    the guy with no wounds. His vitals will be much lower now, but he'll
    still be alive. Put a shot of the blue vial into his bruise and he'll
    flatline. Use the defibrillator same as usual to stabilize him.
    
    When you move on to the last patient, four more will get wheeled in!
    Let's take care of the one we're on first. He's easy. Just two wounds.
    Place membranes on them, gel them and tape them. These are pretty
    lenient so getting the cools won't be a problem. Tape the top wound
    diagonally and the bottom one vertically. That's it for this guy.
    
    And we're done with the second wave. Remembering which drugs to inject
    on this wave is pretty easy, all you have to do is repeat to yourself
    "Neck = blue, body = yellow". That's it. Both of the ones who have the
    bruise on the neck require the blue drug, and the other one requires
    the yellow one.
    
    Moving on, only 4 more patients left to go. First off, switch to the
    third one. We'll be treating this one first because if we leave him
    alone for a bit he'll go into some pretty nasty convulsions, which is
    a bad combination with the fact that he'll require a lot of treatment.
    Anyway, he has a bruise on the arm. It requires a shot from the yellow
    vial. The way to remember that you need to inject the yellow one here
    is to remember the guy on the first wave that also required the yellow
    drug. He had the EXACT same bruise on the EXACT same place on the EXACT
    same arm and he had the EXACT same shirt. In fact, he's probably the
    same fricken guy for all we know! But yeah, if you think about it that
    way, it's easy to remember. Once you've injected him, place membranes on
    all 3 wounds and gel them. To get the cools on the tapes, for the top
    one go from the top-left corner to the bottom-right corner. For the
    left wound, go from the top-right corner to the bottom-left corner.
    Finally for the other one, just tape horizontally through the middle.
    When you finish this, he'll flatline and you'll have to do chest
    compressions (what, did the defibrillator stop working?). Oh well, this
    is easier than using the defibrillator anyway. Loosen up for this. Begin
    smacking down the wii remote as if you were hammering a nail with it. 
    Make sure to begin doing it as SOON as the hands appear. Hammer down 
    each time the hands on the screen come down. You CAN simply hammer 
    rapidly with no regards to anything and still get the cool but that's 
    tiring and there's no reason to do that when doing it in tandem is so 
    easy. After 5 compressions you'll get the cool. Finally you'll have to
    intubate him. It works the same as last time. Get that tube in and he'll
    be stabilized.
    
    Three more patients left to go. Switch to the first one, who is in
    slightly worse condition than the second one. Cut open his shirt with
    the scissors and check inside. Yep, he's infected. He's got a huge
    bruise on the torso. This one requires the red drug, so inject it first,
    then treat the 3 lacerations. To get the cools on the tapes, take it
    from the top-right corner to the bottom-left corner for the wound on
    the bottom. For the one on the left take the tape from the top-left
    corner to the bottom-right corner, and for the other wound take it from
    the middle of the top edge to the middle of the bottom edge. Before he'll
    be stabilized we have to secure a blood transfusion though. Gel the
    white dot, then grab the needle from the bottom right icon and shove it 
    in the green circle. Don't rush too much, remember that the dot isn't
    as lenient as other things. Or do whatever you want. I mean, you can 
    miss thrice throughout this whole operation and still get the XS so 
    whatever. once you've put the needle in, grab the bandage on the bottom 
    right with A, then apply it the same way you did to the broken arm at
    the start.
    
    Two more patients to go. Ok, this guy's vitals are a bit too low at this
    point, so before you cut his shirt, inject a single shot of stabilizer to
    get him back up to 20. Anyway, go inside and let's see what we got here.
    Oh, another bruise on the torso. This one requires a shot from the
    yellow vial, so do that, then mop up the blood pools with a gauze
    (or two if necessary), and treat the single laceration he has. To get
    the cool on the tape just take it from the middle of the top edge to
    the middle of the bottom edge. Finally, secure a blood transfusion on
    him in exactly the same way you did for the previous patient to finish
    up.
    
    Welp, final patient! This one...seems to be going pretty good actually.
    High vitals, no wounds. Just a bruise on the neck. Well. Remember what
    I told you? Neck = blue. Always. For this one, though, you'll have to
    inject twice with the blue drug. Just once won't cut it. Once you do,
    though, she'll flatline and you'll have to punch her in the tits.
    This is... slightly harder than the chest compressions. You have to hold 
    down the A button while doing it, there's no rhythm to it, and it seems 
    to be harder for the motion to register. For this I recommend making the 
    motion much stronger and bigger than with the chest compressions. Also 
    do them repeatedly until you get 2 strikes. That should be all you need.
    Finally, intubate her and we done!
    
    To help remember which drugs to inject on the last wave, just think of
    it like this. Neck = blue, always. For the two guys with the bruises on
    the torso, the first one requires red, the same as the first patient of
    the operation, and the second one requires the other color.
    
    That's it for Maria's last operation. Those were a lot of patients, but
    it's actually not quite as long of an operation as you might think at
    first. You can complete it in less than 3 minutes and you can even miss
    more than 3 times. Talk about lenient. You can also get away with a few
    goods, and as long as you memorize the drugs you need to inject and do
    things like I told you, you'll save all the patients and get less than 5
    convulsions, which means getting that XS.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/cO9aAm
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =====================
                               === Hank Freebird ===
                               =====================
    
                                 === Friends ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 4 times
    -Treatment halted < 2 times
    -Tore soft colony < 2 times
    -Blood vessel readhered < 4 times
    
    Oh man, this operation is awesome. Probably my favorite one in the game.
    The big key to this entire operation is the fourth special bonus. That
    is the big decider. Whether or not you can get the XS revolves around
    this. At first it might seem insane. It might even seem impossible.
    But it isn't. We'll get to that later.
    
    Most of this operation is actually extremely similar to Love in the
    Ground. As such, we're going to be using a lot of the same strategies
    at first. Anyway. We'll start by making the incision as usual. Normally 
    I'd tell you to pass the dialogue manually so that you can make it 
    faster, but the intro dialogue is kinda long. On the other hand if you 
    skip immediately then it'll take you a bit of time to readjust your grip 
    on wiimote. Welp, have I got a dirty trick for you! Memorize where the 
    blue circle is going to appear and have your cursor there, then press 
    the skip button with your left thumb! That way you'll be able to make 
    the incision immediately because you don't have to change your grip.
    
    Alright, now we're in. We're gonna cut the vertebral arches with the 
    laser, and you should do it pretty fast. To do this, you should memorize 
    the general location of where each blue circle is going to appear so that
    you can have your cursor already pointing there BEFORE it appears. When 
    it does, press and hold A, then move it down the line. But I think "move"
    is the wrong word to describe how fast you should do it. I think it's 
    basically more like you're snapping that thing down. You can do this 
    that fast because the line isn't that long, so there isn't as much room 
    to go out of it as later on. Not to mention, the operation has just
    started, so even if you miss, big deal. Just start over. Keep cutting 
    those guys up, moving your cursor to where the next line will appear 
    before it does so you can cut it as fast as possible. You have to do it 
    6 times. After that, you'll have to make a big incision along the dura 
    mater. Make this incision very fast as usual, but perhaps just a tiny 
    bit slower than the previous ones because it's so long and thus there 
    are higher chances of getting a miss.
    
    After this happens we'll be cutting out the ependymoma. Again, memorize 
    where the blue circle appears so that you can begin cutting almost 
    immediately without wasting time. Don't just memorize the location of 
    the first one, memorize the locations of ALL of them. Unlike the one in
    Love in the Ground, you'll only be cutting this guy 4 times. First time 
    starts on the upper-right, after that you start on the lower-right, then
    on the left, and finally on the lower-right.
    
    Something that's strange about this tumor is that it causes the pointer 
    to become VERY slippery and move in a slightly jerky fashion while you're
    cutting. This is different from how it moves when you're cutting 
    basically anything else or using the laser or whatever so watch out. 
    Overall it's not so bad though, after doing it a bunch of time you'll 
    get used to the new movement. Also, the camera will be moving throughout 
    this procedure, which will also move the location of your pointer, so 
    take that into account. A lot of times you'll want to let the camera move
    you forward while you simply move laterally to get through curves without
    hitting the walls.
    
    The way you want to do this part is to always be hot on the heels of the 
    yellow line but never go past it. The reason is because if you are close 
    to this line it will move just a tiny bit faster, whereas if you stray 
    too far from it, it'll go slower and eventually stop. On the other hand 
    if you go PAST the yellow line you'll get a miss which is bad, so you 
    don't want to be too fast either. In conclusion, stay close to the 
    yellow line. You can save a little bit of time by going extremely fast 
    for the first few inches each time you begin cutting because the yellow 
    line starts a ways out in front of you, and also by going extremely fast 
    at the last few inches because once the trail has ended there's no danger
    of hitting the yellow line.
    
    When you've fully removed the tumor, the black bruises will appear as
    well as the virus colony. This is the critical part of the operation.
    You'll be cutting the veins, and you have to do this for three colonies.
    Now, the first one is easy. It has stationary paths and no surprises.
    Once the second one comes out though...woah. Ok. Shit just got real.
    Not only do the paths start moving in a wavy pattern, which makes it
    harder and more dangerous, but also it will start secreting mucus,
    which after a while will cause all of the vessels you severed to
    readhere, making you start over.
    
    Now here's the deal. Each time the blood vessels readhere, the time it
    takes for them to readhere the NEXT time increases. The first time you
    begin cutting the vessels, it's absolutely impossible to finish. Go ahead
    and cut them just for practice but don't expect to finish.
    
    Now look at the fourth special bonus. It says that you're only allowed
    to have the blood vessels readhere 4 times at most. That is NOT a typo.
    That's 4 time TOTAL. You know what that means right? It means they
    can only reattach twice on this one and twice on the next one! And what
    this means is that you have to be EXTREMELY fast in cutting them. At
    first it might seem insane. It might seem like it's too little time
    to finish and that there must be some mistake. But there isn't. That's
    really what you have to do and it's not impossible.
    
    To that end, there are a few things I recommend. Firstly, I'm going
    to recommend that you use your other hand to support your remote hand.
    Yeah, seriously. The problem is that getting misses is totally out of
    the question here because they make you waste too much time, but at the
    same time you have to go so fast that it's not easy to avoid them. This
    is why I recommend using both your hands, because this way you'll be
    able to keep the remote steadier and have greater control over it. You 
    don't have to let go of the nunchuck, you can still hold onto it with 
    your thumb, but just place your 4 fingers underneath your remote hand
    as a support. Ideally the index finger should be on the remote itself
    (touching the underside, of course), directly in front of your other
    hand's index finger (the one you use to press the B button).
    
    Next, it's of UTMOST importance that you memorize where you need to
    start cutting each vessel so that you can do it without wasting any time.
    Note that it's actually the same for all 3 colonies, so you don't have 
    to memorize that much. You can more or less tell where you're going to 
    have to cut by looking at the web-like paths beside the veins. You'll
    be cutting 5 times. The first one starts on the right side. The second
    one starts in PRETTY much the exact same place as the first one, but
    the camera will move so now it's more on the top-right so watch out for
    that, but it's really the same place. The third one starts on the 
    top-left, in the same place where you finished the first one. The fourth
    one starts in the bottom-right where you finished the second one. The
    last one starts in the same place you finished the fourth one, except
    on the other side. KNOW this information. It's important.
    
    Other than that you have to be plain fast when cutting them and to build
    up that speed you'll need to do it a lot of times to acquire the 
    familiarity and muscle memory. You have to understand that once the 
    vessels reattach for the second time, that is your LAST chance to cut 
    them all out. If you fail, then you must restart. When you finish
    cutting it out, have the cursor pointed on the thing and hold down
    A+B so that you'll grab it immediately after you regain control. The
    vessels can still readhere even after all of them have been cut, so you
    shouldn't let it sit for even a second. Once you have it in your hand
    it's good. Place it on the tray and get to work on the third one.
    
    The third one is the same except it's soft tissue so removing it will
    be even more difficult. To compensate, though, the vessels will take
    slightly longer to readhere. You still need to wait until they've
    reattached twice though, the first two times you attempt to cut it,
    it's impossible. You can actually finish cutting all 5 times on the
    second try, but you definitely won't have enough time to pick it up
    with the forceps, so you must wait until the third try. The cutting
    part works exactly the same as the previous colony, but once it comes
    time to remove it with the forceps you must be careful.
    
    Press and hold A+B over it and begin moving it. It's soft tissue so you 
    need to pull it slow or it'll tear. SLOW DAMMIT! Pull it towards the 
    right and keep the movement steady. It's sudden jerks (otherwise known 
    as changes in acceleration) that cause it to tear, even small ones, so 
    stay calm and take it out smoothly. That's why it's a good idea to use
    both your hands, because this'll reduce the chances of any jerky motion.
    You don't have much time until the vessels reattach but you must still
    take it reasonably slow because if it tears then you DEFINITELY won't
    make it in time. Probably the best thing you can do is finish the
    cutting part so fast that you still have a good amount of time left (at 
    least 5 seconds) to slowly pull the tissue. When it's off, place it on
    the tray and the cool music will come back.
    
    Whew. The worst part is over. We're not done, but if you finished up
    to this part successfully there's basically nothing more to worry about.
    It'll be time to place eight screws. These are different from the screws 
    we usually do, but we've done this type before in Love in the Ground. 
    Stay focused and try to get all the cools. To do this, look at the 
    silhouette. See that there's a line just above where the silhouette 
    meets the bone? You need to release the A button when the part of the 
    screw that is attached to the spike is just about to overlap with that 
    line. Now, if that's not totally clear, then look at the drawing I've 
    made to show you at
    http://bit.ly/dbluRF
    That's what you have to do to get the cool. Hold down A and release it 
    JUST when those two lines are about to meet. Do this for all 8 screws. 
    The last 4 are with a different view, but the same rule still applies.
    
    After that you'll have to pass two rods. Hold down the A button on the
    blue circle and yank the cursor downward to start the rod moving. You 
    can do this because you won't get a miss early on if you go outside the 
    path. You'll only get a miss if you go out once the rod has been moving 
    for a while. Therefore, your top priority at first is just to get that 
    thing moving as fast as possible. Then once it's already moving you have 
    plenty of time to adjust your cursor. Place it far ahead of the blue 
    arrow that appears to keep the rod moving at full speed but keep it 
    steady in between the two red lines that make up the path. It's not too 
    difficult, it's all about simply keeping the cursor steady. You 
    shouldn't have problems here. Do the same for the second rod.
    
    Once the two rods are in place we'll almost be done. It'll be time to 
    staple the patient shut. twist your wrist counterclockwise while the 
    screen is transitioning and hold the A button so that you can use it by 
    only pressing the B button. This will afford greater control. Now watch 
    the guideline and make minute changes to the angle of your remote until 
    you match it. Position the cursor so that your remote overlaps the 
    guideline. There's some leeway, but try to have it overlap as perfectly 
    as you can.  Remember, don't rush on this part! Although, if you haven't
    missed up to now, you can get 4 fricken misses and it won't matter, so
    whatever. Do what you want.
    
    And we're done. Like I said, the only tough part of this operation is
    getting that fourth special bonus. It can seem really hard at first but
    if you practice you'll see that it's not so bad.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/dbluRF
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Tomoe Tachibana ===
                               =======================
    
                                   === Despair ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Gates opened < 22 times
    -Injected gigantic colony < 15 times
    -Drain not used on gigantic colony
    -Virus colony exploded < 0 times
    
    As usual for Tomoe's operations, this one is only difficult when you
    don't know what to do. The only stumbling block is figuring things out,
    but once you do it goes pretty smooth.
    
    We'll be navigating through the lungs searching for virus colonies. As
    always, the lungs are like a labyrinth and it's possible to get lost
    and wander aimlessly searching for the next one, but if you have a clear
    picture of the structure of the place which I'll paint for you right now,
    you'll always know exactly where to go.
    
    Press the skip button as soon as the operation starts and move forward.
    You'll spot the first virus colony on the floor below. Get close enough
    to it that the blue circle comes up. To treat it, first spray it until
    you get the ok. If you keep holding down the button you'll get several
    OKs and the effect will last longer. It only takes a second to get the
    rest of the OKs so it doesn't hurt to go for the increased duration
    every time. After spraying the colony you'll be able to inject it with
    medicine to make it swell. If you inject it without spraying it first,
    the colony will explode and you can say goodbye to the XS, so whenever
    you get to a colony, first make sure that the spray is highlighted
    before pressing the button. I'm saying because sometimes the control
    stick may slip and you might accidentally end up with the syringe when
    you thought you'd chosen the spray. So be careful about that.
    
    The dose of medicine necessary is big, so you'll need to inject twice.
    To get the cool on injections you have to hold down the button until the 
    bright light above the blue medicine is as close to the yellow guideline 
    as possible without going past it. Remember, the one that can't go past 
    the yellow line is the brightest part at the top. The duller parts below 
    that can go past it. However, the dose needed for this one is big, so
    you'll actually have inject twice. Note, though, that it only requires
    one full injection and a little bit more, so it's a good idea to only
    inject a little bit the first time so that you have more time to see
    the yellow line on the second injection. Once the colony has protruded,
    the scalpel line will appear. For this part, it's better to be far
    away because the farther you are, the less you have to move the scalpel.
    When you've finished cutting through the line, don't let go of the Z 
    button. A new line will show up. Wait just a bit to let it set in. If 
    you move too fast you won't cut the first few dots. If you're far away
    and still holding the Z button at the end of the line, a lot of the time 
    when the line becomes cuttable the scalpel will automatically cut the
    first few dots, alerting you that it's safe to start moving it. Either
    way, wait a second, then cut the second line, and then cut the third.
    
    Vitals will go down the drain when you do this, so before you pick up
    the excised colony, take the time to inject stabilizer 3 times to get
    vitals back up to max. You can pick up the colony first and raise vitals
    after, but it's better to do it before because that way the cool music
    sticks around longer. Once you pick it up it goes away. Lame.
    
    Anyway, movin' on! Now's when the operation starts. First of all, the
    path will fork into two. Each path leads to a different lung. On the
    left path there are two colonies to be found, and on the right path
    there are three. You can deal with them in whatever order you want, but
    I say let's take care of the one with the fewest first. So take the
    left path. You'll notice that there's a blood pool just before the gate.
    Drain it before proceeding. When you get past the gate, you'll see that
    the path branches out into many. Specifically, you'll see three gates.
    The one to the right is irrelevant, there's nothing there. The ones we
    care about are the other two on the left. Each path has a virus colony
    at the end, so we'll have to go down both of them. Not...at the same
    time, obviously. I mean first one and then the other. So let's go with,
    say, the bottom path first.
    
    There's a hemorrhage just before going through the gate so switch to
    the hemostatic forceps and treat it before continuing. Hold Z to stop 
    the bleeding and release it as SOON as it has stopped to get the cool. 
    The timing probably takes a bit of practice to get down. What I 
    recommend is doing it enough times that you more or less have a "feel" 
    for how much time is required before letting go of the button. On top of 
    watching of course. If you accidentally let go before the hemostasis is 
    complete, don't worry, just do it again. You can still get the cool, but 
    you should make sure to release the button pretty much immediately after 
    the cauterization has started (since chances are good that only a 
    minuscule amount more is needed for the cool). Note that these affected 
    areas will always guide you towards a virus colony, so as long as you 
    follow them it means you're on the right path. Naturally, this also 
    means that the radar can help guide you as well, since the affected
    areas will show up as dots. It's a good idea to eye the radar every now
    and then, though it's definitely not necessary or as effective as
    simply knowing where to go.
    
    Anyway, after treating the hemorrhage, go through the gate. Keep going
    downward through the gate after that. You'll get to an inflammation, so
    inject medicine into it, same as before. The path then branches into
    two, but you can clearly see another inflammation on the right one, so
    go down that one. Go through the next gate, and then the other one you
    see right after that. Drain the pool you see here, then take the path
    upwards to find the first virus colony. Well, technically the second
    one. But the first one didn't count 'cause it was a freebie. Y'know what
    I mean. Anyway, you're supposed to remove it in exactly the same way you
    did the first one. By now vitals are probably pretty low though, so make
    sure to inject stabilizer several times before you begin to work on it,
    and then AGAIN after you've cut it with the scalpel. Pick it up and we're
    done here.
    
    Hold down on the d-pad to automatically retract the endoscope. Just
    hold it without fear, you'll know when to stop retracting because the red
    seal symbol will appear in front of you. When that happens, it means
    you're back in the spot where I told you there were two paths we had to
    go down. Welp, time to go down the second one. It's the top one on the
    left. There's an inflammation past the gate. Treat it and keep moving.
    The path will fork. Take the left one where you'll find a pool. Drain
    it and keep going through the next gate and you'll spot another
    inflammation, which means you should follow it. Keep moving through the
    gate after that and then take a left on the fork to reach the second
    virus colony. Raise vitals again and remove it same as always, then
    raise them again.
    
    That's it, we're done with the left lung! The right lung has 3 colonies
    though. Hold down on the d-pad and backtrack alllll the way to the very
    first fork in the road. When the red seal appears, keep moving backwards
    past one more gate and you'll be there. Now this time take the right
    path. There's a hemorrhage here so treat it first, then move through
    the gate. The path will fork again. On the left one there is a virus
    colony, and on the right one there are two colonies. So let's go down
    the left one first and take care of that. Drain the pool and go through
    the gate. You'll see an inflammation, so follow the path it's on, and
    when you reach the fork take the bottom path. Keep following the clearly
    visible affected areas. After the hemorrhage, go through the next gate
    and then take the right path to reach the virus colony. Treat it and
    that's it for this place. Hold down on the d-pad and go back until the
    red seal appears. This time take the gate on the right.
    
    Alright, only two more colonies left. When you go through the gate
    there'll be an inflammation to take care of. Now, here it's going to
    branch off into many paths. First let's take the one that tends to be 
    a bit harder to notice. You know how after you pass through the previous
    gate, you can see a path with another gate straight ahead, and then
    there's also another path below that one and another path above? Well
    the one you need is the hidden fourth path that is ABOVE the above path.
    Well it's kind of above and to the right. You know what I mean though.
    You'll see a pool past the gate here. Drain it and keep moving forward
    to get to a part that branches into several paths again. You can
    clearly see a hemorrhage on the one to the left though, so it's easy to
    see which one you should take. Then after that a clearly visible
    inflammation will tell you to take the right path, after which you
    should take the left path on the next fork to reach the virus colony.
    Remove it and then go back until the red seal appears.
    
    Only one more colony left. There are four paths right? Well. Three now
    that one of 'em is sealed. The one you want to go down is the leftmost
    (or bottom-most) one. There's a hemorrhage past the gate. Treat it, then
    take the right paths on the next three consecutive forks, and finally
    a left on the one after that to reach the virus colony. Remove it, and
    then raise vitals to max. Now hold down on the d-pad and backtrack to
    the very start. Eventually you'll be stopped automatically because a
    giantass virus colony appeared for no reason.
    
    Alright. Now before we can finish this operation we have to deal with
    it. This gigantic colony can be a little confusing at first. Here's how
    it works. It consists of five bulbs in a pentagon formation. First you
    must spray them, same as the other colonies (make sure to spray ALL of
    them). However, when it comes to injecting them with the medicine, it's
    a bit different because the bulbs are connected. When you inject one,
    you will also be injecting the same amount into the 2 other bulbs on
    each side of it. Furthermore, you have to make all 5 of them protrude
    before you can excise them. If even one of them hasn't been injected
    with enough medicine, or has been injected with too much, then it won't
    work. You need to inject only as much as it needs for the bulbs to turn
    green. Any more than that and it will turn orange, in which case you're
    screwed. Because then you won't be able to excise it unless you drain the
    excess medicine. But if you use the drain you won't get the third special
    bonus, which means no XS. So you have to inject the right amount the
    first time.
    
    Don't worry though, it's very easy to do once you've figured it out.
    Here's the deal, straight up. Each bulb requires exactly one and a half
    injections to turn green. You can go a little bit above that but not too
    much or it'll turn orange. The second special bonus says you're only
    allowed to inject 15 times, but in reality you only need to inject 5
    times, and I will tell you how. It's very simple. The trick is that you 
    need to inject only HALF of a syringe each time. Got it? Now, the order
    you need to inject the bulbs in is like this: first choose any bulb. Say,
    the top one, and inject it. Second, move two bulbs over, say, clockwise,
    and inject that one. Third, inject the next bulb still going clockwise,
    fourth, the next bulb after that still going clockwise, and finally the
    remaining bulb. That's all you need to do. If they start flashing midway,
    that means the spray is wearing off so spray them again before 
    continuing. Also when injecting, it's probably a good idea to go just a
    tiny bit farther than half the syringe to be safe, since if you inject
    just a little bit more than necessary it's still good, but if you don't
    reach the green point then you can't excise it.
    
    I've got an illustration of the order over at http://bit.ly/a5ebiN
    in case you wanna see it.
    
    Once all of them are like big green watermelons the scalpel circle will
    appear in the middle. You'll have to cut it, but be careful because doing
    so will totally annihilate the vitals. You should only cut about half
    the circle (less to be safe), then switch to the stabilizer, raise them
    up to max, and then cut again. When it's all cut just pick up each
    melon with the forceps and we're done!
    
    But yeah, this operation's pretty chill once you know where to go and
    how to deal with the gigantic colony. And if you get all the cools,
    which is pretty easy, you can be pretty dang slow and still get the XS.
    
    For my XS video of this operation go to
    http://bit.ly/a5ebiN
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Tomoe Tachibana ===
                               =======================
    
                              === Time For Rejoicing ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Cool > 4 times
    -Antiserum used < 10 times
    -No outbreaks from Rosalia bruise
    -Blood pool formed < 10 times
    
    This is a really short operation. Pretty easy too, and nothing too
    special about it. Now that we got the antiserum it's just a matter of
    using it. Perhaps the only problem area (not really) is getting less
    than 10 blood pools to form. Luck can play some part in this, since
    the types of wounds that appear are random, so you can end up getting
    really lucky and not seeing many pools. Even if you get unlucky though,
    it's still not a problem to XS it. You don't need New Blood levels of
    luck or anything like that. 
    
    When the operation starts, move forward a bit until you reach the wall.
    All of the operation will take place in this area. What you're going to
    do first is treat all of the affected area. They will be random, as well
    as randomly placed so you need to keep an eye on the radar to tell you
    where they are. It's not difficult to find them since they will all be
    in this room. 
    
    The types that will appear are all stuff you already know how to deal
    with. The important thing is that you must make the hemorrhages your
    priority above all else. The longer a hemorrhage is active, the more
    blood pools it will create, and remember that your blood pool limit is
    10, so you should always treat them first. If possible. Sometimes there
    will be a blood pool obscuring the hemorrhage and in that case you'll
    have to drain it first.
    
    Then there's also inflammations which you have to inject with medicine
    to treat. All of the affected areas here will be giving you OKs so it's
    not even possible to get goods, which makes it even easier. There's
    nothing to worry about. 
    
    There's also the occasional tumor, which will take a bit longer to
    treat but it's still nothing we haven't done before. One thing you need 
    to remember is to raise vitals to max before you start treating it. And
    even when they're at max you'll still have to raise them again midway
    because the damage to vitals is severe. Inject medicine the same way 
    you'd do to an inflammation. Then switch to the scalpel. Resist the urge 
    to center the view on the ends of the excision line. Just center it on 
    the blue circle then hold down Z. Move the scalpel with the control
    stick. Move it along the line till you cut through the dots, then wait
    a bit for the second line to appear, then cut that one. Now switch to
    the stabilizer and inject at least once before cutting the third line.
    When that's done, just pick up the tumor with the forceps.
    
    Now, keep treating all the areas but when you see that there is only
    one left, stop. Center on it, but before you deal with it, inject 
    stabilizer until you've raised the vitals back up to max. When they are,
    treat the last remaning wound, and then immediately switch to the
    anti-serum, which has taken the place where the snare used to be.
    Inject it into the creep fast. The dosage it requires is pretty high.
    Around more than 1 and a half syringe's worth. So the first time inject
    about 3/4s of the syringe, and then do it again immediately after. This
    is the only part of the operation where you can get cools, so make sure
    you do. To get the cool on these you have to hold down the button until 
    the bright light above the blue medicine is as close to the yellow 
    guideline as possible without going past it. Remember, the one that 
    can't go past the yellow line is the brightest part at the top. The 
    duller parts below that can go past it. I recommend that you tend more
    towards releasing the button earlier because there's a tiny bit of
    leeway above the guideline where you'll still get the cool even if you're
    not exactly touching it, but if you go past it even a nanometer you'll
    get a good for sure.
    
    When you do that, the creep (yeah, I am totally calling it that now.
    This is some zerg shit up ins) will get smaller and vitals will drop to
    the 30s. More affected areas will appear. Before you do ANYTHING,
    search around for any hemorrhages and treat them immediately. When they
    are taken care of, you can raise vitals. Then simply treat the remaining
    wounds and when there's just one left, raise vitals to max, treat it
    and inject the anti-serum again.
    
    You need to repeat this loop 5 times to fully kill the virus. It's the
    same the entire time though. Do it and the operation is over. That's
    literally all there is to it. Nothing more to say.
    
    Try to get all 5 of the cools, and always treat the hemorrhages as soon
    as possible. If you do this, there shouldn't be any problems. You can
    complete this operation in like 2 minutes and something, but you can be
    much slower than that and still get the XS.
    
    For my XS video of this operation, go to
    http://bit.ly/aYG7Hm
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                 ==============
                                 === CR-S01 ===
                                 ==============
    
                             === Twisted Rosalia ===
    
    Special Bonus:
    
    -Miss < 1 times
    -Colony shell regenerated < 4 times
    -Colony / tumor collisions < 0
    -Bruised formed < 2 times
    
    Welp, we're here. The final boss. And it's a god damn disappointment.
    Fuck me. What is this shit? I dunno what it is but it definitely ain't
    no Savato, that's for sure. And it ain't no Cardia either. And it
    DEFINITELY ain't no Aleteia. It's just some god damn pussy who can't even
    defend itself. Twisted Rosalia? Moar liek Twisted Pussy m i riet gaiz?
    Not even the music is up to par (though it's still good). God dammit
    Atlus! Why do you do this to me? I thought we had something special!
    
    Whatever. Let's just rape this bitch. We'll start by making the
    incision. Vitals aren't at max but who even cares? Just leave them like
    that, don't raise 'em. Gel the line from right to left and then move the 
    scalpel from left to right to open her up. Press the skip button after 
    you've made the incision.
    
    Alright, we're in now. The little bastard's created a shell to hide
    inside and we're gonna have to crack it first. We'll start by going
    into the left atrium. The camera will zoom in automatically and the
    incision line will appear. Gel it and open it up same as you did before.
    
    See, I told you he had a shell! There's a new colony growing on top of
    it, and some small spore-like colonies will begin floating in from the
    right slowly. If the spores touch the new colony dangling off the shell,
    well, let's just say that's really bad. You can drain the spores to get
    them off, but guess what? They are 100% irrelevant. That's right, you can
    completely ignore them and it won't make any difference because we can
    remove the new colony before they even get near it.
    
    As soon as you go in, have the control stick set towards the drain, and
    the pointer on the dangling colony. Drain it until you get the OK, then
    switch to the syringe. Fill up the syringe with the blue vasocontrictor,
    and then inject it into the bulb. It's actually pretty lenient, but make
    sure you don't miss. Not only when injecting the colony but ALSO when
    filling the syringe. You can get a miss if you don't hit the vial too.
    Notice that it's swinging up and down like a pendulum? I recommend 
    injecting it when it's at the lowest or highest part of its swing because
    at this points it stops for a fraction of a second. This makes it easier
    to avoid accidental misses.
    
    Immediately afterwards, fill up the syringe with the orange deactivator
    and inject it the same way you did the vasoconstrictor. This'll cause
    scalpel lines to appear in a tight cluster, which means we can cut it
    out now! Switch to the scalpel and cut in a zigzag pattern or circular
    or however you want, just make sure you get all the dots in the cluster.
    When you've got them all, switch to the forceps and pick it up, then
    drag it and drop it on the tray to the right. Do it fast but make sure
    you don't drop it outside the tray or anything stupid like that.
    
    Now that the new colony is gone, the spores can't do nothin' to us. Keep
    ignoring them. Immediately after placing the colony on the tray, switch
    to the laser and begin burning the shell with it. Just hold down the
    button over it. Unlike previous Trauma Centers tools don't run out, so
    you can just hold it there indefinitely. The shell will begin to turn 
    red and then crack. Keep burning it. It needs to turn red and crack 3
    times before it gets destroyed. As soon as it does, switch to the
    syringe and fill it up with the purple gelator, then inject it into the
    now unprotected colony.
    
    We're done with the left atrium. We'll have to suture the incision up.
    It's laughably easy and lenient though. Hell, you only need to do 3
    passes to get the cool. That's it! You can seriously just draw an N shape
    and you will get the cool here. Or you can do a few more passes, it's
    all good (but not TOO many). Just make sure you cover at least most of
    the length of the opening and that you make the passes about as wide as
    the guideline.
    
    Next we'll move on to the left ventricle. Again, you have to gel and
    make an incision, same as last time. When you go in, it's the same as
    the previous time, except this time there are two new colonies dangling
    off the shell. Doesn't matter though! You just have to remove them both.
    Drain one first, then drain the other one. Then inject the first one you
    drained with the vasoconstrictor, and then the second one. Then inject
    the first one you injected with the deactivator, then the second one.
    Next cut the first one out, and then cut out the other one, then pick
    them up and put them on the tray. Get it? Both at the same time. You
    can still completely ignore the spores.
    
    After the colonies are taken care of, immediately start lasering the
    shell. You'll notice that this time only half of it will be turning
    red. That's because the shell must have been divided by the presence of
    two new colonies. You'll have to break each half individually. They
    both need to be cracked three times to be destroyed. Laser one of them,
    and when it cracks, start lasering the other half. When that one cracks,
    go back to the other one. Crack that one a second time and then the
    other one. For the third time, keep lasering one half until it's red
    and ALMOST about to crack, then switch to the next one. That way when
    that one gets destroyed, you can destroy the other half almost
    immediately because it was close.
    
    When both halfs are gone, quickly switch to the syringe. Fill it up
    with the purple gelator and inject it into the unprotected colony.
    Remember it's divided now, though, so you actually have to inject it
    twice. Once on each half. Don't inject the same half twice or you'll
    get a miss! Note that when you burned off both halfs of the shell, they
    created one laceration each on the heart. You have to suture them after
    injecting the gelator. Don't worry though, they're easy and it's not
    even possible to get goods on them so just suture them as fast as you
    can. Once you do that, we're done with the left ventricle. Suture
    up the incision area in the exact same way you did previously. Really,
    you can just do an N shape. It's so lenient it's funny. We'll move on
    to the right atrium now. Make the incision same as always.
    
    Again, inside it's exactly the same except this time there are 3
    replicated colonies. Everything works exactly the same though. Treat
    them all at the same time just like you did previously but this time
    with three. Drain one first, then the second, then the third, then
    inject the first one you drained with vasoconstrictor, then the second
    one, then the third, etc etc etc. Since you'll be doing a lot of
    injecting, you can do it a little bit faster by using the warping
    technique:
    
    When filling the syringe or injecting with it, you may notice that as 
    long as you have the button pressed, and as long as the syringe hasn't 
    finished filling up/emptying out, you can move the wiimote as much as 
    you want and the cursor won't move. But as soon as the syringe is done 
    filling/emptying, the cursor will appear where you are currently 
    pointing the remote. Using this trick, you can save some time. You 
    can move the remote over to the vial while the syringe is injecting, and 
    when it's done you can immediately fill it up again. It works the same 
    the other way. While it's filling up you can move over to a colony and 
    inject it almost immediately. Still be careful though, because you don't 
    want to miss.
    
    Also, now for some weirdass reason there's a fourth vial. A pinkish
    purple one. I have no fricken idea what that thing even is man. And I
    don't care. And neither should you. Just ignore it because we don't even 
    have to use it. (I'm kidding. The pink vial is actually used if the
    spores collide with fragments from the shell. But that should NEVER
    happen if you're doing things fast and correctly, so still ignore it).
    
    When they're all excised and placed on the tray, begin burning off the
    shell with the laser. Now it's divided into three, but it still works
    exactly the same. Use the same strategy as last time, make sure that you
    manage to destroy all 3 parts at roughly the same time to lessen the
    damage. When you destroy them, they'll cause a laceration and will
    shoot off a fragment. Ignore that for now and inject the gelator on
    each of the three parts. When that's done, you can suture the lacerations
    and pick up the fragments with the forceps. Place them on the tray to
    the right and we're done here. Suture the incision area same as always.
    
    Ok, last one. The right ventricle. Vitals will be pretty low at this
    point. We won't be able to treat the next area with them this low, so
    before you go in, inject stabilizer about 4 or 5 times to get the vitals
    back up to max. When that's done, gel the line and make the incision.
    The inside is exactly the same, only this time there are FOUR replicated
    colonies dangling off the shell. Don't let this intimidate you though.
    The procedure is still the same and you can still completely ignore the
    spores because they still will not get to the colonies before you remove
    them. Take them all at the same time, then place them on the tray to
    the right.
    
    When you do that, begin lasering the shell immediately. As you probably
    guessed, it's divided in 4 now. But nothing has changed. Use the same
    strategy as last time and try to destroy all 4 parts at the same time.
    They will create an assload of lacerations and throw fragments all over
    the place. Vitals will still be good though. Ignore the extreme damage
    for now and inject the gelator 4 times into each part. Once that's done
    you can begin suturing the gaggle of lacerations. There's a LOT of them
    and it's impossible to get goods on them. You know what that means don't
    you? That's right, go CRAZY. Just turn your wrist to the side
    to make snapping it up and down fast easier and treat them all. When
    they're all gone, pick up all the fragments with the forceps and place
    them on the tray. That's all. Suture the incision area same as always.
    
    Ok, time to end this. Before you make the last incision, make sure to
    raise vitals to max, or close to it. 80-90 should work fine. When it's
    there, gel the line and go inside. 
    
    Well if it ain't the sorry excuse for a final boss. All you have to do
    now is inject the gray cardioplegic solution to stop Naomi's heart.
    As soon as you do that, a huge circular scalpel line will appear around
    the rosalia membrane. You have to excise this fast because Naomi's
    vitals will drop like a rock after you inject the solution. Make sure
    you inject it close to where the line will appear so you can begin
    cutting it immediately. Move fast but steady through it. Steady is key
    because you don't want to miss dots and have to go back to get them.
    It's just plain better if you get them all in one pass even if you're
    not moving insanely fast.
    
    When you've cut it all, immediately switch to the forceps and pick up
    the membrane. Place it on the tray to the right, then switch to the
    syringe again. Naomi's vitals are still dropping. There'll be a new
    vial. Fill the syringe with it and inject it right into the Rosalia
    body. You need to fill and inject twice. Once you do that, bam. It's
    dead. That was easy.
    
    Its death animation is looooong and you can't skip it, so use that time
    to rest your hand and wrist for a bit. Put your arm down, open and close
    your hand a few times, all that good stuff. When the defeat text appears,
    get back in there. We still haven't closed up the patient. Suture the
    incision area. This one is bigger than the others so it probably needs
    more passes but it's still pretty lenient. Keep it around 10 or so.
    Then suture the original incision. The opening is horizontal so it's a
    bit more awkward and you'll probably have to do it a tiny bit slower, 
    but it's still lenient and essentially the same. Keep it around 10 
    passes just like the previous one and keep the width the same as the
    opening.
    
    Finally, gel the area, grab the bandage from the right and apply it.
    The trick to getting the cool here is to make sure the bandage
    covers the whole line BUT don't go any farther than that. That is to say,
    start from the left point where the line begins, and then end it at JUST
    the very end of the line without going too much past it. You can do it
    vice versa if you want but whatever.
    
    And we're done with XSing all the operations! You can complete this in
    less than 4 minutes, but you can do it way, way slower than that and
    still get the XS anyway. You can also miss once and still get the XS.
    And the special bonuses fall into place without doing anything special.
    I mean the shell regenerating? That only happens if you laser it before
    removing the colonies, and who would do that? The collisions and bruises
    will also never happen if you're doing things even reasonably fast.
    
    Anyway, this operation is a joke. Plain and simple. It is way, way too
    easy and not even close to epic enough to compete with previous Trauma
    Centers. Pisses me off. If I had been the one designing this op...
    oh, bitches would fall to their knees and cry. You better believe it.
    None o' this candyass shit. They'd need prosthetic butts after the unholy
    amounts of asskicking they'd get from my operations. And best of all? It 
    would actually be fair. But whatever. Man I'm hungry. Think I'ma eat
    some tuna sandwiches or som'n.
    
    For my XS video of this final boss, go to
    http://bit.ly/bBXm1g
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                              ==========================
                              === Gabriel Cunningham ===
                              ==========================
    
                               === Signs of Anguish ===
    
    Alright, so now that we're done with the part of the game that actually
    matters, I guess I might as well go all the way and cover the filler
    missions too. These are really easy, are unaffected by difficulty and
    there are no ranks, so... aside from searching for the medals there's not
    a whole lot to 'em. The one good thing about Gabriel's missions is that
    he's a cool guy though.
    
    So alright, let's start! For the first patient we get a cute girl. Woo.
    Speaking of cute, why don't more schools force girls to wear ties like
    that? It's a crime I tell you. Ties are always win no matter the situation.
    The first thing you need to do is question her. When hearing people's
    stories they'll be spewing a lot of useless crap. The only thing you need
    to watch out for is when they say something is wrong with them. When
    you see that, click on the speech bubble to record the symptom.
    
    Click on "Um... it's kind of hard to inhale, and I can't really catch
    my breath between notes." to get the dyspnea symptom. You can also click
    on "I was getting short of breath just sitting still, and my heart would
    start pounding..." and Gabriel will decide he has to auscultate her.
    Then, click on "But lately I've been able to lose weight, no matter what
    I eat!" to get the Decrease in Weight symptom.
    
    Next we'll have to use the stethoscope. Like the game says, you move
    the area you'll examine with the control stick, hold Z to hear and the
    sound will come outta your remote. Then you compare the sound to the
    standard. If you hear some crackling, it's not a difference. It's just
    that the wiimote speaker is MAD ghetto. What, you think Nintendo is
    actually going to put good quality speakers into their gimmick? Get 
    outta here.
    
    Anyway, listen to her heart and press A when asked if something is
    wrong with it. It's clearly different from the sample, so you'll get the
    Increased Heartrate symptom. Next, listen to either of her lungs to get
    the Tachypnea symptom. That'll be all. 
    
    Next we'll do a visual exam. Just press A on any part of the patient and
    try to find something abnormal. The first thing is obvious. Her jittery
    hands. Clearly she played too much Trauma Center. Those things are bad
    for you! You'll get the trembling fingertips symptom. Next, look at her
    neck. She's got a bruise on the left side. You'll get the swollen neck
    symptom and the CT exam. 
    
    That's all. Press A on the door to get out of the room and move on over
    to the image analysis lab. Click on the computer to bring up the two CTs.
    You'll have to compare each image to the standard and then see if there's
    any differences. It's like those spot the difference games on the back
    of your cereal box! Wait, whaddya mean you don't eat those kiddie
    cereals? Whatever, screw you man. You got no soul if you don't like
    Cap'n Crunch.
    
    Anyway, open up the second image and look at the top-left. The white
    part is way bigger than on the normal image. Click on it to get the
    swollen thyroid gland symptom. That's all we need. Get out of there and
    head over to the office next. Click on Roni to bring up the likely
    candidates.
    
    She's got Plummer's Disease, so bring that candidate up and then click
    and drag all the symptoms on the left towards the box on the right.
    They'll all match. The game still wants you to eliminate all the other
    possibilities before we can move on though, since in reality we don't
    have enough information to say it's that for sure. So you'll have to do 
    the same for the other candidates. Bring up Painless Thyroiditis and
    Graves' Disease and drag all of the symptoms to them. They'll all match 
    as well. 
    
    Once you do that for those three candidates the MRI, scintigraphy and
    analysis exams will become available so get back to the lab. Boot up
    the comp and let's check these hoes. Look at the scintigraphy. The
    difference between the patient image and the normal image is glaring, so
    click on either of the two patches to get the abnormal thyroid uptake
    symptom. 
    
    Next, get back to the exam room and open up the new analysis exam that
    has come up there. Click on the FT3, FT4 and TSH levels. They're all
    outside a the normal range.
    
    Now, there's a hidden medal at this point. And it's a bitch to find,
    I had to do the missions several times to find it. Use the stethoscope
    on her again. What makes this so hard to find is that you have to listen
    in a place that isn't one of the normal 4! Specifically, you have to
    listen to the stomach. You won't get it if you listen in the bottom part
    of the abdomen, that's the intestines. The stomach is slightly above
    that but below the chest. The sound will be extremely strong, I was all
    like WOAH when I heard it. Say it's an abnormality to get this medal.
    Also Gabe makes a really weird face when you find it.
    
    That's all we gotta do. Get back to the office, bring up Plummer's
    Disease and drag all 4 new symptoms to it. That ends the diagnosis!
    That was fast.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Naomi Kimishima ===
                               =======================
    
                              === Locked-Room Mystery ===
    
    Ok, next up, Naomi's first mission. In general Naomi's missions aren't
    as entertaining as Gabriel's because she's kind of a boring character
    compared to him. Ah well. They also tend to be much longer.
    
    Welp, let's get started. As soon as you gain control, boot up the comp.
    Grab the knife card with A+B and drag it over to Little Guy's mii to
    begin analyzing it. That's all we can do here for now. Head out the door
    and get over to the Evidence Room. Check the corpse.
    
    Zoom in on the back of the left hand and click on the slash on his
    wrist to bring up a quiz. We're going to be answering a whole lot of
    these throughout Naomi's missions. They tend to be pretty easy. Either
    the answer is blindingly obvious or you can always arrive at it through
    elimination. For this one, the correct answer is "No signs of pain
    reaction." Choose that to obtain the Wounded Wrist card.
    
    Next, check out the bent index finger on the right hand. A dumb quiz will
    pop up. The correct answer is, of course, "Fracture". I mean really.
    What the hell else would it be.
    
    Next, look at the hole on the right side of the torso to get the
    Flower-Shaped Bruise card.
    
    Finally check the eyes. They're red, see? The image that comes up shows
    red spots on them. So when the quiz comes up, choose that. You'll get
    another card. That's all we can get here, so head back to the office
    now and boot up the comp again. Little Guy will be trying to contact
    you, so first click on his skype window or whatever the hell he's on.
    The knife analysis we asked for earlier is done. A quiz will pop up
    after you get the information. The correct answer is "The knife cut
    Dennis". Wait, couldn't they have, like, cut him with something else and
    then slathered the blood on the knife later? Oh well. It is still way
    more likely than all the other answers.
    
    We gotta do some card fusing next. Like Naomi says, first drag the
    Deadly Knife card to the Wounded Wrist card to fuse them. Another quiz
    will come up. The correct answer is "The knife was used on his wrist".
    
    Have the Little Guy analyze the hemorrhaging in the eyes. Apparently it
    means the dude got strangled. Another quiz'll come up. The correct
    answer is "A slashed wrist". Although broken finger is pretty tempting.
    
    Speaking of broken finger, have the little guy analyze the abnormal
    finger card. This will unlock the recording of a witness account, so get
    out of the computer, click on the recorder and start listening to the
    testimony. You have to click on the speech bubbles that have to do with
    the topic, but really, you can just click on all of them without any
    penalty. Either way, click on speech bubble #7 to get the Neighbor's
    Account card. That's all.
    
    Get back to the computer and fuse the Male Corpse card with the
    Neighbor's Account card. This'll make a quiz come up. The correct answer
    to this one "Dennis was alive until 3PM".
    
    Go back to the recorder, and this time choose "Was anyone there?" as
    a key point to hear. Click on speech bubble #17 to obtain the Electrician
    Visit? card. After you do that, Little Guy will try to contact you again
    so get back on the computer and listen to what he has to say. He'll
    tell you the fractured bone had no traces of healing, which means
    "The bone broke after he died". After answering that quiz, fuse the
    slashing knife with the fractured finger. A quiz will come up, and the
    question has a typo on it! Tsk tsk. Anyway, the answer to this one is
    "The knife was in an injured hand".
    
    When that's done, get out of the computer to receive a call informing
    you that the electrician's interview recording is now available. Let's
    check it out. Open the recorder and choose witness B on the tabs.
    When the testimony comes up, click on speech bubble #3 to get the
    Air Repair card and add the "Dennis's Status" account on the recorder.
    Open the recorder again and choose that. This time click on speech
    bubble #10 and you'll get the "Dennis seemed depressed" card. 
    
    Get back to the comp. We gotta do some more card fusing. Fuse the
    Electrician Visit? card with the Air Repair card. They'll become the
    Repair Confirmation card. Next, fuse the two Dead cards. You'll get a
    series of rapid-fire questions. The answer to the first one is "Between 
    noon and 1 PM", the second one is "He seemed depressed", and the third
    one is "Around 3PM". You'll get the Dennis's Condition card.
    
    When that's done, click on Little Guy's mii to talk to him and sort
    through the information we got up to this point. This'll initiate a
    series of MORE piss easy quizzes. Geez. What a pain. The answer to the 
    first one is "A fire", the second one is "The knife and the slashed
    wrist", the third is "The door was locked", the fourth is "No pain
    reaction wounds", the fifth is "The knife was in his right hand", and
    finally the sixth is "Hemorrhaging in the eyes". After this the crime
    scene will become available, so leave CIFM. Obvious exits are Office,
    Evidence Room, and Dennis.
    
    Ok, there are a few things we have to examine here. First, check out
    the blood on the bed. A quiz will come up. The answer is "Lying on his
    back". Next, check the bulletin board above Dennis's bed and drawer to
    get Little Guy to look into the guy's friends. After that, check the
    overturned table to get the Ashes card. Next, check the ceiling fan
    above. One of the blades is broken. You'll get a quiz. The correct
    answer for this one is "A repairman came that day". You'll get the
    "What was fixed?" card. 
    
    Before we leave, there's a medal challenge hidden in this room! Check
    the books on the shelf behind the table. Specifically, the ones on the
    bottom. You'll get a pretty easy quiz. The correct answer to the first
    question is "Wash hands thoroughly". The second one is "Gender". We
    know this from having played the game already. All that shizzle about
    the pelvis and whatever. The third answer is- wait, what? What is this
    crap? Ok, maybe this isn't as easy as I thought. The correct answer is
    "31-40". Hoo boy. Movin' on. For the fourth question, the right answer
    isn't as hard. It's obviously "All are correct!". Back in grade school
    one of my classmates told me that in any multiple choice question, if
    one of the answers is "All of the above", that's always the correct one.
    Then again, that guy flunked the year so maybe we shouldn't be listening
    to him. Either way, it's logically all of them if you think about it,
    I mean, obviously you have to check there's a wound to know if the spray
    could have come from there, but you also have to check the angle to know
    if it really did. Moving along. Final question. What the? Ok, forget it.
    It's impossible to know this. The correct answer is "12-15 hours".
    Apparently. Is that true? Who cares. Once you answer that, you should get
    the first Naomi medal, but in actuality you have to finish the mission
    before you get it. Don't think you can just exit out to the episode
    select screen and still get it!
    
    Anyway, we're done with Dennis's pad. Get back to the office. The
    "Friend's account" will be added to the recorder, so open it up and have
    a listen. Scrutinize everything he says as usual. Click on speech bubble
    #10 to get the "Favored shirt" card.
    
    After that, head over to the evidence room again. Since we just learned
    that Dennis was wearing his stupid Portland Jacks t-shirt the day of
    the incident, we should now look at the personal effects. Chec the shirt
    he has. It is not red. And it's not a T-shirt. And it definitely doesn't 
    say Portland Jacks anywhere. You'll obtain the "Buttoned Shirt" card.
    
    Anyway, get back to the computer at the office now. Time to fuse some
    mad cards. First what we just found out a second ago. Fuse the Favored
    Shirt card with the Buttoned Shirt card. You'll get a quiz. The correct
    answer for this one is obviously "Different color". You'll get the
    "Changed Clothes" card.
    
    Have Little Guy examine the Ashes card and the Bloodstain card. A quiz'll
    pop up. The answer to this one is "He might not have bled to death".
    I like the "That's not blood!" answer though. 
    
    Next, fuse the Repair Confirmation card with "What was fixed?". Naomi
    says it's strange that the electrician didn't repair the broken ceiling
    fan but man. Really? It was a blade that was broken. If you ask me that
    calls for a carpenter or something. What would an electrician have to do
    with that? In any case, that'll add another topic to the electrician's
    recording so listen to it again. Click on speech bubble #8 and a quiz
    will come up. The correct answer is "It's too hot to need the heater".
    Which is pretty dumb, since just because you don't need something at the
    moment isn't a reason to not get it fixed. I mean hey, maybe the guy is
    a planner! You don't know! Either way, you'll get the Heater Repair card.
    
    There's yet another witness on the recorder. Stella Abbot. Listen to her
    testimony and click on speech bubble #9 to learn that Dennis was a
    drug dealer. Man if you ask me drugs should be legal so that bums can't
    get rich off it. But that's neither here nor there. You'll get the
    Dennis's Income card. Also the investigation light will become available.
    That means we should go back to Dennis's place and use it.
    
    Shine the ALS on the floor in front of the bookcase to reveal some coke.
    Examine the blue patch with the lens to obtain the white powder card.
    Next, shine the ALS on the bookcase itself and then examine the part
    where the dot of light appears. You'll get the Hidden Hole in Wall
    card. 
    
    Anyway, get back to the office and open up the computer. First have
    Little Guy analyze the coke. A quiz will come up here, and the correct
    answer is "They fell when the fire started". After that, combine the
    Hidden Hole with the Drugs on Floor to start a lightning round! The
    correct answers are "Drugs", "A place to hide his drugs", "They were
    made after the fire", "Scattered just before the fire", "Whoever took
    them dropped them". After this you'll get the first golden card. Like
    Naomi says, talk to Little Guy next. He'll give you the Luminol. Guess
    we should use it. Head back to Dennis's place AGAIN. Yeah, I know, what
    a pain.
    
    First, spray the luminol on the clearly different colored patch beside
    the bed. Shine the ALS on it to reveal the bloodstain. Examine it to
    get the Bloodstains on Floor card. Next, move to the right and spray the
    door handle. Shine the ALS there and then examine the spot to get the
    Loose Screw and Blood Screw card. Finally, spray the ceiling fan to get
    the mysterious rope card. Alright, screw this place. Get back to the
    office and open up the comp again.
    
    Talk to Little Guy first. The analysis on the ashes is done. You'll get
    a quiz. The answer is "Start the fire". Next, have Little Guy analyze
    the Bloody Screw. The answers to the quizzes here are "It touched the 
    murder weapon", and "A screwdriver". Have him analyze the Loose Screw
    too while you're at it. You'll get another quiz series here too. The 
    answers are "Locked only by the chain", "Removing one screw"
    
    Fuse the Screwdriver with the Flower-shaped bruise. The answer to the
    quiz here is "SHEER FORCE OF WILL". Ok, no, it's actually "A screwdriver
    handle". Next, fuse "Signs of Asphyxiation with "Screwdriver Wound".
    Then "Dennis's Income" with "Dennis's Condition". When the quiz pops up,
    answer "Dennis's behavior". After that, "Not enough Blood" with 
    "Bloodstains on Floor". A different kind of quiz will come up. Point on
    the huge bloodstain on the floor and select Ok. After that, fuse
    Electrician's Activity with Heater Repair. When the quiz here comes up,
    answer "Air circulation". This'll create the Broken Fan Ignored card.
    Fuse it with the Mysterious Rope card to create "Breaking the Fan" and
    fuse THAT with "Burnt Chemicals". The answers to the quizzes here are
    "Heat is created", "That's just how he rolls"... ok, no, not really, but
    that answer is awesome. The real one is "To delay when the fire started",
    then "Willpower and pyrokinesis" ok, no, but can you blame me? Some of
    this stuff is just too good. I like how Naomi actually comments on the
    wrong answers. The real answer is "The ceiling fan and a rope". Then
    "So Dennis's body would be found" and "To create an alibi". You'll get
    the next golden card now. Now fuse "True cause of Death" with 
    "Moved Corpse". The answers to the quizzes here are "A screwdriver",
    "Asphyxiation", and "Make it look like a suicide".
    
    Anyway, now that we know the cause of death, go back to the evidence
    room and check the personal effects. Check the area on the shirt where
    the screwdriver stab wound would be. Obviously there's nothing on the
    shirt. When the quiz comes up, answer "A Jack Frost patch". Seriously.
    If you don't answer that you literally have no soul. Sadly, Naomi doesn't
    comment on that. Missed opportunity for some hilarity, Atlus! You'll get
    the inconsistent clothing card. Now get back to the computer and fuse
    that with the "Changed Clothes" card. The answers to the quizzes here
    are "Red T-Shirt", "White shirt", "No indication of the stab wound",
    "The killer changed Dennis", and "To make it look like a suicide". After
    that, just fuse the two remaining cards and answer "It was broken while
    changing".
    
    Anyway, we're pretty much done. We have all the golden cards now. Just
    go to the evidence room and check the personal effects, then check the
    buttons on the shirt. Not the ones on the sleeves though. Then get back
    to the computer and have Little Guy analyze the new card you obtained.
    Now you'll really have all the cards.
    
    Finally, it's just a matter of presenting them in the correct order.
    That order is "Dennis the Pusher", "Missing Drugs", "Murder Timeline",
    "Appearance of Suicide", "Locked Room Trick", "Secret of the Fire", 
    "Killer's Fingerprint", and finally the "Deceased's Voice" card.
    
    And with that, we're done with the first Forensics mission. Jesus, that
    was long. I told you these things were longer than like everything else
    combined!
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                              ==========================
                              === Gabriel Cunningham ===
                              ==========================
    
                               === Blazing Darkness ===
    
    Aw man, no cute girl this time. Just a fat old geezer. And here I thought
    this job had its perks. But it's got some pretty fat drawbacks too.
    
    Aight well, let's get this shiznit started. There's plenty to do right 
    off the bat, but he won't be very cooperative so let's start off by doing
    the things we don't need his cooperation for. Start off by examining 
    his right leg, which is clearly shaking. You'll get the "Shaking Legs" 
    symptom.
    
    Next, let's check the diagnostic sheet. First of all, c After that, check 
    the platelet count, total bilirubin, AST, ALT, and cholesterol levels.
    
    Now, as RONI says, we should get this guy mad to get him to open his
    eyes wider and confirm jaundice. This is pretty easy to do, just examine
    his ugly beer gut. Right after doing that, examine his eyes to get the
    jaundice symptom.
    
    We've got a lot of symptoms now. But before we leave, question him.
    Click on "I'm not as young as I used to be, and I've been under quite a
    lot of stress lately" to get the "gets tired easily" symptom. Next, click 
    the "Being stuck in this stinking examination room is killing my
    appetite" speech bubble to get the "Lack of appetite" symptom. Then
    click on "Honestly... I haven't eaten much, but I feel queasy and
    bloated..." to get the Bloated Abdomen symptom, and finally "Looking at
    your stupid face makes me even more nauseous!" to get the Nausea symptom.
    
    Before we can start getting any exams, we'll have to use what we've
    found to narrow down the candidates, so head to the office and get into
    Roni. Open up Congestive Liver Failure and drag all of the symptoms on 
    the left to it. They all match. Once you do that you'll be able to get
    the CT exam. Head back to the examination room to let the old fart know,
    then get to the lab to see the images.
    
    Open up the first image on the computer. Check the left part of his
    liver. It's larger than on the normal image. You'll get the Swollen Liver
    symptom. You can also get that on the second image but whatever. What's
    even more obvious on that second image, though, is the big shading on
    the left part. Click that to get the "Ascites Accumulation" symptom.
    
    Now that we've got those things, get back to the office to finalize
    the diagnosis. Add the two new symptoms to Congestive Liver Failure and
    then hit diagnose!
    
    We're not done yet though, turns out this is just a complication of a
    heart problem. Not surprised. That geezer does seem the type to have
    heart problems.
    
    Aight, now onto phase 2! Begin the diagnosis!
    
    Start by questioning him again. Click on "*wheeze* Arguing with you is
    making me feel faint, you quack!" to get the Dyspnea symptom. Then click
    "What's a little chest pain, compared to the wellbeing of our country?"
    to get the chest pains symptom.
    
    Once that's done, that'll make him cooperate and unlock the stethoscope,
    new diagnostic results and EKG. Let's start with the stethoscope. Yeah
    I know this is a pain, but make him lift his shirt up. Ugh. He's got
    moobs and everything. Anyway, listen to his lungs. His breathing is very
    irregular, so heads up on that to obtain the "Discontinuous Sounds"
    symptom. And his heart is beating really fast. Geez. You'll get "S3
    and S4".
    
    Now have a look at the diagnostic sheet again. Some new values have gone
    past the range. Check out the blood pressure and the BNP.
    
    Next, check the EKG. There's clearly something extremely wrong with the
    top line. The normal one only has upside down Vs, but the real one has
    right-side up Vs as well. Point there to obtain the "Abnormal Q waves"
    symptom. Secondly, look at the bottom line. Every 8 sections a wave that
    normally goes high will instead go low. Check that to get the "Negative
    T waves" symptom.
    
    Once that's done, you'll unlock the X-Ray exam. Get to the lab and check
    the image out. The difference between the image and the normal one is
    extremely clear. That white lump in the middle is the size of an
    Empoleon. Click on it to get the "Enlarged Heart" symptom. Once you have
    that, get back to the exam room as Roni says. The old geezer won't let us
    take our damn echocardiography, so we'll have to narrow down the
    candidates with what we got. Get back to the office and into Roni.
    Open up Dilated Cardiomyopathy and drag all the symptoms from the left
    to it. They all add up. Get back to the exam room for some good ol' 
    drama. The echocardiography will become available after this, so go back 
    to the lab.
    
    Open up the first image. Now, compare it with the normal one. It's 
    subtle, but the entire image is different from the normal one. Click 
    around the center or whatever and say that it's an abnormality. This is 
    the next doctor medal for Gabriel!
    
    Moving on. Open up the third image. Look at the black hole in the center.
    It's clearly larger than the one in the normal image. Check it to get the
    "Enlarged Left Ventricle" symptom. That's the last one we need to make
    the diagnosis. Get back to the office and drag it on over to Dilated
    Mycardiopathy to end the mission!
    
    Man, these are definitely better than the forensics missions. And hey,
    we got two medals in a row. That's nice.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Naomi Kimishima ===
                               =======================
    
                               === Wandering Girl ===
    
    Alright well. We gots two things to do first. Check the corpse and hear
    the testimony from the bum who found it. Let's go check the corpse first.
    Go to the evidence room. The first thing we'll be doing is reconstructing
    the corpse's skull, which is interesting I guess. Click on the bag to
    start.
    
    This one's pretty easy since we don't have to change the angle of the
    fragments. The easiest place to start is with the jaw, since those
    fragments are the most easily identifiable. First, grab the teeth from
    the upper-right and place them on the very bottom of the skull. Next,
    grab the other teeth from the right and place them right above where you
    placed the last one and to the left. Now grab the remaining teeth from
    the left and place it to the right of that. After that, grab the piece
    on the upper-right and place it to the right of the last one you placed.
    Yeah, I guess we're going from bottom to top. Anyway, there will only
    be 3 piece on the left side now. Grab the middle one and place it on
    the bottom-left. Now take the bottom-left piece of the right side and
    place it just above that. Then, grab the big piece with the eye and put
    it to the right of that. Get the remaining piece on the left and place it
    above the left eye (your left). Only three pieces left. You can figure
    this out, right? The bottom piece goes on the left, the middle piece
    goes on the top-right. That's stage 1 complete.
    
    Grab the bottom-left fragment on the right side and place it on the
    top-left of the skull. Next, grab the bottom fragment of the left side
    and place it on the top-right of the skull. Then, grab the bottom piece
    of the right side and place it in between those last two. Oh yeah, place
    the bottom-most piece of the right side on the very bottom of the skull.
    Next, grab the bottom piece from the left side and place it on the 
    top-left of the skull. Then grab the bottom piece of the right side and
    place it just below that. Almost done here, only a small chunk left.
    Grab the bottom piece of the right side and place it on the top-left.
    Then get the topmost piece of the right side and place it on the
    top-right. Now just two more piece left. The one one the right side goes
    on the left and the other on the right.
    
    Moving on to stage 3. This one doesn't have as many identifiable areas.
    Grab the thin piece on the bottom-right and place it on the bottom-right
    side of the skull. Now grab the piece on the bottom of the left side
    and place it directly to the left of the last piece. Only three pieces
    on the left side now. Grab the middle one and place it to the left of
    the last piece you placed. Now, grab the top piece on the right side
    and place it on the bottom-right of the skull, above the other thin
    piece which you placed first. Grab the topmost piece on the right side
    and place it directly to the left of that last piece you placed. Now
    there are only 3 fragments on the right side. Get the top one and place
    it directly to the left of the last one, then grab the bottom one and
    put it just above that. Ok, almost done, now grab the remaining piece on
    the right side and place it on the right part of the skull. Finally,
    the top piece on the left side goes above.
    
    Aight, last stage. Geez. Like I said, the teeth are easy. Grab the
    clearly visible ones from the bottom-left of the right side and place it
    on the jaw, then grab the bottom-right piece of the right side and place
    it to the right of that teeth fragment. We're done with the jaw now,
    I guess. Grab the bottom fragment on the right side and place it on the
    bottom-right of the skull. While we're at it, get the top piece of the
    left side and put it on the nose. Next, grab the top-right piece and
    put it directly to the left of that last fragment. Only 3 pieces on the
    right side now. Get the top one and put it on the very back of the head,
    get the middle one and put it just below that, and then the remaining
    large piece goes on the top-right of the skull. Hey, now we've only got
    fragments on the left side. The top one goes on the top-left of the
    skull. The bottom-most piece goes below that last piece. Then you've
    just got two piece left. That's easy. Right one goes on the right, left
    on the left.
    
    And we're done with that, whew. You'll obtain the female skeleton card.
    The corpse can be examined now too. Do that. There's three things you 
    have to examine. First, the strange discoloration on the right shoulder 
    and ribcage, secondly the broken femurs, and finally look at the right
    hand. The pinky is broken. 
    
    After you do that, examine the personal effects. Couple things here.
    Check out the tire marks on the back of the pants. You'll get a quiz
    here. The answer is "Found near a river". Next, check the huge bloodstain
    on the shirt. You'll get another quiz. The answer here is "There's no
    apparent damage." I mean look at it. All the damage is on the back. The
    blood's in front. Finally, examine the necklace. You'll get the broken
    necklace card. 
    
    We're done here. Head back to the office, open up the recorder and
    listen to the bum's testimony. After listening to the whole thing Naomi
    will say there's something he couldn't have known. Obviously, it's the
    fact that the corpse was a woman. Open the recorder again and click on
    speech bubble #7. You'll get a quiz. The answer here is "Saw the corpse
    himself". 
    
    Alright, now open up the computer. We'll start off by having Little Guy
    look at everything he's got to look at. First, show him the bum's big
    lie. A quiz'll come up. The answer here is "He tampered with the scene".
    Little Guy says he'll interrogate him again. Next, show him the female
    skeleton card and the strange discoloration card. Finally, join the 
    fractured legs with the tire marks on clothing. The answer to the quiz 
    that comes up is "The legs were run over."
    
    Get out of the computer and Little Guy will tell you something about
    ticks. A quiz will come up. The answer here is "How long it had been
    there". After a few more lines of dialogue, you'll get another series
    of quizzes. Her skull itself was... "Shattered into pieces". The
    corpses femurs were... "Both femurs were broken". After that, a map
    will come up. You have to point where it was that she most likely died.
    Point where the highway intersects with the river and choose OK. 
    
    Now we can visit that highway. Do so. Few things we have to examine here.
    First look at the tire marks on the road. The answer to the quiz you get
    here is "A car accident occured here". Next, check out the gem beside
    the skid marks. 
    
    That's all. However, before we leave, there's a hidden medal challenge
    here! Click on the end of the highway where it curves off into the
    distance to get it. First question! ...ok, well, this one's pretty easy
    to look up. Type 111 in the numpad and press OK. The second question
    is... son of a! How is anybody supposed to know this? We don't even
    know if they mean how many weeks AFTER the lungs have formed or just
    how many weeks period. Feh. Either way, the answer is 30 weeks. Moving
    on. Third question. Well this one's easy, all we have to do is look at
    a heart diagram. Answer is the Tricuspid Valve. Fourth question. Well,
    this one's pretty easy to find out too. The answer is "Atrial septal
    defect". And finally, for the last question, which is pretty easy too
    just from looking up Blumberg's Sign, the answer is "Acute Peritonitis".
    This'll net you Naomi's next medal!
    
    Ok, we out. Head back to the office and turn on the computer. Let's do
    some fusin'. Let's get the obvious outta the way. Join the two jewels.
    When the quiz pops up, answer "The victim was on the bridge". You'll
    get the "Victim at the bridge?" card. Now join that with the accident 
    damage card. The answer to the quiz here is "Fractures and tire marks".
    Next ask the little guy about the "Signs of auto accident" card.
    When the quiz comes up, answer "A large truck". You'll receive the Blue
    Truck card. Join that with the Time Since Death. When the numpad comes
    up, type 1 and press OK. After some dialogue Little Guy will call in
    saying the body was identified. He'll also tell you you've now got THREE
    new testimonies to listen to. Fff. Ok. Let's go over them one at a time.
    
    Open up the bum recording and click on speech bubble #8. You'll get the
    Corpse Robbing card. Listen to Thomas Cage and Alice Cage next. After
    you do that, Naomi says something caught her attention about the father.
    When the picture comes up, point at the bruise on his cheekbone. Same
    deal on the mother's picture, point to the bruise near her right eye.
    Next, answer "Were hurt repeatedly".
    
    Now open up the comp. Fuse "Victim's ID" with "Accident/Corpse relations"
    Show the card you get to Little Guy to have him start analyzing it. Also,
    have him analyze the "Causes of Injuries" card. Next,
    fuse the two bum cards together. When the quiz comes up, answer
    "Was totally stylin'!" ...but after that answer "Is missing an earring".
    
    Now turn off the computer. Little Guy will inform you that they've
    identified the vehicle from the accident. Also you can now visit
    Veronica's room. Do so.
    
    Few things to check here. First of all, the suspicious glass shards
    on the floor. Those're just screaming LOOKIT ME. This'll make Naomi
    reveal the broken mirror. Next, check on top of the dresser that's under
    the window. Open the package to find the Unknown Medication. Now,
    spray the broken glass shards and shine the ALS on it to reveal a spot
    of blood. You'll get a quiz here. The correct answer is "It was swept
    up with the glass".
    
    Ok, that's all here, but before we leave, guess what! There's ANOTHER
    hidden medal challenge in this episode and it's in this here room.
    See the broken mirror? And to the left a chair with a teddy bear? And to
    the left of THAT a bag and some boxes? Check the stack of books on top
    of those boxes to find this medal challenge. Here we go! First question.
    This one's pretty easy. Since the Batista Procedure is complete crap and
    has been abandoned by the medical community due to so many failures,
    it's obvious that it isn't more effective than a heart transplant.
    Answer "More successful than transplants". How's THAT for deduction Roni.
    Second question. Oh, another easy one. "Isograft" is obviously the
    correct answer, come on. Next question. Ok, this one's tough. Who can
    even know this crap? Ffffff. The correct answer is apparently "Don't
    use forceps on membranes". Really? What does that even mean. I don't.
    Fourth question. Oh, haha, this one is drop dead easy. Man, it looks
    like ancient folk wisdom still applies because the correct answer is
    obviously "All of the above". Final question. And it's a deceptively
    difficult one. The correct answer is "To reduce eyestrain in doctors".
    Now you'll be able to get the medal after beating the stage.
    
    Aight, whew. Let's get back to the office. Little Guy will tell you
    that they've received the interview with the truck driver. Open up
    the recorder and choose "Veronica before the accident". Click on speech
    bubble #8 to get the Collapsed Girl card. Next, listen to "What did you
    do afterwards" and click on speech bubble #11 to get the Body Disposal
    card.
    
    Yokay, turn on the computer and let's begin fusing. Join the two cards
    with the truck driver on them. When the quiz comes up, answer "Lying on
    the ground", "Threw the corpse over the bridge" and "She was thrown off
    the bridge". After that, Little Guy will be trying to contact you, so
    listen to his crap. He's finished with the parent records. After he
    finishes talking, show him the unknown medication. After that, show it
    to him AGAIN to have him analyze it. Also have him analyze the blood on
    the second earring. It belongs to the victim. When the quiz here comes
    up, answer "It was ripped out of her ear". Now fuse that earring card
    with the other earring card. You'll get another quiz. The correct answer
    is "She was taken by force". This'll get you the first solid evidence of
    the case. Little Guy will now also have finished analyzing the Victim
    Events. Not only that, but he'll be trying to contact you again. Talk to
    him to receive the information on the prescription medication.
    
    We're still not done fusing things. Join the Post-Mortem fractures with
    the driver's account. The correct answer to the quiz here is "Already
    dead". Next, join the Victim's Hospital Record with the Parents' Hospital
    Records. It'll ask how many months ago Veronica Cage had been visiting
    the hospital. Type 2 on the numpad and press OK. For the next question,
    also type 2. You'll get the "Bizarre Coincidence" card. Now fuse the
    Victim's Charts with Mysterious Bloodstains. You'll get the Traces of
    Vomited Blood card. Fuse that with the Unknown Pathological Change.
    After some dialogue Little Guy will give you the aluminum powder for
    finding fingerprints.
    
    So alright, get back to Veronica's room and let's give that a whirl.
    Spread the powder on the floor in the area between the cushions and the
    door, then shine the ALS on it to reveal all the fingerprints. A quiz
    will come up. What was the victim doing? Obviously she was pushing off
    the walls in zero-G!! ...ok, no, she was "Crawling on the floor".
    After that, examine the doormat to remove it. Then spray luminol on that
    area and shine the ALS to reveal bloodstains. An extreme amount too.
    It's clearly "Blood that she vomited". And the shape indicates that
    "The door was closed".
    
    Now click on the door to close it. Check the scratch marks on it. Spray
    them with luminol to reveal bloodstains in them. The answer to the
    question is, of course, "Scratching". We're done here now. Get back to
    the office, boot up the computer and let's finish fusing.
    
    Join "Termina Symptoms" with "Fingerprints on Floor". Join the "Lethal
    Bloodloss" with "Hidden Scratches". When the quiz comes up, answer
    "Locked in". Now, show the fractured finger to Little Guy. You'll
    receive the Pre-Mortem Fracture card. Finally, join that with the other
    remaining card to get the last evidence. You'll get a couple questions
    here. The answers are "Increased aggression" and "Veronica was beating 
    her parents".
    
    Whew. Conclusion reached. Jesus that was even longer than the first
    mission. Now all we have to do is present the cards in the correct order.
    That order is "Veronica's Violence", "Sudden Attack", "Sealed Door", 
    "Proof of Abduction", "Truth Behind Fractures", and the original card.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                              ==========================
                              === Gabriel Cunningham ===
                              ==========================
    
                                 === Moving Heart ===
    
    Aight, you ready for the next diagnosis? Again no cute girl this time
    but at least it ain't a fat bastard either. Let's do it! First thing's
    first, let's question her. Click on "Um... I've had a fever for a while
    and it won't go away.", "I've also lost some weight, but I think it's
    just because of the fever.", "Besides that... I've been having night
    sweats, but that might be the fever too.", and "There are some odd 
    bruises around the scar from the operation.".
    
    After that, she'll let you do the visual exam. Make her lift up her
    shirt by checking her abdomen. Point at the dots on the left side of her
    waist to get the "Pigment spots" symptom and unlock a scintigraphy.
    Let's go check it out right now. Head to the lab and bring up the image.
    Look at the area where the pigment spots were on her abdomen. It will
    be darker than on the normal image. Point here to get the "Abnormal
    uptake into pigment spots" symptom. 
    
    Now get back to the office. Time to narrow down the candidates as Gabe
    says. Get into Roni and open up Kaposi's Sarcoma. Drag all of the
    symptoms from the left to it. They all match. But before we can make
    the diagnosis, we have to go talk to the patient again. Get back to the
    exam room. Question her again. This time click on "It's strange... I made
    sure to take the medication they gave me too." once you do that, the
    Biopsy results will come in. They're positive. Get back to the office
    and drag the new symptom over to Kaposi's Sarcoma. That's it.
    
    ...but you thought we were done that fast? Naw. You ain't done. I been 
    watchin' you. You ain't washed behind yo ears or nuthin'. Begin phase 2!
    
    Question her again, and click on "Um...my stomach suddenly started
    hurting..." to get the stomachache symptom. Click on "And... I feel a
    little nauseous, too", you'll get the Nausea symptom. Then click on
    "Let's see... if there's anything else worth mentioning, I guess I have
    been feeling a little bloated..." to get Bloated Abdomen. Finally, click
    on "I'm having trouble... using the toilet fully, you understand?" to
    get the constipation symptom.
    
    Next we'll use the stethoscope. Listen to her stomach. SWEET JESUS. It's
    like she's got a lion in there! You'll get the "Aggravated Bowel Sounds"
    symptom. After this, the X-Ray and CT exams will unlock. So let's go
    to the image lab and look them over.
    
    Open up the X-Ray image and look at the upper part of the image. She's
    got a shadow in the shape of what seems to be a sink faucet to the right
    of the spine. The normal image doesn't have this. Click it to obtain
    the Formation of air-fluid level symptom. 
    
    Next, open up the second CT image. It's glaringly obvious that her two
    kidneys are way smaller than on the normal picture. Click on either one
    of them. This isn't actually a symptom, but it'll get you the next Gabe
    medal. Once you have that, open up the fourth CT image. Check out the
    top-right of the image. You'll see a white ball there that isn't on the
    normal one. Click on it to get the "Tumor Shadows on Small Intestine"
    symptom.
    
    That's all we need for now. Get back to the office and boot Roni up.
    Open up Occlusive Ileus and drag all the symptoms on the left to it.
    Then hit diagnose to finish this phase.
    
    Time to start up phase 3, let's take everything again from the top. Or
    from the bottom, whatever. The first thing I want you to do is bring up
    the EKG. Now look at the bottom part. Every 8 sections a part of the
    line will be cut off. Point here and say it's an abnormality to get
    another medal for Gabe!
    
    Now, start questioning her again. Click on "I don't know why, but my
    chest's been hurting for a while." and "If this keeps up... *cough*
    *cough*" to get Chest Pains and Coughing.
    
    After that, auscultate her. Exit out of that and she'll begin coughing
    again. Question her again. This time click on "Um... when I was coughing
    just now, I tasted blood." and "Doctor... it's getting hard to breathe.
    Could this be related...?". You'll get Bloody Sputum and Dyspnea.
    
    Now auscultate her again. Listen to her left lung (that would be your
    right). It's barely breathing. Have RONI record this to get the
    "Attenuation of Respiratory Sounds" symptom. The x-ray will now be
    ready too, so head over to the image analysis lab. Open up the single
    image. The problem here is obvious. Click on the lower-right part of
    the image. There's a huge white shadow here that isn't on the normal
    image. You'll get "Pleural Effusion". 
    
    That's all. Time to go to the office. Open up Roni and bring up
    Carcinomatous Pleuritis. Drag all of the symptoms over to it. They all
    apply to it, but we still need a CT scan. Unfortunately we gotta visit
    the patient once more because apparently she's doing pretty bad.
    Do so, and after some good ol' drama you'll get a new x-ray image and
    the CTs. Get to the lab and bring up the new X-ray. Again, the
    abnormality is obvious. The entire area above where we found the pleural
    effusion is different and there's a Rosalia bruise. Click here to get
    some pretty cool music.
    
    Bring up the fifth CT image. Look at the lung on the right. There's a
    white shadow on the upper-right part that isn't on the normal image.
    Click it to get the tumor shadows symptom. That's all we need. Get back
    to the office and bring up Carcinomatous Pleuritis again. Drag the
    remaining symptom onto it and make the diagnosis to finish this mission!
    
    Well that was kinda cool. These diagnosis missions aren't so bad. Now
    if only Rosalia wasn't such a joke disease.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Naomi Kimishima ===
                               =======================
    
                               === Behind the Lies ===
    
    Welp, here we go again with Naomi. Let's get started. Like Naomi says,
    go to the evidence room first and check out the corpse. Quite a few
    things on it. Examine the star-shaped pattern on the left side of her
    head. The answer to the quiz here is "The shape of the weapon". Next,
    examine the big wound on her chest. The answer to the quiz here is
    "Cross-Shaped". Also examine the small wound on her back. Finally, check
    both palms of her hands. She has wounds on each one.
    
    Now bring up the personal effects. Couple of things to examine here.
    First the bloodstain on the sleeve, then the hairs on the shoulder. When
    the quiz here comes up answer "Alma and Joseph have white hair".
    That's all we need. Go back to the office and turn on the computer.
    
    Start by having Little Guy analyze the blood on the sleeve and the hair.
    When the quiz comes up, answer "Cut". Next, join the back wound with
    the chest wound. The answers to the quiz here are "The weapon penetrated
    the body" and "Her chest". Now show Little Guy the card you obtain from
    this. Tell him it's "Over 20 cm" and "Cross-shaped". Now fuse this new
    card you obtain with the "Murder Weapon(?)" card. Answer "Joseph is
    lying". Well, that got us our first solid evidence fast.
    
    Turn off the computer and Little Guy will tell you they're done
    interrogating Joseph. Open up the recorder and listen to his bull.
    Click on speech bubble #6 to obtain the "Joseph's injury" card. Boot up
    the comp again and fuse that with "Type O Blood". Wow, our second solid
    evidence already? We goin' places! Turn off the computer.
    
    Time to put the facts in order. The answers here are "He hid the real
    murder weapon", and "He can't stand". You can now visit the Mountain
    House. So that's where we're going next!
    
    Ok, first examine the fireplace. You'll find the mysterious ashes and
    the burned hair. Next, examine the clock on the table. The stars on it
    match the "Bruise on corpse's head". Now examine the white shard
    underneath the table. The answer to the quiz here is "There are no other
    pieces around".
    
    That's all we need, but before we go, there's a hidden medal challenge
    here! Look at the table on the corner on the left. Examine the books on
    it to find this challenge. First question. Let's see, how many... son
    of a whore! How is anyone supposed to know this bull? God dammit.
    Oh well, at least we know it can't be very many of them since emergencies
    have to be treated fast. The answer is 7. Second question. Well this
    one's not as bad. And you know how it is at this point with this game.
    If one of the answers is all of the above, that's always the correct
    one. The answer is "Everything should be suspected!". Third question.
    Well this one's free. It's obviously "The subject's condition". Fourth
    question. Whoop, another freebie. Everybody knows circulation is
    essential to keeping someone alive, so it has to be that. Last question.
    Eh. This one's pretty easy too, I mean, it's telling us THE injured
    person so that means confirming the number of wounded is pointless, and
    if there's only one then triage is pointless as well. And preparing your
    equipment? Pfft, come on, you always do that ANYWAY. The answer is
    obviously "Confirm your own safety". How's THAT for deduction Roni.
    Gotta finish the stage to earn the medal now.
    
    Get back to the office and turn on the comp. First show the glass shard
    to Little Guy. When the quiz comes up, answer "Part of a wine glass".
    After that, have Little Guy analyze it a second time. Now, fuse the
    burned hair with the animal hair, then the clock with the star-shaped
    bruise. Show the new card you got from this to Little Guy. That's about
    it. Turn off the comp now.
    
    Oh hell no. Turns out there's a second corpse. And it's the Parker's
    daughter. We don't get a break. Oh well. Head over to the evidence
    room and check the new corpse. Just a couple things to examine here.
    The wound on her chest, obviously caused by the same weapon that killed
    Alma, and the wound on her right palm, the same shape as Alma's.
    
    Now the personal effects. Couple things here too. The cellphone,
    obviously, and the hair on her shoulder. Oh come on, the hair is in
    the exact same place as "on Alma's Clothes"? You could at least make it 
    SLIGHTLY different. That's all. Get back to the office and let's get to
    fusin'. But before that, gotta show the little guy some stuff. Namely,
    the cellphone and Abigail's wound. When the quiz comes up, answer
    "The murder weapon is the same" and "Depth of wound". Let's keep fusing
    everything that's the same. The "Familiar Hair" with the "Mysterious
    Fur". You'll get another quiz and the correct answer here is "The
    killer wore the fur". Finally fuse the two wounds on their palms, and
    then fuse "Same Murder Weapon" with "Fur Coincidence". The answers to
    the quiz here are "Weapon that killed them" and "Black animal hair".
    You'll get the same killer card.
    
    Get out of the comp now. Little Guy will inform you that new testimony
    has arrived. First listen to Joseph's new lie. Nothing special here.
    Next, listen to the cook and click on speech bubble #10 to get the
    "Abigail's Trail" card. Get on the computer again and fuse that with
    "Two-day old corpse". When the quiz pops up, answer "Was seen hours
    before death". Turn off the computer now and Little Guy will tell you
    they've gotten a suspect. He'll send you his testimony. Apparently
    Abigail was having an affair with him? But wait, if Alma is 70 years
    old, that would mean Abigail has to be like around 40! Who in their
    right mind would want to have an affair with a 40 year old woman? Christ.
    Everybody knows once a woman gets past 30 she's over the hill. But wait,
    where was I? Oh right. The testimony. Listen to it. "Innocent and
    beautiful girl"? Get real, she was an old hag! Ok, ok, I'll shut up now.
    
    Anyway, after listening to it, a quiz'll pop up. The correct answers are
    "Record of calls received", "The chef, Victor", and "The wife, Caroline".
    You'll get the wife's recording now. Listen to all of it. Naomi says
    she sounded unstable. If by unstable she means like a bitch, I agree.
    Well I guess they make a good couple. The insufferable bitch and the
    cheating rat bastard. Anyway, Little Guy will tell you that Caroline 
    shouldn't know that Sean was cheating on her. So then why'd she call 
    him a cheating rat bastard or whatever? Listen to the testimony again 
    and click on speech bubble #7. You'll get another quiz here. The answer 
    is "Saw him with Abigail".
    
    Get on the computer again. Have Little Guy analyze the lighter. Obviously
    it was "Caroline Bowen" that dropped the lighter. Join this new piece of
    evidence with the Caroline card. You'll get a rare quiz with only two
    answers. Obviously we can't say Caroline is behind the murders for sure.
    That kind of flimsy evidence may fly in an actual court (get it? because
    they're incompetent and convict innocents all the time) but we're being
    serious here. Anyway, show the new evidence to the Little Guy. He'll
    also have finished analyzing the phone and also tells you the chef's
    new testimony is in. Go listen to it.
    
    After you're done with that, Caroline's new testimony will come in. That
    was fast. Listen to it and you'll get a new card at the end. Now get back
    on the computer and join Abigail's Time of Death with the Payphone Call.
    Abigail was last seen 3 days ago. Type that in and hit OK. She was with
    Sean Bowen. Although I know "Naomi Kimishima" is tempting. The reason she
    left was because she got a phone call. It came from a pay phone nearby.
    Next, join the Mysterious Ashes with the Crazy Monster to get our next
    piece of solid evidence. Yeesh. Been a while.
    
    Turn off the computer. It'll be time to sort out the information. A
    series of questions will come up. The answers are "To destroy the
    evidence", "He confessed to the murders", "Abigail", "Responded to the
    phone call", and finally "He's lying to protect him".
    
    After that, get back on the comp. Little Guy will be trying to contact
    you. Talk to him and Alyssa will make him open the clock to find the real
    murder weapon inside. What, so you're telling me they never actually
    looked inside the clock? What a bunch of incompetent buffoons. Anyway,
    get the stake analyzed. You'll see that the handle is the same as the
    bruise on Alma's palm. Join the hilt with Alma's palm bruise. You'll
    get another quiz, but man, I don't know why they even ask some of this
    stuff when they literally give you the answer right before. Sigh. Anyway,
    it's "Alma used the murder weapon". Now join the "Weapon - Blade" with
    the weapon inconsistency. You'll get a new card. Combine it with Alma's"
    Weapon". You'll get another quiz here. The correct answer is that
    "She didn't know it was Alma".
    
    After that, you'll get a call from the Little Guy. He's finished
    analyzing the wine glass shard. 'bout fricken time. It'll become solid
    evidence now. Exit the computer now. You'll get two questions here. 
    Answer "Joseph", "The blood on Alma's sleeve". 
    
    Now get back to the murder scene. You'll get a recording from Joseph
    telling you to check above the fireplace. Do it, check the bricks just
    above where the two family photos are to find Alma's diary. Now go back
    to the office. Little Guy will inform you that Alma's autopsy revealed
    she had a tumor in the prefrontal lobe. That's why she went insane.
    You'll now read the diary and get some questions. The answers are
    "Black bruise on right palm", "Having auditory hallucinations", "Wound
    on right palm", "Sleeping pills". You'll get a crapload of solid
    evidence. We're almost done. Get back on the computer and show Little Guy
    the only piece of evidence that's yet to be finished. You'll get a stupid
    question. Obviously the death Alma couldn't be behind is Alma's, we 
    already know she killed Abigail and the other two guys are alive! Geez.
    The answer to the next question is "Burning the mask and fur" and then
    "Hiding the murder weapon". You'll now have the final evidence.
    
    Conclusion reached! God DAMN but this mission was even longer than all
    the others. 's ridankalus. Anyway, now all that's left is to present the
    cards in the correct order. That order is "Alma's symptoms", "Details of
    Abigail's murder", "Deceased's voice: Abigail", "Two Sigils",
    "Benzodiazepine in wine", "Joseph's bloodstain", "Masked Suspect", 
    "Other Killer", "Husband's Lie", and the original card.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                              ==========================
                              === Gabriel Cunningham ===
                              ==========================
    
                              === The Simplest Truth ===
    
    Alright let's get started! ..what the. Joshua looks too much like
    Gabriel. Is he your kid or your clone man? Geez. Anyway, let's start
    by questioning him. There isn't really anything to point out, he seems
    fine. Next, use the stethoscope and the EKG, but they don't show any
    abnormalities either.
    
    After you do that though, he'll start coughing. Auscultate him again.
    Check his heart and his lungs. The heart is beating faster than normal
    and he's breathing pretty rapidly too. You'll get the tachycardia and
    tachypnea symptoms. After that he'll cough again and spit blood on his
    hand. Gabriel says he needs to do something to get the kid to show his
    hand, but man, can't you just, like, slap him on the back of the head
    and tell him to show you his hand? No need to jump through any hoops.
    
    But oh well. Examine him and click on his shirt to make him lift it up,
    then have him lift it back down. He'll get the blood on it. BUSTED.
    Examine the spot of blood to get the hematemesis symptom. After that the
    X-ray exam will become available, so go to the lab and check it out.
    
    Bring up the second X-ray image and look at the center of it. There's a
    bright white spot there that isn't on the normal image. Click on it to
    obtain the "Caved-in gastric wall" symptom. Now go back to the exam
    room and tell Joshua about it. Question him and he'll start talking for
    real now. Click on "...My tummy hurts once in a while. But that's it!",
    and "Yeah, I don't feel like eating when it hurts. What's wrong with 
    that?".
    
    That's about it. Get back to the office and bring up the candidates.
    Open up Gastric Ulcer and drag all the symptoms over to it. Then hit
    diagnose to finish this phase.
    
    Onto phase 2. Since we're already at the office, take a look at the
    diagnostic results first. Click on his serum amylase, serum lipase and
    elastase levels. That's all here. Now get to the lab.
    
    Bring up the X-Ray image. The abnormality is extremely obvious. He has
    a shadowing in the upper-right in the shape of a wii nunchuck. Examine
    it to obtain the "Abnormal Bowel Gas in Intestine" symptom. 
    
    Next, bring up the third CT image and look at the center of it and
    towards the top. His pancreas is swollen. Record it.
    
    That's all we need, however, before we leave, bring up the fourth CT
    image. Look at the very top part of the image. See that the normal
    one extends higher up? Point there and say it's an abnormality to get
    the next Gabriel medal! I don't get why Gabe's so worried about the
    thin layer of fat. I mean, it's supposed to be good if you have less fat!
    
    Anydangway, get back to the office and talk to Joshua again. He'll
    finally agree to cooperate fully. Question him again and click on
    "It's not just my tummy... my back's been starting to hurt too..." and
    "Also... I don't feel well. I feel like I'm gonna throw up any minute..."
    then make him lift up his shirt. You'll see bruises on his belly button
    and on the left side of his torso. Examine and record BOTH of them. 
    
    We got all we need now. Head back to the office to diagnose. Bring up
    Acute Pancreatitis and drag all the symptoms from the left over to it.
    They all apply. That ends phase 2.
    
    Let's start again. Bring up the diagnostic results again and this time
    check the Serum Calcium, Serum Phosphorus, Serum PRL, Serum Gastrin and 
    the Intact PTH levels. They're all outside the range. After that, 
    question him once again and click on "Um... I've started getting real 
    thirsty. I've been going to the bathroom a lot too." You'll get 
    Polydipsia and Polyuria.
    
    That's all. Head back to the office now and open Roni up. Bring up
    Hyperparathyroidism and drag Polydipsia and Polyuria, High Blood Calcium
    Level, Low Serum Phosphorus level and high intact PTH level to it. We'll
    need to check the x-ray and scintigraphy results to make a concrete
    diagnosis though, so get back to the lab. Bring up the X-ray. Now look
    at his index finger. It's subtle, but the proximal phalange has been
    eaten away a little on the left side. Record that. Now bring up the
    scintigraphy. This one's easy. The normal image has 2 spots and the
    real one has 3. Click on the third spot to get the Parathyroid Adenoma
    symptom. 
    
    Welp, get back to the office and drag those two symptoms to
    hyperparathyroidism. That's all of the symptoms for it, but we still
    have symptoms left over that don't apply. Guess it's back to the exam
    room again. Joshua says he can't see, so question him again.
    Click on "But I totally didn't see when you came in." to get the visual
    field loss symptom and unlock the MRI exam. Also click on "And... my
    head hurts too... but I'll keep trying to help you, Doctor!" to get
    the headache symptom.
    
    Now go back to the lab and check the MRI. Bring up the third image and
    look at the top left part of the brain. You'll see a slash there like
    someone came in with a knife and chopped it like it was a bar of butter.
    There's no such chop on the normal image. Point here and say it's an
    abnormality to get yet another medal for Gabe and get some awesome
    dialogue! I also like his face when you find it, I don't think they used 
    that face in any other part of the game.
    
    Now let's go back to finding actual symptoms. Bring up the fifth MRI
    and look at the black hole a bit to the left of the center. The
    pituitary gland, which is on the upper-right of that black area is
    extremely swollen compared to the normal image. Record that. You'll get
    the "Tumor shadow on pituitary gland" symptom. 
    
    That's all we need to diagnose. Go back to the office now and bring up
    Pituitary Adenoma. Drag headache, visual field loss, high serum PRL
    level and tumor shadow on the pituitary gland to it. This is far from
    all the symptoms though. After you do this, though, RONI will add the
    Wermer's Syndrome to the list. Open it up and drag all of the symptoms
    to it. This time they all match. There is one last symptom though. We
    need to find tumors in a CT of the pancreas. It will become available
    now, so head to the lab.
    
    Open up the 4th CT image and look at the pancreas near the center. It's
    swollen and way bigger than on the normal image, but we already found
    that symptom earlier. Look towards the left side and you'll be able to
    see a faint shadow not present on the normal image. Point here to find
    the tumor shadow we're looking for. Then finally go back to the office
    again, drag the final symptom to Wermer's Syndrome and we're finished.
    
    Man. The tone there was pretty serious. But at least we know everything
    turns out alright in the end!
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Naomi Kimishima ===
                               =======================
    
                              ===  Crime of Passion  ===
    
    Man am I the only one who thinks the Raging Bomber's name is too close
    to Raging Boner? ...actually that probably is why they chose the name.
    
    Let's begin. As always, let's start by going to the evidence room and
    checking out the corpse. There are a few things to examine here. First
    and most obviously, the huge amount of wounds all over his chest from
    the explosion. Next, examine the black piece of metal stuck in the big
    laceration on the chest to the right. Obviously "The explosion blew it
    there". Finally, check the right hand. There are two things here.
    Calluses and some black powder. When the quiz comes up, answer that
    Aidan Posner's occupation was "Tennis player" and that he was
    "Right-handed".
    
    That's all we're getting here. Go back to the office now and listen to
    the manager's recording. You'll get the Unknown Method card. Also
    Little Guy will send you the revolutionary's testimony, so listen to
    that. Afterwards you'll get a quiz. Answer that he's "A young male" and
    that his next target is "A caucasian man".
    
    Now boot up the computer. There are quite a few things we have to show
    the Little Guy. First, the lacerations. Answer that the bomb must have
    been "Within a meter" distance. Next, show him the Mystery Metal. Answer
    that the piece of metal was "Shrapnel from a bomb". Finally, show him
    the "Substance on little finger".
    
    Exit the computer now. Little Guy will call in to inform you that the
    bomber already killed the next victim. Geez, this raging boner sure
    works fast! Anyway, go back to the evidence room and check out the new
    body. Examine the lacerations on the chest and the carbon dust on the
    little finger of his left hand. Just like Aidan Posner, who also had it
    "On a little finger". "The physical location" is different though, since
    Aidan had it "On the right little finger". That's all we're going to
    learn here.
    
    Go back to the office and Little Guy will tell you they found out
    information on the victim. The bombing site will now become available,
    so let's head on over there! Once you're there, the phone will ring. An
    it'll have an extremely weird ringtone. Apparently Stephen had a debt or
    whatever. But more importantly, let's get to investigating the scene.
    First up, inspect the computer on the left. You'll get the "Nonresponsive
    computer" card. Next, examine the broken guitar on the floor. You'll
    pick it up. After that, move to the right side of the room and check the
    white shard on the wall above the desk where the bomb went off. At
    first I thought it was a hole in the wall, but apparently it's a piece
    of metal. 
    
    Apparently that's all we're going to find here, even though there's
    CLEARLY more evidence. But oh well. One more thing though, there's a
    hidden medal challenge in this room! Check the bookcase on the left
    part of the room. Specifically, the smaller one closest to the corner,
    and the second shelf from the bottom. Endoscopy challenge go! First
    question. Well this one's pretty straightforward and easy to find out.
    The esophagus is 25-30 cm, so... go with 25. Second question... god
    dammit this one's tough. Who can even know this crap. Jesus christ.
    Whatever, answer "Ulcerative and invasive types". Third question now.
    Mmm. This one's tough too, but I'm gonna have to go with "Hemostatic
    Clip" based only on the fact that that sounds like the craziest thing to
    put in your nose. Not that all of the others aren't crazy too. Screw
    endoscopy. Fourth question. Aw crap. This challenge isn't going to give
    us a break huh? Well FINE. You want a fight? Based on the fact
    that anticholinergic inhibits parasympathetic nerve impulses which are
    responsible for involuntary movements of smooth muscles, which obviously
    are far more likely have something to do with glaucoma, high blood 
    pressure and hyperplasia... I'll go with "Impaired Glucose Tolerance".
    Oh yes. Last question. Ok, you gotta be kidding me. ALL of these
    are commonly used. Screw it, this is retarded, not even satan would know 
    the answer to this. The answer is "Evans Blue". For some reason.
    
    Anyway, get back to the office now. Time for some mad fusing. But before
    we start with that, we gotta show Little Guy a LOT of things. First show
    him the broken guitar to have him geek out over it. Then show it to him 
    a second time. A quiz'll come up. The correct answer here is "The string 
    orders" and "Left-handed". After that, show him the nonresponsive 
    computer. Well. That was an easy way to get our first solid evidence. 
    Next, show him the substance on little finger 2. It's carbon dust too. 
    Then, show him the explosion card. When the quiz here comes up, answer
    "At very close range". Finally, show him the mystery metal 2. It's "Part 
    of a bomb". Now fuse that with the other bomb fragment. They were both 
    originally part of a "Steel Pipe". The substance found on them was 
    "Explosive propellant". Now, join the two substances on little finger
    together. They're the same except "It's on different hands". After that,
    fuse the "Callus on right palm" card with "Left-handed owner". Aidan
    Posner's dominant hand was obviously his "Mutant 3rd hand!". Yeah. 
    Ok fine, it was his "right hand". Stephen's was his "Left hand".
    Now fuse this new card you get with "Differences in dust". The carbon
    dust was "On the dominant hand". That'll get us our next piece a solid
    evidence.
    
    Dang. Losta fusin' goin' around here huh? Welp, next up, join the two
    close range explosions, and then fuse the card you get from that with
    the "Same bombs" card. "The bombs had the same power". The distances
    from the bombs were "Both from very close" Obviously this means they
    "Were made by the same person". That'll get us the next solid evidence.
    Now fuse the "White male target" with "Newest victim". When the quiz
    pops up, answer "He isn't famous".
    
    Whew, that's about it. Exit the computer now and Little Guy will inform
    you Lang's testimony has arrived. Listen to it, and after that say that
    Stephen "isn't famous"...again. Then answer "Buy a guitar" and "He had
    a periodic income". You'll get an updated card and Little Guy will tell
    you he sent you the Revolutionary's recording from before Aidan Posner
    died. Listen to it, and Naomi will say something was odd. A new topic
    will come up on the recording, so listen to it again, and this time click
    on speech bubble #9. You'll get the Reason for Cutoff card. Get back on
    the computer and show it to Little Guy, then open the recording a third
    time, this time choosing "Something in the background" and click on
    speech bubble #8. The ringing is from the "phone in Stephen's room".
    
    Get back on the computer and join "Stephen's mysteries" with "Rev. is
    a young male". When the quiz comes up, answer "It's Stephen Eldred".
    Now exit the computer and the mission will end without a conclusion being
    reached! I guess we'll have to wait till the next one.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Naomi Kimishima ===
                               =======================
    
                              === Seeking Atonement ===
    
    Aight, going right back into it! As soon as you start you'll get a series
    of questions. The answers here are "The deliverywoman", "Carbon dust",
    "The Revolutionary", "His voice was unprocessed", and "Why was the
    Revolutionary killed?".
    
    Once that's done, go to Stephen's room again. We'll be searching around
    for really realz this time. Like Naomi says, the area with the most
    clues is the right side. First grab the delivery form on the floor there.
    The important evidence on it is "Fingerprints". Next, examine the
    doormat. You'll have to find the footprints that are different from
    Stephen's. They're pretty easy to spot, they're the two pointy ones on
    the top and center. Point on either of them and press OK. Next, shine
    the ALS on the area above the doormat. The corner of the room. You'll
    find a hair here. That's all, I guess. Get back to the office now and
    boot up the computer.
    
    Ok. Show those three things you found at the scene to the Little Guy.
    When you show him the hair, you'll get a question. The answer is "The
    natural color stands out". After you've shown him those three things,
    fuse both receipts. The forms have prints from the recipient and "The
    person who delivered it". The one who delivered the bomb to the
    revolutionary was the "Deliverywoman who was at CIFM". The bluff the
    raging boner used was "The Revolutionary", what triggered the explosion
    was "Opening the package's lid". She used a timer for Naomi's bomb
    though because she was "Anticipating heavy security". The revolutionary's
    deposits to his his account coincided with "The bomb threats".
    
    Anyway, now join the two Dead cards. The person making the deposits was
    "The Raging Bomber". In exchange the revolutionary would "Make bomb
    threats". The last deposit was "a lot more money". Obviously the reason
    for that is because "He blackmailed the bomber". And it was "To pay back
    loans". The bomber made the final deposit "To pay him for another
    threat". Dang, lotta questions. Anyway, you'll get the Higgins Beach
    Deposit card. Fuse that now with the shoeprints. The answer to the
    question here is "The shoe store has to be checked". Show the new card
    you get to the Little Guy. You'll get a series of questions here. The
    answers are "She's a woman", "Unknown", "Unknown", "170-180 cm", "Has
    red hair". Okay. We now have the location of the bomber's place. Head on 
    over there.
    
    Welp, turns out we're stuck here now. Apparently the 4 bombs on the
    table will go off in 10 minutes unless we find out the numbers on the
    cellphones attached to them. Obviously that's a lie though. We have all
    the time in the world. So just relax. We have more important matters to
    attend to anyway. Namely, the fact that there's a hidden medal challenge
    in this room! Check the shelves on the wall with all the boxes and
    stuff. Specifically, examine the second shelf from the top. The medal
    challenge will be here. Mm. Orthopedics huh. First question. Well, this
    one's not too bad. The answer is obviously "Osteoclastoma" because all
    the other ones are sarcomas and that's classified as malignant. Next
    question. Oh, this one's not so bad either. The answer is "Extraction
    takes time". Come on, EVERYTHING in orthopedics takes time. Why would
    that be a problem. Third question. Mm, this one's definitely tougher.
    The answer is "Spinal osteomyelitis" though. Who knows why. Fourth
    question. Well... since the ulnar nerve is directly connected to the 
    little finger and the ring finger, and this isn't the one being
    paralyzed... then I guess the answer has to be "Thumb - Index - Middle".
    Last question now. Ok, let me tell you something. This question is a huge
    trap. A huge RETARDED trap. I don't understand it at all. It asks which 
    of the following is NOT a possibility if osteomyelitis occurs in 
    children, and the answer is "Occurance in arms and legs" but in REALITY
    that is where it MOST COMMONLY occurs in children. Furthermore, occurance
    is not even a word. So what the HELL people. Who is responsible for
    these things? Because he needs to be fired. Geez. Anyway, at least we
    got the stupid medal.
    
    Moving on. Let's deactivate those bombs. The clue for the first one is
    KQJQ and to close the curtains. The curtains have cards on them, and the
    KQJQ refers to king, queen, jack, queen. The rank of king is 13. 12 for
    queen. And 11 for the jack. That means KQJQ turns into 13 12 11 12.
    Examine the first cellphone and punch that in. Easy. 
    
    Next one. Ms. raging boner tells us the clues are in the mirror and the
    phone. First powder the mirror and shine the ALS on it to reveal a
    message. It says "The sum of the first four is five. They are led by the
    largest. The sum of the last four is eleven. The smallest leads. What
    are they?" Next, powder the telephone and shine the light on it to find
    that the only fingerprints are on the 1, 2 and 3 buttons. That means
    those are the only numbers used. With that we can know the answer.
    Since the first 4 digits add up to 5 and are led by the largest, that
    means the number 3 can't be used at all because then the sum would be
    over 5. That means the first number HAS to be 2. And the only way for
    that to make 5 is for the next 3 digits to all be 1s. Which means the
    first four digits are 2111. Now for the second half, it says the smallest
    leads but that it adds up to eleven. That means that a 1 can't possibly
    be used because that would only add up to 10. So we can only use 2s and
    3s, and the only way to get a sum of eleven with those is 2333. So the
    number is 2111 2333. Punch that in. 
    
    Next bomb. She says the hints are scattered about the room like the stars
    themselves. Well that's pretty obvious. Examine the poster of the solar
    system up on the wall. It has all the planets with their respective
    astrological signs. These signs are hidden around the room in blood with
    a number each, so you're going to have to spray 8 places with luminol
    to find them. The places are:
    
    1) Under the mirror. 
    2) On the column in the corner near the window.
    3) On the wall to the right of that, under the place where the pliers
    and wrenches are hanging.
    4) On the wall underneath the two posters below the solar system one.
    5) Under the table where the 4 bombs are.
    6) On the white column in the middle of the room.
    7) On the cute bed.
    8) On the carpet on the floor beside the bed.
    
    So now we've got all the numbers, we just have to put them in the
    order from closest to the sun to farthest based on the signs beside each
    number. That order is 3415 8693. Punch that in and that'll take care of
    the third bomb.
    
    Fourth bomb now. She asks what would 8947 6231 be if 7 is 1, 3 is 9
    but 5 is 5. What she's referring to is clear if you look at the
    calculator beside the phone. A calculator's pad is different from a
    phone's in the number placement. The 7 and 1 are switched, the 3 and 9
    are switched too, and so are the 8 and 2. But the middle row is the
    same. So all we have to do is switch those digits in the number she gave
    us. That would turn 8947 6231 into 2341 6897. Punch that number in to
    deactivate the fourth bomb.
    
    Since the raging boner obviously has no honor, that means there's a fifth
    bomb just waiting to explode. Examine the teddy bear on the cute bed.
    The bomb's inside here. Naomi says you have to cut one of the wires, only
    one of them reaches the bomb and the other two colors are decoys. The
    note underneath will tell you the cable pattern. You need to start from
    the bomb and work your way backwards through the cables. The note tells
    you which color the cable turns into every time it goes through an
    arrow. Since the starting cable is yellow and we're going backwards, that
    means the cable turns blue after the first arrow, red after the second
    one, and then back to yellow after the third one. That means when you
    get to the first arrow you follow the blue cable after, then when you
    get to the second arrow you follow the red cable, then on the next you
    follow the yellow, then on the next you follow the blue, then on the
    next the red, and then on the next the yellow one... and this one
    is connected to the transceiver. So the cable you have to cut is the
    yellow one. Point on it and press OK.
    
    And with that we're done with this mission. While these puzzles weren't
    exactly HARD or anything, they are way above the usual painfully obvious
    quizzes, so that's appreciated. 
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                              ==========================
                              === Gabriel Cunningham ===
                              ==========================
    
                                  === Proud One ===
    
    Welp, last Gabriel mission. Dude won't cooperate until he's got some
    orders, so let's start with the things we don't need cooperation for.
    And by that I mean visual examination. First examine his freakishly
    deformed mutant hands. You'll get the swollen fingertips symptom.
    Next, check his left arm, because it's a different size. You'll get the
    swollen arm symptom. Finally, check his eye. Like Gabe says, it's hanging
    unnaturally low. You'll get the Blepharoptosis symptom.
    
    After you find these three things the orders to comply will come, which
    means we can start questioning him. Click on "I have been experiencing
    chest pain for several days!", "I have been coughing up bloody sputum!",
    "I have been experiencing numbness in my left arm!". Well, he sure made
    it easy compared to all the other patients. The x-ray and MRI exams will
    become available at this point, so get to the image analysis lab.
    
    Open up the x-ray. Look at the neck at the very top and a bit to the
    right. You'll see some subtle white shadowing that isn't on the normal
    image. Click here to obtain the "Tumor shadow on the lung" symptom.
    Well that's it I guess. Move to the office and open Roni up. Bring up
    Pancoast Tumor and drag all the symptoms to it. Apparently we need to
    do a sputum cytology though. Get back to the exam room. When you do,
    the patient says his chest pain's gotten worse and Gabe requests yet
    another x-ray. Another one so soon? Guess it's back to the image lab.
    
    Bring up the new x-ray and oh. Well this one's obvious, it's Rosalia
    again, and in the same place as last time, on the right side of the
    image. Click on it and say it's an abnormality. Afterwards, the
    cytology will come back positive, which means we can make a diagnosis
    now. Get back to the office, bring up Pancoast Tumor again and drag the
    remaining symptom to it. Diagnosis complete.
    
    But of course we ain't done yet. Begin diagnosis phase 2! First take a
    look at the diagnostic results. Check the total bilirubin, AST, ALT,
    y-GTP (yeah I know it's not a y, whatever), LAP, PIVKA-II and AFP levels.
    Geez. So many abnormalities. Next, examine his eyes again. You'll get the
    Jaundice symptom. Once you have that, question him again. Click on
    "As of a moment ago, my stomach has begun to hurt..." to get the
    stomachache symptom. That's all we're getting. Go back to the office
    now. Bring up Malignant Liver Tumor and drag all the symptoms over to it.
    They all match, but we still need a CT and a scintigraphy. Go to the
    image analysis lab now. The CT images are available.
    
    Alright, first bring up the third CT image. Check the top part of the
    image. You'll see that the abs are larger than on the normal image. They
    almost touch the skin. Click here and say it's an abnormality to get the
    last medal for Gabe!
    
    Anyway, for the actual symptom, you can basically find it in any of
    the images. In the first one for example, if you look at the left side
    you'll see that the liver extends out farther than on the normal image.
    Now for the tumor, check the fourth image. Look at the left part and
    you'll be able to see a subtle shadowing in the shape of a circle that's
    not present on the normal image. Click here to get the tumor symptom.
    The scintigraphy will now become available. Open it up and WOAH. He's
    got a demonic claw squeezing his liver. REALISM. Click on it to obtain
    the abnormal accumulation in liver symptom. Get back to the office now.
    Drag the two remaining symptoms to Malignant Liver Tumor and diagnose.
    
    We're still not done yet though. Time for phase 3! Looks like the
    patient collapsed. That's not among the things that can be considered
    good. Anyway, the only thing you can do at this point is talk to him. Now
    turns out the army is going to try and stop us from continuing with the
    diagnosis. Well to hell with 'em. 
    
    Start by examining his eyes once again. You'll get the bloodshot eyes
    observation. Once you have that, talk to him. Click on "Sometimes my
    muscles hurt so bad that I can barely stand it.", "But just reading all
    that stuff gives me a headache sometimes, you know?", "But sometimes
    I feel like there isn't the right balance of ingredients in the food.",
    and "I was okay until a moment ago, but it suddenly feels really hot...".
    
    Now, once you've got all that, examine him and click on his shirt to
    have him take it off. You'll find two Rosalia bruises on his torso.
    Click on either one of them to get the pigment spots on skin observation.
    Go to the office now and open RONI up. None of the diseases on the list
    totally match the symptoms. For now you'll just have to narrow things
    down. Start with Typhoid and drag fever, headaches and pigment spots to
    it. Next, bring up Acute Severe Respiratory Syndrome and drag fever,
    headache, and muscle pain to it. Next, bring up Malaria and drag all
    the symptoms except pigment spots to it. Then bring up Bacillary
    Dysentery and drag fever to it. Finally, bring up Acute Hemorrhagic
    Conjunctivitis and drag Bloodshot eyes, headache and fever to it.
    
    That's all, but we need far more information for the diagnosis. Well
    screw it. Enough with the charade, let's just examine the patient
    before the army gets here. Get back to the exam room. Examine his mouth
    to get the hematemesis symptom, then make him lift up his shirt again
    and examine the pigment spots again. You'll get the skin hemorrhaging
    symptom.
    
    After some drama, new diagnostic results will become available. Open them
    up and check his blood pressure, white blood cell count, fibrinogen,
    APTT, and platelet count. That's it. Now go back to the office and
    bring up the new Viral Hemorrhagic Fever. Drag all of the symptoms to it.
    They all match, but we need an antibody reaction exam before we can
    diagnose. Obviously they're not gonna let us. While RONI's finding
    something out, get back to the exam room. The last thing we have to do
    is just talk to the patient. Click on "I...I won't get the chance to tell
    them myself." and "That's... my last wish...".
    
    Once that's done, the exam result will come on. Obviously it's positive.
    I mean, was there ever any doubt. That's the last symptom we need. Get
    back to the office now and drag it over to Viral Hemorrhagic Fever and
    diagnose. We're done.
    
    That was cool. I guess these diagnostic missions really aren't so bad
    after all. We're done with them now though.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Naomi Kimishima ===
                               =======================
    
                              === Demons and Death ===
    
    Okay. Welp, turns out we'll have to start this mission by reconstructing 
    another skull. It'll be more of the same, except this time you can change
    the angle of the pieces so I guess it's more difficult. We won't get it
    done by just standing around, get in the evidence room and begin.
    
    Stage 1 first. Let's start with the bottom part first since it's the
    easiest. On the right side, grab the third fragment starting from the
    bottom. No need to rotate it, just place it on the jaw area. Next, grab
    the bottom piece from the left side, don't rotate it either. Place it
    on the bottom-left part of the skull. Now, grab the bottom-rightmost
    fragment, rotate it once counterclockwise and place it on the upper
    right part of the skull. Then get the bottom piece from the left side
    and place it to the left of the last fragment you placed, without
    rotating. Next, get the top piece from the right, rotate it once
    counterclockwise and place it on the left part of the skull. Only four
    pieces left now. Grab the bottom-right one, rotate it clockwise once and
    place it on the bottom. Then, get the bottom fragment of the two left on
    the right side, rotate it once counterclockwise and place it to the right
    of the last one. Finally, grab the left fragment, rotate it clockwise
    once and place it on the top, then place the final fragment.
    
    Stage 2! Dang, lotsa fragments here. Well let's start at the top I guess.
    The top hole's got a little pick on the right, see? Well, grab the
    middle fragment from the right side, rotate it once counterclockwise
    and place it there. Movin' on. Grab the top right-most fragment, rotate
    it once counterclockwise and place it to the right of the first piece
    you placed. Now, grab the fragment on the right side that looks like a
    pentagon. Rotate it clockwise once and place it in between the last two
    pieces you placed. Let's move to the bottom now. Grab the middle piece
    of the left side and place it on the bottom-right part of the skull.
    No need to rotate it. Next, grab the top piece on the left side, rotate
    it clockwise once and place it on the bottom-left part of the skull. 
    That'll leave a triangular shape in between the two pieces you just
    placed. Grab the triangle shaped fragment from the left, rotate it
    counterclockwise once and place it here. Well whaddya know. It's looking
    a lot more complete now. Now you'll notice there's an almost square
    indentation above the bottom-leftmost piece on the skull. Grab the
    bottom-right fragment from the right side, rotate it counterclockwise
    once and place it here. That'll leave an easy hole above it. Get the
    middle piece from the right side, rotate it counterclockwise once and
    put it here. Now, grab the bottom fragment from the left side. Rotate it
    clockwise once and place it right smack in the middle of the skull. Get
    the last piece from the left side, don't rotate it and place it
    immediately to the right of that. Only two pieces left now. Grab the
    bottom one, rotate it clockwise once and place it on the top, then place
    the final piece.
    
    Whew. Moving on. Stage 3 now. Damn, lotta pieces here too. Let's start
    with the jaw since it's easy. Grab the middle piece from the left side,
    rotate it counterclockwise once and place it here. Next, you see the
    strange white piece on the right side? Why is it white and the others
    are blue? No idea. Rotate it clockwise once and place it on the very top
    part of the skull. Next, get the top-rightmost fragment, rotate it
    counterclockwise once and place it on the top-right part of the skull.
    Now, grab the second piece on the right side starting from the top. 
    Rotate it counterclockwise once and place it below the last one. After
    that, get the triangle shaped fragment from the left and place it in
    between the last two pieces. No need to rotate it. Oh by the way, grab
    the leftmost fragment, don't rotate it, and place it on the nose area.
    Then, grab the bottom fragment from the left side, rotate it
    counterclockwise once and put it immediately to the right of that last
    fragment you placed on the nose. Get the last remaining piece on the left
    now and place it on the bottom-right part of the skull without rotating
    it. After that, get the bottom-left fragment from the right side, rotate
    it clockwise once and place it above that last fragment. Almost done now,
    get the bottom piece, rotate it counterclockwise once and place it on
    the bottom, then take the top piece, don't rotate it and place it right
    above that. That only leaves the final piece.
    
    Last stage. Well, it seems this one will be slightly easier if only
    because the teeth are easily identified. Let's start with those. Grab
    the teeth from the top-right, rotate them clockwise and place them on
    the bottom-left part of the jaw. Next, grab the remaining teeth from
    the right side, rotate them counterclockwise and place them above and to
    the left of the last set of teeth you placed. Finally, grab the last
    set of teeth on the left side, rotate them counterclockwise and place
    them to the right of the last one. Okay, you'll now have part of the
    left eyesocket reconstructed. Grab the top-left fragment, rotate it
    counterclockwise once and place it above the partially reconstructed
    eyesocket. While we're at it, get the top fragment from the right side,
    don't rotate it, and place it on the bottom-left part of the skull. Then,
    grab the leftmost fragment, again don't rotate it, and place it
    immediately to the right of that. Hey, looks to me like we're almost
    done. There's only two pieces on the left side now. Get the top one,
    rotate it counterclockwise and place it on the top left part of the
    skull. Once that's done, get the remaining piece from the left side,
    rotate it counterclockwise too and place it below that last one. Only
    fragments on the right side now! Get the top one, rotate it clockwise
    and place it on the top-right. That'll leave an easy hole to the right.
    Get the bottom-right fragment, rotate it clockwise and put it here. 
    Now, grab the largest fragment, rotate it clockwise too and place it
    above the right eyesocket. Now there's only a hole in the middle and
    a hole in the top left (and of course a hole in the very bottom but
    guess who was stupid enough to swallow that piece?). Let's take care of
    the top hole. Grab the bottom fragment, rotate it counterclockwise and
    place it on the left part. Only two pieces left now! Grab the right one,
    rotate it counterclockwise and place it at the top, then just place the
    final piece in the middle and we're DONE. Sheesh. If you think it's a
    pain in the ass to read these directions, trust me, it's even more of a
    pain in the ass to write them.
    
    Finally. Let's move on. Check the personal effects now. There are a few
    things to examine here. First and most obviously, the huge bloodstains
    on the front. The unusual thing about it is that "There's no clothing
    damage". Next, examine the breastpocket to find a key. And finally,
    check one of the pockets below to find a syringe and drugs. That's all
    we're going to find. Get back to the office and boot up the comp.
    
    We'll start by showing Little Guy all of the things we found from the
    personal effects. Note that the bloodstain needs to be analyzed twice.
    Once all that's done, fuse the two remaining cards. The skull
    reconstruction stage 4 will come up again, and this time we'll be able
    to use the two fragments the dumb cat swallowed to finish it. Grab the
    piece from the left, rotate it clockwise and place it on the right.
    Then grab the final piece and place it willy nilly. After some more
    dialogue and once you regain control, show the skull to Little Guy.
    When the quiz comes up, say that the guy "Had hemorrhagic fever". So
    the pathogen in the bone is "Pure evil!" ok no, "A deadly virus". Then,
    "Airborne infection is impossible". The foci in Chloe were always
    "Under the bone fragments". So the route of infection is "Mucous membrane
    contact". You'll get the Unknown Vector card. 
    
    Alright, get back to the evidence room and check out the skeleton. Let's
    go from bottom to top. Check the left kneecap, then the broken right
    femur. As we know, the femur is the tastiest bone in the human body. Ok,
    no, hardest one. Next, check the scratched area on the upper arm bone. 
    I guess that's it. Get back to the computer now.
    
    Have Little Guy analyze the three things you just found. Show him the
    joint damage first. When the quiz comes up, answer that "The meniscus
    was gone". Next, when you show him the shaved off bone, answer that it
    was "To obtain a sample from it". Now, fuse "Bone samples taken" with
    "Unknown Vector". Like we said before, the route of infection is
    "Mucous Membranes". Although go ahead and try Psychic Power first.
    The researcher "Shaved the bone". Obviously he "Inhaled the bone powder".
    Moving on. Join Decreased Bone Density with Lost Meniscus. Clearly the
    person had a "Weakened Skeletal System". By this time, Little Guy will
    call you to say the analysis of the syringe is done. Turns out they
    were antiviral drugs. Join them now with the Weakened Skeletal System.
    When the quiz comes up, answer "Abnormal calcium consumption", "Decreased
    bone density", "Themselves", "Fractured femur", and "Loss of meniscus".
    You'll now get the Dangerous Injections card. Fuse it with the Dust-borne
    Infection. The person was "Infected with a virus". Little Guy will now
    tell you the results of the bloodstain are in, and that it contained
    saliva. Obviously that means it was "Vomited". Finally, join that card
    you get with the dead card. When the quiz pops up, answer "The clothing
    was unchanged". That'll get us the first solid evidence. After that,
    answer "In the health profession".
    
    Little Guy will now send you information about age, sex, race, and
    time of death. Fuse the estimating time of death card with the high
    concentrations of nitrogen. That means he died "Around 2 years ago".
    
    Now then. To find out the age, sex and race we have to examine the skull,
    the eyesockets and the pelvis. Get back to the evidence room and examine
    those three things on the skeleton. Once you do, go back to the computer
    and fuse the 2 pelvis chards, the 2 eyesocket cards and the 2 skull
    cards. The person is "Male", "Caucasian" and "In their 50's".
    
    And that's it for this mission! Conclusion reached. All that's left now
    is to present the cards in the correct order. That order is "Time since
    death: two years ago", "Male Skeleton", "Age Assumed Around 50",
    "Caucasian Skeleton", "Health Professional", "Conclusive Cause of Death",
    and finally the original card.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                               =======================
                               === Naomi Kimishima ===
                               =======================
    
                             === Carpet of Blue Death ===
    
    Alright, this is it. The last filler mission. You ready for this? Let's
    get this done! First thing you'll want to do is check on the corpse.
    Get out of the helicopter and go to the evidence r- I mean, uh...
    whatever! You know what I mean!
    
    First, examine the cut on the bottom of her left foot. There's dirt on
    the wound, which means "She walked on the injured foot". Next, check
    the bullet wound on her thigh. The one on the front is "The exit GSW".
    The one on the back is "The entrance GSW". Make sure you examine both.
    Next, check the right palm. Obviously the wound here was made by "A gun".
    After that, check the bullet wound on her chest. The one on the front is
    "The entrance GSW". The one on the back is "The exit GSW". Make sure to
    examine both. Finally, examine the purple coloring all over her back.
    
    That's all. Now check the personal effects. Look at the bullet hole on
    the chest, then the blood around here. A quiz will come up. Answer
    "It's splattered around". That's it. Get back to the helicopter now and
    boot up the laptop.
    
    First, show Little Guy the wound on her palm. She raised her hand to
    "Try to protect herself". Now join the card you get from this with the
    bloodstains in chest. The hemorrhaging was caused by "Bleeding from right
    palm". Next, show Little Guy the Particles on Palm. They're gunshot
    residue, which means "She was shot from close range". Then show him the
    hypostasis. It shows that "The corpse was not moved". Then, it's possible
    that "The killer moved her there".
    
    Alright, moving on. Let's fuse the obvious things. Namely, the two
    chest wounds and two thigh wounds. When you fuse the thigh wounds, say
    that the victim was "Shot from behind". In the case of the chest wounds,
    she was "Shot from the front". Now show both of these two cards to
    the Little Guy. After that, you'll be asked a series of questions. The
    answers here are "Gunshot to the chest", "Front", "Defensive wound on
    palm", "Gunshot residue", and "At close range". Anyway, that's all
    we can do for now. Head out. You can move to two locations. The
    research facility and the flower field. Let's go to the flower field
    first.
    
    Why? Because there's a hidden medal challenge here. So we might as well
    do it right now. This one's hidden in the bush under the staircase
    leading up to the cottage. Hokay. First question. Well this one's really
    easy. The answer is "SNs slacken vascular muscles". Second question. Oh,
    this one's easy too. The answer is "It's created by the adrenal cortex".
    That's false because it's created by the adrenal gland. Third question.
    Dang, this one's tougher. I'm going with "Swollen veins in elderly
    patient" though, because when you apply an IV you want to make a vein
    bulge, so swollen veins would be good, I imagine! Alright, fourth
    question. Ok, this question is BULLSHIT. The correct answer is "The
    atriums are more to the right" but... they're clearly not. The left
    atrium is more to the left. Fricken whatever. The last question is
    super easy. It's "Danaus plexippus". And with that we're done with this
    medal challenge. As a whole it was easier than the others I'd say.
    
    Alright, that's all, now move to the research facility. Guess what.
    There's yet ANOTHER medal challenge in here. Move the view all the way
    to the right and examine the book on the desk. It's the one with the
    bluish cover, it's below the left side of the bulletin board where the
    x-rays and post-it notes are. Huh. This medal challenge is actually
    ridiculously easy because it's actually stuff that you know just from
    playing the game. First question. The answer is "Yoshikage Tachibana".
    The second question is "Assistant Secretary of the HSS". Third question.
    Woah, this one's actually hard. I mean who can actually remember the
    name of that shop, it's been ages since we saw that cutscene. The answer
    is pretty obviously "Jackson's Grocery Store" though. All the other
    answers are weird. Fourth question. Uh oh. This one's even harder!
    Well we know one thing for sure though. It has to be above 10 and below
    15. The answer is 14. Type that in and press OK. Final question! Oh, I
    remember this one. It's "Portland Medical Center" for sure. That's all!
    That's Naomi's final medal. Now you just have to finish the stage to get
    at it.
    
    So let's keep going and finish this thing! There are a few things we have
    to examine here. Firstly, look at the broken glass on the door. Next,
    check the bullet case on the floor under the door. Then, examine the
    broken glass on the floor that's close to where said bullet case was.
    Now, move to the right and examine the trail of blood on the floor.
    Next, pick up the broken recorder on the part of the floor above where 
    the blood trail is. Finally, pick up the bullet casing near the chair. 
    That's all we can do here. Get back to the helicopter and get on the
    laptop.
    
    We'll start by having Little Guy analyze everything. Show him the two
    bullet casings you found. After you do that, a quiz will come up. Answer
    "A shot was fired". Next, show him the bloody glass shard, the blood
    trail, the shattered glass from the door and the broken recorder. He'll
    send you a recording from it. Get out of the comp and listen to it now.
    After you do, Little Guy will inform you that the analysis on the blood
    stain has been finished. Get back on the laptop and show it to him once
    again. 
    
    Now then. Go back to the flower field. There will be something in the
    blue deathbed. It's a bullet casing. Get back to the helicopter now.
    The analysis results for the glass will be in now. Get on the laptop
    and join that glass card with the bullet fired from the desk. When it
    asks you how many times the gun was fired inside, type 2 and press OK.
    The only evidence that a bullet was fired in the lab is "Glass from the
    door". The gun was fired "Near the desk". Also, show the new bullet
    casing you found in the flower field to the Little Guy, then fuse it with
    the Murderous Intent card. When the quiz comes up, answer "A shot was
    fired here", and "Rosalia was killed here".
    
    Get out of the laptop now and Little Guy will tell you the analysis on
    the glass shard is done. The blood on the glass came from Rosalia, just
    as we thought. Now combine that with the wound on her foot. Rosalia
    obviously "Stepped on broken glass". More importantly why was she bare
    foot? Who the hell walks around bare foot? Geez. Now join the card you
    get from this with the "Glass-breaking shot". When the glass on the
    door shattered, Rosalia was "Inside the lab". "She was running away". The
    gun was being pointed at "Rosalia". Little Guy will then inform you that
    they found Albert's gun. The maximum number of rounds that can be missing
    from it is "3 rounds". And that coincides with the "Number or shots used
    here".
    
    After this, the results of the bullet differences will come in. You'll
    get a quiz here. The correct answer is "The distance was greater". You'll
    get the gunshot from a distance card. Now fuse it with the shot fired
    from the entrance of the lab. When Rosalia was shot in the leg, she was
    standing "In the field of flowers". The only place the shot could've been
    fired from is "Near the lab's door".
    
    That's all. Get out of the laptop now. You'll get a quiz here. The answer
    is "Total of 3 shots". The last one fired was "In the blue flower field".
    That means when Rosalia was killed she was "Collapsed on the ground".
    That means the bullet that went through her chest must be in the blue
    flower field. Go there and check the blue flowers. You'll find it here. 
    Go back to the helicopter now and show it to the Little Guy. Turns out
    it really came from Albear's gun. Join the bullet and the gun now. When
    the quiz pops up, answer that "Albert killed Rosalia".
    
    Get out of the laptop now. You'll receive another recording, so listen
    to it. After you hear that, the results on Albert's blood will come in.
    Turns out there was saliva in them, which means "It was vomited".
    After that, you'll receive a third recording. Listen to it, and you'll
    get a quiz. The answer is "An antibody".
    
    Now then. Get back on the laptop and this time show Little Guy the
    Blue Deathbed card. You'll get a series of questions here. The answers
    are "The killer moved the corpse", "The bullet in the ground", and 
    "Defensive wound in her hand".
    
    After that, like Naomi says, go examine the blue flowers again. You'll
    get a picture of them. Now get back to the laptop and show it to the
    Little Guy. Turns out they're blue asclepias. Now combine them with
    Rosalia's blood. The blue asclepias "Became discolored" because of
    "Rosalia's blood". We're almost done. Now just fuse the two remaining
    cards. Answer that the color change was caused by "Rosalia's blood"
    again. The vector that spread the Rosalia virus from the flowers to
    Portland was the "Monarch butterflies".
    
    And we are done! That's the last filler mission. There's only one final
    thing to do. Get out of the laptop and you'll receive one last recording.
    Listen to it, and then all that will be left is to present the cards in
    the correct order. That order is: "Albert's Killing of Rosalia",
    "Scenario at the Entrance", "Leg Shot From Entrance", "Gun Shot In
    Flower Field", "Albert's Vomited Blood", "Blue Death Blossoms", "Death
    on Golden Wings", and finally the original card.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                =====================
                                === Doctor Medals ===
                                =====================
    
    Ok, first off, let me just say that the medals in this game are a god
    damn INSULT. How DARE Atlus say it's the equivalent of the X operations
    in previous Trauma Centers? What the hell. Have they lost all sense of
    shame and dignity? These...things... aren't even NEAR the ballpark of
    intense procedures. Hell, they're not even procedures, they amount to
    nothing more than riddles. That is seriously all they are. The only 
    trouble you'll ever have is figuring out what they want you to do. Which 
    is dumb. But it's there, so we might as well do it. The only cool thing 
    about these medals is that sometimes when you get one you'll unlock a 
    clip of one of the characters saying something about how awesome you 
    (supposedly) are.
    
    
    
                                   === CR-S01 ===
    
    
    1) Extracted Wermer's syndrome tumors without locking onto shadows.
    
    Obviously, the Wermer's syndrome patient is Joshua, which means that
    you'll be getting this medal in the Waking From Terror operation. This is
    ridiculously easy, and you should have gotten this medal just from XSing
    the operation normally if you did it the way I told you. Check my Waking 
    From Terror video if you really need to see how it's done. Hell, you 
    don't even need to memorize where the tumors are. You can search for 
    them with the ultrasound, as long as you don't press A to make them 
    appear permanently it counts.
    
    2) Extracted the wires without using the ultrasound.
    
    This is pretty similar to the previous medal. Except instead of 
    tumors it's wires. Extremely easy. Just remove the wires in the 
    operations that have them without making their shadows permanently appear
    with the ultrasound. I mean, that's what you were supposed to have been 
    doing ANYWAY so quit yer bitchin'. The operations with wires in 'em are 
    History of Fear and Blade of Resolve. Get to it already.
    
    3) Treated every instance of fibrillation with a single use of the 
    defibrillator.
    
    Self explanatory. I guess this is ever so slightly harder than the two
    previous medals but it's still pretty damn easy. All you have to do to
    revive the patient in one use is just hitting Z and B on the green part 
    of the bar. It's pretty easy, after doing it a few times you should be 
    getting it every time without much effort. I'm not sure if there is any
    one operation you have to do this in, or if it's in all the operations,
    so just do it in all of them to be safe. The operations where you use
    the defibrillator are History of Fear, Blade of Resolve, and Waking 
    Heart.
    
    4) Got a 100% COOL rating on one surgery operation.
    
    This is a joke right? If you're like me, you got 100% COOL ratings in
    ALL the operations so getting it in just one of them is like taking candy
    from a retarded baby. Aw man, now I made myself sad from imagining that.
    Anyway, just pick any operation you want and do it. The first one is
    pretty easy. The last one is easy too. Whatever. Doesn't matter. Look at 
    any of my videos if you need to see how.
    
    5) Finished the operation before the black bruise moved 4 times.
    
    Another joke. The black bruise this medal is referring to is the one
    in the Stolen Memories operation, so that's where you'll be getting this.
    It's the big demonic claw that appears halfway through. And I guess you
    have to finish before it squeezes the organ 4 times? But seriously,
    FOUR times? You shouldn't even be letting it do it once. Check my
    Stolen Memories video to see how it's done.
    
    6) Finished a stage without the maximum vitals dropping.
    
    I'm actually not 100% sure how I got this medal. I mean, without the
    maximum vitals dropping? What the hell does that even mean. However, I
    do know that I got it after doing the Stolen Memories operation, and
    the only interaction I had with vitals in that operation was none.
    Which leads me to believe that the actual requirement for this medal is
    to beat an operation without raising vitals. Which is what you can do
    in that one. Check my walkthrough and video of Stolen Memories to see
    how it's done.
    
    7) Completely treated the I-Beam before treating anything else.
    
    Of course, the I-Beam this medal is talking about is the one in
    History of Fear, so that's where you'll be getting this. Other than that
    it's pretty self explanatory. All you have to do is treat the hugeass
    beam before treating ANYTHING else, and then finish the operation.
    Normally you wouldn't do this if you were trying to XS the operation,
    but since you don't have to get the XS to get this medal, it becomes
    ridiculously easy. Take it as slow as you want, raise vitals with
    stabilizer a lot and it shouldn't be a problem.
    
    8) Earned an XS rank for all of CR-S01's stages.
    
    That's what this ENTIRE guide is for, dumbass. Go read it. And good
    luck. Just kidding. Luck is for pussies.
    
    
    
                                === Maria Torres ===
    
    
    1) Heard all TALK conversations and finished all operations.
    
    If you didn't get this medal something is seriously wrong with you.
    You could make a case for being legally blind. What you have to do for
    this medal is hit the TALK icon that appears on the right sometimes
    during an operation. This is NECESSARY to save all patients, so how did
    you not get it? Anyway, just watch all of my Maria Torres videos or
    read the god damn walkthrough if you really need to see when every talk 
    icon appears.
    
    2) Didn't get any black tags until reinforcements arrived.
    
    What the game means by black tags is dead patients. The tags go from
    green, to yellow, to red, and finally to black when the patient dies.
    As such, this medal is drop dead easy. If you got any black tags EVER 
    then maybe you should just retire and go play Nintendogs.
    
    3) Didn't switch victims until the I-Beam was cut.
    
    The I-Beam this medal is talking about is the one in Maximum Annoyance.
    Normally you would never just sit and watch like a jackass the entire
    time the I-Beam is being cut, since it's stupid, but hey. You gotta do 
    what you gotta do. Just stay on the patient the entire time, raising 
    vitals or whatever until it gets completely cut, and then finish the 
    operation. Easy.
    
    4) Finished an emergency stage without using stabilizer once.
    
    Self explanatory. The operation I recommend doing this in is Desperate
    Rescue since it's really easy. Go read the walkthrough and or look at
    my XS video of that operation if you need to see how it's done.
    
    5) Didn't get a single black tag in all emergency stages.
    
    Like I said, what the game means by black tags is dead patients. The 
    tags go from green, to yellow, to red, and finally to black when the 
    patient dies. If you let any patients die then you suck, sorry, I can't
    do anything about that.
    
    6) Finished an emergency stage in less than 60 seconds.
    
    The operation that you can complete in 60 seconds is Maximum Annoyance.
    Got it? So that's where you'll be getting this medal. Read my walkthrough
    and or watch my XS video of that operation to see how it's done.
    
    7) Finished the stage without using the immunoglobulin reagent.
    
    Obviously, the operation this medal is referring to is Missing Girl.
    That's the one where you'll be getting this, and like it says, all you
    have to do is memorize which color to inject on which patient without
    using the white vial at all. Easy peasy. I've laid it all out for you
    on my walkthrough of that operation, so go read it or watch the video
    if you need to see how it's done.
    
    8) Earned an XS rank for all of Maria's stages.
    
    That's what this ENTIRE guide is for, dumbass. Go read it. And good
    luck. Just kidding. Luck is for pussies.
    
    
    
                               === Hank Freebird ===
    
    
    1) Completed a treatment with the scalpel without stopping partway.
    
    Fricken lol. What? You shouldn't be stopping partway with ANY tool
    during Hank's operations. Not ever. What a complete and total joke of
    a medal. Even moreso than usual.
    
    2) Cut out a section of synthetic bone without stopping partway.
    
    Fricken lol. What? You shouldn't be stopping partway with ANY tool
    during Hank's operations. Not ever. This particular one refers to any of
    the procedures where you cut out a piece of synthetic bone with the
    laser. What a complete and total joke of a medal. Even moreso than 
    usual.
    
    3) Completed a treatment using the saw without stopping partway.
    
    Fricken lol. What? You shouldn't be stopping partway with ANY tool
    during Hank's operations. Not ever. What a complete and total joke of
    a medal. Even moreso than usual.
    
    4) Got a COOL using the drill without stopping partway.
    
    Desire to facepalm...rising...nrrrghghh... I don't think it's even
    physically possible to not get this medal. The world would implode due
    to such dangerously concentrated levels of fail.
    
    5) Got a 100% COOL rating on one orthopedic operation.
    
    What can I say. This is pretty self explanatory. You don't really need
    to even worry about this one. If you're trying to XS the operations you
    will get this eventually. Honestly this is pretty sad. A MUCH better
    medal would be to get 100% cool ratings in ALL of the operations, not
    just one. I'm pretty sure I got 100% cools in all the operations so just
    watch any of my XS videos to see how it's done.
    
    6) Got a CHAIN count of over 10000.
    
    Too easy. The operation I recommend doing this in is Spreading
    Infection since it's so long. All you have to do is not get any bads or
    misses or stopping partway for a little bit until your chain reaches 
    10000. Which only takes like about half the operation to get there. This 
    becomes even easier once you realize that you don't even HAVE to go fast 
    or get the XS for the medal. All you have to do is finish the operation. 
    Either way, take a look at my walkthrough of that operation and the 
    videos. Like I said, easy stuff.
    
    7) Earned a COOL rating while shaving a bone within 1 second.
    
    Ok, this is probably the only medal in the game (besides the XS ones)
    that is at least mildly difficult. The only operation where we shave
    bones is Broken Heart, so that's where you'll be getting this medal.
    It's simple, basically when you get to the part with the shaver, you
    have to hold the control stick ALL the way to the right so that the
    shaver moves at top speed and then let it go when it's at the correct
    place to get the cool. Normally this is EXTREMELY dangerous and isn't
    recommended when trying to get the XS, but you don't have to get the XS
    to earn this medal, so just go through all the procedures before getting
    to the shaving part as sloppily as you want. 
    
    Remember that you have to do it in under 1 second, which is not a lot of 
    time. Just holding the stick all the way to reach top speed isn't enough,
    you also have to make it so that it starts moving the very MOMENT it 
    becomes possible for it to move. Which means you should have the control 
    stick held to the right just as the the shaver is about to appear. Don't 
    hold it too early or the game will just tell you to put it back in the 
    neutral position and you'll have blown your chance. It's obviously going 
    to take a few tries until you get the hang of moving the shaver so fast. 
    Don't get discouraged, just hang in there and keep trying. Finally, note 
    that there are 3 instances when you shave a bone in this operation. It 
    wasn't until I got a cool on ALL three of them moving them at top speed 
    that I got this medal. I'm not sure if it really means that you have to 
    do all 3 instances in under 1 second each, or if I simply wasn't fast 
    enough the previous times. Either way, if you manage to do it for one 
    and still don't get the medal, try doing it on all three in a single 
    operation and see how that goes.
    
    8) Earned an XS rank for all of Hank's stages.
    
    That's what this ENTIRE guide is for, dumbass. Go read it. And good
    luck. Just kidding. Luck is for pussies. Hank's operations are the
    hardest in the game, but hey. That just makes them more fun!
    
    
    
                              === Tomoe Tachibana ===
    
    
    1) Completed an endoscopic operation without autoretracting.
    
    Exactly what it says. Turbo easy. Just keep your finger off the d-pad
    for one god damn operation and you get the medal.
    
    2) Completed an endoscopic operation without running into a wall.
    
    Exactly what it says. Just stop sucking for one god damn second and
    you'll get this medal. Jesus.
    
    3) Completed one endoscopic operation on a human without using 
    stabilizer.
    
    Obviously that means Chloe's operation doesn't count. And obviously
    some operations are just plain impossible without using stabilizer. The
    one I recommend doing this in is the very first Tomoe operation because
    it's really easy and really short. It's not hard. Just do it fast, don't
    hit any walls or anything stupid like that, and don't use the stabilizer.
    
    4) Found all victims in 120 seconds.
    
    Joke medal. The mission this medal is referring to is Resolution.
    What it wants you to do is finish it in under 2 minutes. Which is
    hilarious, considering it's possible to finish it in closer to 1. Anyway,
    just read my walkthrough of that mission and or watch my XS video of
    it to see how it's done.
    
    5) Extracted all foreign objects from Chloe within 360 seconds.
    
    Basically what it wants you to do is finish the Chloe's Change
    operation in under 6 minutes. The trick to this is to realize that you do
    NOT have to get the XS. If you make it your top priority to just be as
    fast as possible without having to worry about being careful then you
    will EASILY do this. Hell, I did it in under 6 minutes WHILE being
    turbo careful and getting the XS, so if I can do it like that then you
    should have no problems at all. I guess you can watch my video of that
    operation if you need to see how it's done.
    
    6) Did not allow the final endoscopic patient's vitals go below 30.
    
    The operation this medal is talking about is, obviously, Time For
    Rejoicing. The trick, again, is to realize that you don't have to get the
    XS. If you just abuse the hell out of the stabilizer and max out vitals
    every time just before injecting the anti-serum and right afterwards
    then you'll get this medal without a hitch.
    
    7) Did not let Yoshikage Tachibana hemorrhage more than 9 times.
    
    Not even close to difficult. Like it says, you have to finish the
    The Healing Warrior operation with less than 9 hemorrhages. Easy once
    you realize that you have to move back after treating 3 hemorrhages in
    front of the bulla and find the cause. Don't stay there and keep treating
    the ones that pop up like a punk.
    
    8) Earned an XS rank for all of Tomoe's stages.
    
    That's what this ENTIRE guide is for, dumbass. Go read it. And good
    luck. Just kidding. Luck is for pussies.
    
    
    
                              === Gabriel Cunningham ===
    
    
    1) Found an exam result of 777
    
    You get this medal during the Blazing Darkness mission. Right at the
    very start, open up Tillman's diagnostic results and check the white
    cell count. It's not outside the normal range, but the number is 7.77,
    which is a lucky number! Say that it's an abnormality to obtain Gabriel's
    first doctor medal.
    
    2) Listened to hunger sounds during auscultation.
    
    You'll find this one in the very first Gabe mission "Signs of Anguish".
    You have to wait until the diagnostic results come in though, it won't
    appear before that. Now, there's a hidden medal at this point. And it's 
    a bitch to find, I had to do the missions several times to find it. Use 
    the stethoscope on her again. What makes this so hard to find is that 
    you have to listen in a place that isn't one of the normal 4! 
    Specifically, you have to listen to the stomach. You won't get it if you 
    listen in the bottom part of the abdomen, that's the intestines. The 
    stomach is slightly above that but below the chest. The sound will be 
    extremely strong, I was all like WOAH when I heard it. Say it's an 
    abnormality to get this medal. Also Gabe makes a really weird face when 
    you find it.
    
    3) Found the atrophied kidney in the CT exam.
    
    You'll find this medal during the Moving Heart mission. Specifically,
    during the second phase of it when the CT exams become available. It's 
    glaringly obvious that her two kidneys are way smaller than on the 
    normal picture. Click on either one of them. This isn't actually a 
    symptom, but it'll get you the next Gabe medal.
    
    4) Found the break in the wavelength during the EKG exam.
    
    Again, you'll find this in the Moving Heart mission. At the very start
    of phase 3 when the EKG exam becomes available, look at the bottom part.
    Every 8 sections a part of the line will be cut off. Point here and say 
    it's an abnormality to get another medal for Gabe!
    
    5) Found the thin layer of fat during the CT exam.
    
    You'll find this medal during "The Simplest Truth". Specifically, during
    the second phase when Joshua's CT exam becomes available. Bring up the 
    fourth CT image. Look at the very top part of the image. See that the 
    normal one extends higher up? Point there and say it's an abnormality to 
    get the next Gabriel medal! I don't get why Gabe's so worried about the
    thin layer of fat. I mean, it's supposed to be good if you have less fat!
    
    6) Found the static-filled image during the heart ultrasound exam.
    
    You get this medal during the second phase of the Blazing Darkness
    mission. When you're finally able to get Tillman's echocardiography,
    look at the first image. Now, compare it with the normal one. It's 
    subtle, but the entire image is different from the normal one. Click 
    around the center or whatever and say that it's an abnormality. That'll
    net you this medal.
    
    7) Found the deep sulcus in Joshua's MRI exam.
    
    Like the description says, you'll find this medal in Joshua's mission,
    "The Simplest Truth". During the last phase when the MRI exam becomes
    available, Bring up the third image and look at the top left part of the 
    brain. You'll see a slash there like someone came in with a knife and 
    chopped it like it was a bar of butter. There's no such chop on the 
    normal image. Point here and say it's an abnormality to get yet another 
    medal for Gabe and get some awesome dialogue! I also like his face when 
    you find it, I don't think they used that face in any other part of the 
    game.
    
    8) Found the thick layer of muscle during the CT exam.
    
    This medal is in the last mission. "Proud One". You have to wait until
    the CT exam becomes available. When it does, bring up the third CT image.
    Check the top part of the image. You'll see that the abs are larger than 
    on the normal image. They almost touch the skin. Click here and say it's 
    an abnormality to get the last medal for Gabe!
    
    
    
                               === Naomi Kimishima ===
    
    
    1) Completed the autopsy Medal Challenge found in Dennis Taylor's room.
    
    Like the description says, this medal is found in Dennis's room, in
    the Locked-Room Mystery mission. Check the books on the shelf behind the 
    table. Specifically, the ones on the bottom. You'll get a pretty easy 
    quiz. The correct answer to the first question is "Wash hands 
    thoroughly". The second one is "Gender". We know this from having played 
    the game already. All that shizzle about the pelvis and whatever. The 
    third answer is- wait, what? What is this crap? Ok, maybe this isn't as 
    easy as I thought. The correct answer is "31-40". Hoo boy. Movin' on. 
    For the fourth question, the right answer isn't as hard. It's obviously 
    "All are correct!". Back in grade school one of my classmates told me 
    that in any multiple choice question, if one of the answers is "All of 
    the above", that's always the correct one. Then again, that guy flunked 
    the year so maybe we shouldn't be listening to him. Either way, it's 
    logically all of them if you think about it, I mean, obviously you have 
    to check there's a wound to know if the spray could have come from 
    there, but you also have to check the angle to know if it really did. 
    Moving along. Final question. What the? Ok, forget it. It's impossible to 
    know this. The correct answer is "12-15 hours". Apparently. Is that 
    true? Who cares. Once you answer that, you should get the first Naomi 
    medal, but in actuality you have to finish the mission before you get 
    it. Don't think you can just exit out to the episode select screen and 
    still get it!
    
    2) Completed the surgery Medal Challenge found in Veronica Cage's room.
    
    Like the description says, you'll find this medal in Veronica's room
    during the second mission "Wandering Girl".
    See the broken mirror? And to the left a chair with a teddy bear? And to
    the left of THAT a bag and some boxes? Check the stack of books on top
    of those boxes to find this medal challenge. Here we go! First question.
    This one's pretty easy. Since the Batista Procedure is complete crap and
    has been abandoned by the medical community due to so many failures,
    it's obvious that it isn't more effective than a heart transplant.
    Answer "More successful than transplants". How's THAT for deduction Roni.
    Second question. Oh, another easy one. "Isograft" is obviously the
    correct answer, come on. Next question. Ok, this one's tough. Who can
    even know this crap? Ffffff. The correct answer is apparently "Don't
    use forceps on membranes". Really? What does that even mean. I don't.
    Fourth question. Oh, haha, this one is drop dead easy. Man, it looks
    like ancient folk wisdom still applies because the correct answer is
    obviously "All of the above". Final question. And it's a deceptively
    difficult one. The correct answer is "To reduce eyestrain in doctors".
    Now you'll be able to get the medal after beating the stage.
    
    3) Completed the diagnosis Medal Challenge found at the accident scene.
    
    This medal is in the same episode as the previous one. Wandering Girl.
    Specifically, it's at the highway where Veronica got run over by the
    redneck. Click on the end of the highway where it curves off into the
    distance to get it. First question! ...ok, well, this one's pretty easy
    to look up. Type 111 in the numpad and press OK. The second question
    is... son of a! How is anybody supposed to know this? We don't even
    know if they mean how many weeks AFTER the lungs have formed or just
    how many weeks period. Feh. Either way, the answer is 30 weeks. Moving
    on. Third question. Well this one's easy, all we have to do is look at
    a heart diagram. Answer is the Tricuspid Valve. Fourth question. Well,
    this one's pretty easy to find out too. The answer is "Atrial septal
    defect". And finally, for the last question, which is pretty easy too
    just from looking up Blumberg's Sign, the answer is "Acute Peritonitis".
    This'll net you Naomi's next medal!
    
    4) Completed the emergency Medal Challenge found in the Parkers' home.
    
    You'll find this medal in the mission "Behind the Lies". In the Parker
    house, look at the table on the corner on the left. Examine the books on
    it to find this challenge. First question. Let's see, how many... son
    of a whore! How is anyone supposed to know this bull? God dammit.
    Oh well, at least we know it can't be very many of them since emergencies
    have to be treated fast. The answer is 7. Second question. Well this
    one's not as bad. And you know how it is at this point with this game.
    If one of the answers is all of the above, that's always the correct
    one. The answer is "Everything should be suspected!". Third question.
    Well this one's free. It's obviously "The subject's condition". Fourth
    question. Whoop, another freebie. Everybody knows circulation is
    essential to keeping someone alive, so it has to be that. Last question.
    Eh. This one's pretty easy too, I mean, it's telling us THE injured
    person so that means confirming the number of wounded is pointless, and
    if there's only one then triage is pointless as well. And preparing your
    equipment? Pfft, come on, you always do that ANYWAY. The answer is
    obviously "Confirm your own safety". How's THAT for deduction Roni.
    Gotta finish the stage to earn the medal now.
    
    5) Completed the endoscopy Medal Challenge found in Stephen Eldred's room.
    
    You'll find this in the "Crime of Passion" mission. Like it says, in
    Stephen's room. Check the bookcase on the left part of the room. 
    Specifically, the smaller one closest to the corner, and the second 
    shelf from the bottom. Endoscopy challenge go! First question. Well this 
    one's pretty straightforward and easy to find out. The esophagus is 25-30
    cm, so... go with 25. Second question... god dammit this one's tough. 
    Who can even know this crap. Jesus christ. Whatever, answer "Ulcerative 
    and invasive types". Third question now. Mmm. This one's tough too, but 
    I'm gonna have to go with "Hemostatic Clip" based only on the fact that 
    that sounds like the craziest thing to put in your nose. Not that all of 
    the others aren't crazy too. screw endoscopy. Fourth question. Aw crap. 
    This challenge isn't going to give us a break huh? Well FINE. You want a 
    fight? Based on the fact that anticholinergic inhibits 
    parasympathetic nerve impulses which are responsible for involuntary 
    movements of smooth muscles, which obviously are far more likely have 
    something to do with glaucoma, high blood pressure and hyperplasia... 
    I'll go with "Impaired Glucose Tolerance". Oh yes. Last question. Ok, 
    you gotta be kidding me. ALL of these are commonly used. Screw it, this 
    is retarded, not even satan would know the answer to this. The answer is 
    "Evans Blue". For some reason.
    
    6) Completed the orthopedic Medal Challenge found in Sandra Liebermann's
    room.
    
    This medal is in the "Seeking Atonement" mission. When you get to
    Sandra's room, Check the shelves on the wall with all the boxes and
    stuff. Specifically, examine the second shelf from the top. The medal
    challenge will be here. Mm. Orthopedics huh. First question. Well, this
    one's not too bad. The answer is obviously "Osteoclastoma" because all
    the other ones are sarcomas and that's classified as malignant. Next
    question. Oh, this one's not so bad either. The answer is "Extraction
    takes time". Come on, EVERYTHING in orthopedics takes time. Why would
    that be a problem. Third question. Mm, this one's definitely tougher.
    The answer is "Spinal osteomyelitis" though. Who knows why. Fourth
    question. Well... since the ulnar nerve is directly connected to the 
    little finger and the ring finger, and this isn't the one being
    paralyzed... then I guess the answer has to be "Thumb - Index - Middle".
    Last question now. Ok, let me tell you something. This question is a huge
    trap. A huge RETARDED trap. I don't understand it at all. It asks which 
    of the following is NOT a possibility if osteomyelitis occurs in 
    children, and the answer is "Occurance in arms and legs" but in REALITY
    that is where it MOST COMMONLY occurs in children. Furthermore, occurance
    is not even a word. So what the HELL people. Who is responsible for
    these things? Because he needs to be fired. Geez. Anyway, at least we
    got the stupid medal.
    
    7) Completed the mysterious Medal Challenge in Albert's lab.
    
    This one's found in the last mission, "Blue Carpet of Death". Like it
    says, it's in Albert's research laboratory. Move the view all the way
    to the right and examine the book on the desk. It's the one with the
    bluish cover, it's below the left side of the bulletin board where the
    x-rays and post-it notes are. Huh. This medal challenge is actually
    ridiculously easy because it's actually stuff that you know just from
    playing the game. First question. The answer is "Yoshikage Tachibana".
    The second question is "Assistant Secretary of the HSS". Third question.
    Woah, this one's actually hard. I mean who can actually remember the
    name of that shop, it's been ages since we saw that cutscene. The answer
    is pretty obviously "Jackson's Grocery Store" though. All the other
    answers are weird. Fourth question. Uh oh. This one's even harder!
    Well we know one thing for sure though. It has to be above 10 and below
    15. The answer is 14. Type that in and press OK. Final question! Oh, I
    remember this one. It's "Portland Medical Center" for sure. That's all!
    Now you just have to finish the stage to get at it.
    
    8) Completed the general Medal Challenge found in the Asclepias field.
    
    The last medal is found in the last mission as well. Go to the flower
    field where Rosalia died. It's hidden in the bush under the staircase
    leading up to the cottage. Hokay. First question. Well this one's really
    easy. The answer is "SNs slacken vascular muscles". Second question. Oh,
    this one's easy too. The answer is "It's created by the adrenal cortex".
    That's false because it's created by the adrenal gland. Third question.
    Dang, this one's tougher. I'm going with "Swollen veins in elderly
    patient" though, because when you apply an IV you want to make a vein
    bulge, so swollen veins would be good, I imagine! Alright, fourth
    question. Ok, this question is BULLSHIT. The correct answer is "The
    atriums are more to the right" but... they're clearly not. The left
    atrium is more to the left. Fricken whatever. The last question is
    super easy. It's "Danaus plexippus". And with that we're done with this
    medal challenge. As a whole it was easier than the others I'd say.
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
                                ==================
                                === Conclusion ===
                                ==================
    
    The HELL I just walked home from Mexico! Somebody cook me some damn
    Emeril food! Jesus H. This guide's been way too much work. I've
    practically been writing nonstop for over a month. Never expected this
    shit to reach over 500 KB. It's just a god damn Trauma Center game. 
    Fuuuuuck me. I'm so tired. I'm never doing anything ever again in my 
    entire life. Wait, didn't I say that last time? But this time I MEAN it.
    Not doing anything. Nope. Not doing anything.
    
    Anyway, so Trauma Team. This game was alright. It was pretty fun, I mean,
    it's hard thing to fuck up, but it's also a disappointment compared to
    Second Opinion for obvious reasons. Namely, the stupid "realism" they
    injected into it (except they really didn't), which they CLAIM is why
    they removed the GUILT-like operations. Those were the most fun ones in
    the entire game you MOTHER FUCKERS. Not only that, but they replaced
    the awesome extreme operations with some bullshit medal challenges? God
    DAMN you Atlus. And then to rub salt in the wound they go and make the
    game in general too easy. Oh sure, there are a couple operations that
    are very hard to XS, but the vast majority are way, WAY too easy and
    lenient. In most of them they even let you miss once, twice, thrice or
    even FOUR times and still get the XS. What the HELL people. In all the
    other Trauma Centers if you miss once that's IT. You are DONE. There is
    no excuse for this. Oh and don't even get me started on the awful sorry
    excuse for a final operation. Not only was it beyond easy, it was
    nowhere NEAR as amazing as the ones in the previous games. God damn you
    Atlus, why have you done this to me? I just hate you SO MUCH.
    
    So yeah, Trauma Team is just a step backwards from Second Opinion, to be
    honest, just like New Blood. But hell, Trauma Team has even given me an
    appreciation for what we had back in New Blood. Sure, it may be a
    completely broken and unbalanced game with the stupid Valerie operations,
    but at the same time think of all the good things it had! It had STIGMA,
    it had extreme operations, it actually had the Healing Touch (and even
    implemented it properly, unlike Second Opinion!), and it was consistently
    hard. Trauma Team has none of this.
    
    Then there's the filler missions. Those aren't what Trauma Center is
    about, why even have them? But ok, ok, I will admit that the Gabriel
    diagnosis missions are actually pretty cool. His personality makes them
    fun, the interaction with the patients is entertaining, it's a good
    place for drama and gets you more invested in the actual surgery part of
    the operation when you've been following the whole thing from the
    beginning on the diagnosis side, and also finding the abnormal 
    unexplained things leading up to the Rosalia virus was cool. Just imagine
    if that was applied to something like GUILT. We could have awesome
    things happen ("What the HELL is that in her heart?! It's...looking at 
    us?!"). So I guess diagnosis is alright. Now, forensics on the other
    hand, that has GOT to go. Those missions are way too long, way too easy
    and way too boring. I was already bored and couldn't wait for them to
    end so I could do actual operations when doing them for the first time.
    You can imagine how bored I was during the SECOND time I was doing them.
    
    But anyway yeah. A disappointing Trauma Team, a slew of less than stellar
    handheld SMTs... I guess Atlus couldn't stay amazing forever. Trust me,
    no one is sadder about this than me. I wish we could go back to the
    golden days, but I don't think that's going to happen. All we've got
    left of that is memories and our old games. Sigh. Now I've gone and
    depressed myself. Anyways, thanks for reading. I hope you enjoyed the
    guide. Maybe we'll meet again. But then again maybe not.
    
                                                        Stay crispy,
                                                               ~S.A. Renegade
    
    -------------------------------------------------------------------------
    
    This guide may not be reproduced under any circumstances except for 
    personal, private use. If you wish to host the guide on your site, you 
    must first ask for my permission, and you must not alter the guide's 
    content in any way. If you're going to copy/paste chunks of this guide 
    anywhere, at least be decent and give credit where credit is due, and 
    link directly to the guide. The original and best version with videos 
    can be found on my personal website www.scathingaccuracy.com. May 2010.